Document:

<PAGE>
                  EXHIBIT 4.2 - FORM OF SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

                                 NS GROUP, INC.

                                       AND

                             _______________________

                                     TRUSTEE

                             SUBORDINATED INDENTURE

                         DATED AS OF _____________, 2002

<PAGE>

                 CERTAIN SECTIONS OF THIS INDENTURE RELATING TO
                   SECTIONS 310 THROUGH 318, INCLUSIVE, OF THE
                          TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939:

 TRUST INDENTURE
   ACT SECTION                                                INDENTURE SECTION
----------------                                              -----------------

Section 310
         (a)(1)                                               609
         (a)(2)                                               609
         (a)(3)                                               Not Applicable
         (a)(4)                                               Not Applicable
         (b)                                                  608, 610
Section 311
         (a)                                                  613
         (b)                                                  613
Section 312
         (a)                                                  701, 702
         (b)                                                  702
         (c)                                                  702
Section 313
         (a)                                                  703
         (b)                                                  703
         (c)                                                  703
         (d)                                                  703
Section 314
         (a)                                                  704
         (a)(4)                                               101, 1005
         (b)                                                  Not Applicable
         (c)(1)                                               102
         (c)(2)                                               102
         (c)(3)                                               Not Applicable
         (d)                                                  Not Applicable
         (e)                                                  102
Section 315
         (a)                                                  601
         (b)                                                  602
         (c)                                                  601
         (d)                                                  601
         (e)                                                  514
Section 316                                                   101
         (a)(1)(A)                                            502, 512
         (a)(1)(B)                                            513
         (a)(2)                                               Not Applicable
         (b)                                                  508

         (c)                                                  104
Section 317
         (a)(1)                                               503
         (a)(2)                                               504
         (b)                                                  1003
Section 318
         (a)                                                  107

Note:    This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be
         a part of the Indenture.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                               PAGE

<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Article I DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION.................................................1
         Section 101       DEFINITIONS............................................................................1
         Section 102.      COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS...................................................7
         Section 103.      FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.................................................8
         Section 104.      ACTS OF HOLDERS; RECORD DATES..........................................................9
         Section 105.      NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE, COMPANY AND ANY SECURITY GUARANTOR.........................11
         Section 106.      NOTICE TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.............................................................11
         Section 107.      CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.....................................................12
         Section 108.      EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS..............................................12
         Section 109.      SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS................................................................12
         Section 110.      SEPARABILITY CLAUSE...................................................................12
         Section 111.      BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.................................................................12
         Section 112.      GOVERNING LAW.........................................................................12
         Section 113.      LEGAL HOLIDAYS........................................................................12
         Section 114.      NO SECURITY INTEREST CREATED..........................................................13
Article II. SECURITY FORMS.......................................................................................13
         Section 201.      FORMS GENERALLY.......................................................................13
         Section 202.      FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY..............................................................13
         Section 203.      FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY...........................................................15
         Section 204.      FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL SECURITIES..................................................19
         Section 205.      FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.......................................19
         Section 206.      FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE.............................................................20
Article III. THE SECURITIES......................................................................................21
         Section 301.      AMOUNT UNLIMITED; ISSUABLE IN SERIES..................................................21
         Section 302.      DENOMINATIONS.........................................................................23
         Section 303.      EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING........................................23
         Section 304.      TEMPORARY SECURITIES..................................................................25
         Section 305.      REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE...................................26
         Section 306.      MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN SECURITIES......................................28
         Section 307.      PAYMENT OF INTEREST; INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED........................................28
         Section 308.      PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.................................................................30
         Section 309.      CANCELLATION..........................................................................30
         Section 310.      COMPUTATION OF INTEREST...............................................................31
         Section 311.      CUSIP NUMBERS.........................................................................31
Article IV. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE...........................................................................31
         Section 401.      SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE...............................................31
         Section 402.      APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY............................................................32
Article V. REMEDIES..............................................................................................33
         Section 501.      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.....................................................................33
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
         Section 502.      ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT....................................34
         Section 503.      COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE.......................35
         Section 504.      TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM......................................................36
         Section 505.      TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF SECURITIES...........................36
         Section 506.      APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED........................................................37
         Section 507.      LIMITATION ON SUITS...................................................................37
         Section 508.      UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST.............38
         Section 509.      RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES....................................................38
         Section 510.      RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE........................................................38
         Section 511.      DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER..........................................................38
         Section 512.      CONTROL BY HOLDERS....................................................................38
         Section 513.      WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS...............................................................39
         Section 514.      UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.................................................................40
         Section 515.      WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS......................................................40
Article VI. THE TRUSTEE..........................................................................................40
         Section 601.      CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES...................................................40
         Section 602.      NOTICE OF DEFAULTS....................................................................40
         Section 603.      CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.............................................................41
         Section 604.      NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES................................42
         Section 605.      MAY HOLD SECURITIES...................................................................42
         Section 606.      MONEY HELD IN TRUST...................................................................43
         Section 607.      COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT........................................................43
         Section 608.      CONFLICTING INTERESTS.................................................................44
         Section 609.      CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY...............................................44
         Section 610.      RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.....................................44
         Section 611.      ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR................................................46
         Section 612.      MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS...........................47
         Section 613.      PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.....................................47
         Section 614.      APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT...................................................47
         Section 615.      TRUSTEE'S APPLICATION FOR INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE COMPANY...............................49
Article VII. HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY...................................................49
         Section 701.      COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF HOLDERS.............................49
         Section 702.      PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO HOLDERS................................50
         Section 703.      REPORTS BY TRUSTEE....................................................................50
         Section 704.      REPORTS BY COMPANY....................................................................50
</TABLE>
                                       ii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
Article VIII CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER.......................................................51
         Section 801.      COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS..................................51
         Section 802.      SUCCESSOR SUBSTITUTED.................................................................51
Article IX. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES..............................................................................52
         Section 901.      SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS....................................52
         Section 902.      SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.......................................53
         Section 903.      EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES..................................................54
         Section 904.      EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.....................................................55
         Section 905.      CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT...................................................55
         Section 906.      REFERENCE IN SECURITIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES....................................55
         Section 907.      SUBORDINATION UNIMPAIRED..............................................................55
Article X. COVENANTS.............................................................................................55
         Section 1001.     PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST............................................55
         Section 1002.     MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.......................................................55
         Section 1003.     MONEY FOR SECURITIES PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.....................................56
         Section 1004.     CORPORATE EXISTENCE...................................................................57
         Section 1005.     STATEMENT BY OFFICERS AS TO DEFAULT...................................................57
         Section 1006.     WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS...........................................................57
Article XI. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES.............................................................................58
         Section 1101.     APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..............................................................58
         Section 1102.     ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.................................................58
         Section 1103.     SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED.....................................58
         Section 1104.     NOTICE OF REDEMPTION..................................................................59
         Section 1105.     DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE...........................................................60
         Section 1106.     SECURITIES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.................................................60
         Section 1107.     SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART...........................................................61
Article XII. SINKING FUNDS.......................................................................................61
         Section 1201.     APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..............................................................61
         Section 1202.     SATISFACTION OF SINKING FUND PAYMENTS WITH SECURITIES.................................61
         Section 1203.     REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES FOR SINKING FUND.............................................62
Article XIII. DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE.................................................................62
         Section 1301.     APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..............................................................62
         Section 1302.     DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE..............................................................62
         Section 1303.     COVENANT DEFEASANCE...................................................................63
         Section 1304.     CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.......................................63
         Section 1305.     DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO BE HELD IN TRUST; MISCELLANEOUS
                           PROVISIONS............................................................................64
Article XIV. SUBORDINATION.......................................................................................65
</TABLE>

                                       iii

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                           <C>
         Section 1401.     APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..............................................................65
         Section 1402.     SECURITIES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS........................................65
         Section 1403.     DISPUTES WITH HOLDERS OF CERTAIN SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS..................................67
         Section 1404.     SUBROGATION...........................................................................68
         Section 1405.     OBLIGATION OF COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL...................................................68
         Section 1406.     PAYMENTS ON SECURITIES PERMITTED......................................................69
         Section 1407.     EFFECTUATION OF SUBORDINATION BY TRUSTEE..............................................69
         Section 1408.     KNOWLEDGE OF TRUSTEE..................................................................69
         Section 1409.     TRUSTEE MAY HOLD SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS..................................................70
         Section 1410.     RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS NOT IMPAIRED.................................70
         Section 1411.     TRUST MONEYS NOT SUBORDINATED.........................................................70
         Section 1412.     ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS...................................................70
         Section 1413.     TRUSTEE; COMPENSATION NOT PREJUDICED..................................................71
Article XV. CONVERSION OF SECURITIES.............................................................................71
         Section 1501.     APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE..............................................................71
         Section 1502.     EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE......................................................71
         Section 1503.     NO FRACTIONAL SHARES..................................................................72
         Section 1504.     ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE........................................................73
         Section 1505.     NOTICE OF CERTAIN CORPORATE ACTIONS...................................................73
         Section 1506.     RESERVATION OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.................................................74
         Section 1507.     PAYMENT OF CERTAIN TAXES UPON CONVERSION..............................................74
         Section 1508.     NONASSESSABILITY......................................................................74
         Section 1509.     PROVISION IN CASE OF CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OF ASSETS..........................74
         Section 1510.     DUTIES OF TRUSTEE REGARDING CONVERSION................................................75
         Section 1511.     REPAYMENT OF CERTAIN FUNDS UPON CONVERSION............................................76
Article XVI. SECURITY GUARANTEES.................................................................................76
         Section 1601.     SECURITY GUARANTEES...................................................................76
Article XVII. IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS....................................76
         Section 1701.     INDENTURE AND SECURITIES SOLELY CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS.................................76
</TABLE>
                                       iv

<PAGE>

         INDENTURE, dated as of __________________, 2002, between NS Group,
Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of the
Commonwealth of Kentucky (the "Company"), and [___________________________], a
__________________ organized and existing under the laws of the
______________________, as Trustee] (the "Trustee"), having its principal office
at [____________________________________].

         The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance from time to time of its subordinated
debentures, notes or other evidences of indebtedness (the "Securities"), to be
issued in one or more series as in this Indenture provided all things necessary
to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its
terms, have been done.

         For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the
Securities by the Holders thereof, it is mutually agreed, for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all Holders of the Securities or of any series thereof,
as follows:

                                    Article I
             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

Section 101 DEFINITIONS.

         For all purposes of this Indenture, except as otherwise expressly
provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

         (1) the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

         (2) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
Indenture Act, either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings
assigned to them therein;

         (3) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings
assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
and, except as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "generally accepted
accounting principles" with respect to any computation required or permitted
hereunder shall mean such accounting principles as are generally accepted in the
United States of America;

         (4) unless the context otherwise requires, any reference to an
"Article" or a "Section" refers to an Article or a Section, as the case may be,
of this Indenture; and

         (5) the words "herein," "hereof" and "hereunder" and other words of
similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Article, Section or other subdivision.

         "Act," when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified
in Section 104.

         "Affiliate" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
"control" when used with respect to any specified Person means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or

<PAGE>

indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or
otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

         "Authenticating Agent" means any Person authorized by the Trustee
pursuant to Section 614 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate
Securities of one or more series.

         "Board of Directors" means either the board of directors of the Company
or any duly authorized committee of that board.

         "Board Resolution" means a copy of a resolution certified by the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company or any Security Guarantor to
have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company or the board of
directors of the relevant Security Guarantor and to be in full force and effect
on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee.

         "Business Day," when used with respect to any Place of Payment, means a
day other than (i) a Saturday or a Sunday, (ii) a day on which banking
institutions in that Place of Payment are authorized or obligated by law or
executive order to remain closed or (iii) a day on which the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

         "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, from time to
time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the
execution of this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the
duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body
performing such duties at such time.

         "Common Stock" includes any stock of any class of the Company which has
no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company
and which is not subject to redemption by the Company; provided, however,
subject to the provisions of Section 1509, shares issuable upon conversion of
Securities shall include only shares of the class designated as Common Stock of
the Company at the date of this Indenture or shares of any class or classes
resulting from any reclassification or reclassifications thereof and which have
no preference in respect of dividends or of amounts payable in the event of any
voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company
and which are not subject to redemption by the Company; provided, further that
if at any time there shall be more than one such resulting class, the shares of
each such class then so issuable shall be substantially in the proportion which
the total number of shares of such class resulting from all such
reclassifications bears to the total number of shares of all such classes
resulting from all such reclassifications.

         "Company" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first
paragraph of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter.

         "Company" shall mean such successor Person.

         "Company Request" or "Company Order" means a written request or order
signed in the name of the Company by any one of its Chairman of the Board, its
President, its Chief Financial Officer, any Vice President, its Treasurer or any
Assistant Treasurer, and delivered to the Trustee.

                                       2
<PAGE>

         "Corporate Trust Office" means the office of the Trustee at which at
any particular time its corporate trust business shall be principally
administered, which office at the date hereof is located at
[________________________________, Attention: Corporate Trust Department].

         "Corporation" means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock
company or business trust.

         "Covenant Defeasance" has the meaning specified in Section 1303.

         "Defaulted Interest" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

         "Defeasance" has the meaning specified in Section 1302.

         "Depositary" means, with respect to Securities of any series issuable
in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing
agency registered under the Exchange Act that is designated to act as Depositary
for such Securities as contemplated by Section 301.

         "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means the Company's obligations under
any particular Senior Indebtedness in which the instrument creating or
evidencing the same or the assumption or guarantee thereof (or related
agreements or documents to which the Company is a party) expressly provides that
such Senior Indebtedness shall be "Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes
of this Indenture (provided that such instrument, agreement or other document
may place limitations and conditions on the right of such Senior Indebtedness to
exercise the rights of Designated Senior Indebtedness). If any payment made to
any holder of any Designated Senior Indebtedness or its Representative with
respect to such Designated Senior Indebtedness is rescinded or must otherwise be
returned by such holder or Representative upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or
reorganization of the Company or otherwise, the reinstated Indebtedness of the
Company arising as a result of such rescission or return shall constitute
Designated Senior Indebtedness effective as of the date of such rescission or
return.

         "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and any
statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

         "Expiration Date" has the meaning specified in Section 104.

         "Global Security" means a Security that evidences all or part of the
Securities of any series which is issued to a Depositary or a nominee thereof
for such series in accordance with Section 301(13).

         "Government Obligation" has the meaning specified in Section 1304.

         "Holder" means a Person in whose name a Security is registered in the
Security Register.

         "Indenture" means this instrument as originally executed and as it may
from time to time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures
supplemental hereto entered into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof,
including, for all purposes of this instrument and

                                       3
<PAGE>

any such supplemental indenture, the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act that
are deemed to be a part of and govern this instrument and any such supplemental
indenture, respectively. The term "Indenture" shall also include the terms of
particular series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 301.

         "Interest," when used with respect to an Original Issue Discount
Security which by its terms bears interest only after Maturity, means interest
payable after Maturity.

         "Interest Payment Date," when used with respect to any Security, means
the Stated Maturity of an installment of interest on such Security.

         "Investment Company Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940 and
any statute successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

         "Maturity," when used with respect to any Security, means the date on
which the principal of such Security or an installment of principal becomes due
and payable as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by
declaration of acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise.

         "Notice of Default" means a written notice of the kind specified in
Section 501(4).

         "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by any one of the
Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, the Chief
Financial Officer, any Vice President, the Treasurer, any Assistant Treasurer,
the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the Secretary or any Assistant
Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee. One of the officers
signing an Officer's Certificate given pursuant to Section 1005 shall be the
principal executive, financial or accounting officer of the Company. Each such
certificate shall comply with Section 314 of the Trust Indenture Act and include
the statements provided for in Section 201.

         "Opinion of Counsel" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be
counsel for the Company, or other counsel.

         "Original Issue Discount Security" means any Security which provides
for an amount less than the principal amount thereof to be due and payable upon
a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502.

         "Outstanding," when used with respect to Securities, means, as of the
date of determination, all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered
under this Indenture, except:

         (1) Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation;

         (2) Securities for whose payment or redemption the necessary amount of
money or money's worth has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any
Paying Agent (other than the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in
trust by the Company (if the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the
Holders of such Securities; provided that, if such Securities

                                       4
<PAGE>

are to be redeemed, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to
this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

         (3) Securities as to which Defeasance has been effected pursuant to
Section 1302; and

         (4) Securities which have been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in
exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been authenticated and
delivered pursuant to this Indenture, other than any such Securities in respect
of which there shall have been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it
that such Securities are held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such
Securities are valid obligations of the Company;

         provided, however, that in determining whether the Holders of the
         requisite principal amount of the Outstanding Securities have given,
         made or taken any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
         consent, waiver or other action hereunder as of any date, (A) the
         principal amount of an Original Issue Discount Security which shall be
         deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the principal thereof
         which would be due and payable as of such date upon acceleration of the
         Maturity thereof to such date pursuant to Section 502, (B) if, as of
         such date, the principal amount payable at the Stated Maturity of a
         Security is not determinable, the principal amount of such Security
         which shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount as
         specified or determined as contemplated by Section 301, (C) the
         principal amount of a Security denominated in one or more foreign
         currencies or currency units which shall be deemed to be Outstanding
         shall be the U.S. dollar equivalent, determined as of such date in the
         manner provided as contemplated by Section 301, of the principal amount
         of such Security (or, in the case of a Security described in Clause (A)
         or (B) above, of the amount determined as provided in such clause), and
         (D) Securities owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the
         Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor,
         whether of record or beneficially, shall be disregarded and deemed not
         to be Outstanding, except that, in determining whether the Trustee
         shall be protected in relying upon any such request, demand,
         authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, only
         Securities which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to
         be so owned shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have
         been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledge
         establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so
         to act with respect to such Securities and that the pledgee is not the
         Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of
         the Company or of such other obligor.

         "Paying Agent" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of or any premium or interest on any Securities on behalf of the
Company.

         "Periodic Offering" means an offering of Securities of a series from
time to time the specific terms of which Securities, including without
limitation the rate or rates of interest or formula for determining the rate or
rates of interest thereon, if any, the Stated Maturity or Maturities thereof and
the redemption provisions, if any, with respect thereto, are to be determined by
the Company upon the issuance of such Securities.

                                       5
<PAGE>

         "Person" means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited
liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization or
government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

         "Place of Payment," when used with respect to the Securities of any
series, means the place or places where the principal of and any premium and
interest on the Securities of that series are payable as specified, as
contemplated by Section 301.

         "Predecessor Security" of any particular Security means every previous
Security evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security
authenticated and delivered under Section 306 in exchange for or in lieu of a
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall be deemed to evidence the
same debt as the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security.

         "Redemption Date," when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this
Indenture.

         "Redemption Price," when used with respect to any Security to be
redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this
Indenture.

         "Regular Record Date" for the interest payable on any Interest Payment
Date on the Securities of any series means the date specified for that purpose
as contemplated by Section 301.

         "Responsible Officer," when used with respect to the Trustee, means any
vice president, any assistant vice president, any senior trust officer or
assistant trust officer, any trust officer, or any other officer associated with
the corporate trust department of the Trustee customarily performing functions
similar to those performed by any of the above designated officers and also
means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to
whom such matter is referred because of such person's knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility
for the administration of this Indenture.

         "Securities" has the meaning stated in the first recital of this
Indenture, and more particularly means any Securities authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture.

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933 and any statute
successor thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

         "Security Guarantees" means, in connection with any series of
Securities issued hereunder, any guarantee by each Security Guarantor of such
series of the Company's payment obligations under this Indenture and on any
Security of such series, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.

         "Security Guarantor" means any Person that executes a Security
Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, and its
respective successors and assigns.

         "Security Register" and "Security Registrar" have the respective
meanings specified in Section 305.

                                       6
<PAGE>

         "Senior Indebtedness" means with respect to any series of Securities,
unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect thereto, the
principal of, and premium, if any, and interest on and any other payment in
respect of indebtedness due pursuant to any of the following, whether
outstanding at the date of execution of this Indenture or thereafter incurred,
created or assumed: (i) all indebtedness of the Company evidenced by notes,
debentures, bonds or other securities sold by the Company for money or other
obligations for money borrowed, (ii) all indebtedness of others of the kinds
described in the preceding clause (i) assumed by or guaranteed in any manner by
the Company or in effect guaranteed by the Company through an agreement to
purchase, contingent or otherwise, and (iii) all renewals, extensions or
refundings of indebtedness of the kinds described in either of the preceding
clauses (i) and (ii), unless, in the case of any particular indebtedness,
renewal, extension or refunding, the instrument creating or evidencing the same
or the assumption or guarantee of the same by its terms provides that such
indebtedness, renewal, extension or refunding is not superior in right of
payment to or is pari passu with such Securities.

         "Special Record Date" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

         "Stated Maturity," when used with respect to any Security or any
installment of principal thereof or interest thereon, means the date specified
in such Security as the date on which the principal of such Security or such
installment of principal or interest is due and payable, in the case of such
principal, as such date may be advanced or extended as provided pursuant to the
terms of such Security and this Indenture.

         "Subordinated Securities" has the meaning specified in Section 1401.

         "Trust Indenture Act" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as in force
at the date as of which this instrument was executed; provided, however, that in
the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, "Trust
Indenture Act" shall mean, to the extent required by any such amendment, the
Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

         "Trustee" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first
paragraph of this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter.

         "Trustee" shall mean or include each Person who is then a Trustee
hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one such Person. "Trustee" as
used with respect to the Securities of any series shall mean the Trustee with
respect to Securities of that series.

         "Vice President," when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee,
means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "vice president."

Section 102. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS.

         Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take
any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to
the Trustee such certificates and opinions as may be required under the Trust
Indenture Act. Each such certificate or opinion

                                       7
<PAGE>

shall be given in the form of an Officer's Certificate, if to be given by an
officer of the Company, or an Opinion of Counsel, if to be given by counsel, and
shall comply with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act and any other
requirements set forth in this Indenture.

         Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a
condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

         (1) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or
opinion has read such covenant or condition and the definitions herein relating
thereto;

         (2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

         (3) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she
has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with; and

         (4) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual,
such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 103. FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.

         In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

         Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company or any Security
Guarantor may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, counsel, unless such officer
knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate
or opinion or representations with respect to the matters upon which such
certificate or opinion is based are erroneous. Any such certificate or opinion
of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the
Company or any Security Guarantor stating that the information with respect to
such factual matters is in the possession of the Company or any Security
Guarantor, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care
should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to
such matters are erroneous.

         Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

         Whenever, subsequent to the receipt by the Trustee of any Board
Resolution, Officer's Certificate, Opinion of Counsel or other document or
instrument, a clerical, typographical or other inadvertent or unintentional
error or omission shall be discovered therein, a new document or instrument may
be substituted therefor in corrected form with the same force and effect as if

                                       8
<PAGE>

originally filed in the corrected form and, irrespective of the date or dates of
the actual execution and/or delivery thereof, such substitute document or
instrument shall be deemed to have been executed and/or delivered as of the date
or dates required with respect to the document or instrument for which it is
substituted. Anything in this Indenture to the contrary notwithstanding, if any
such corrective document or instrument indicates that action has been taken by
or at the request of the Company which could not have been taken had the
original document or instrument not contained such error or omission, the action
so taken shall not be invalidated or otherwise rendered ineffective but shall be
and remain in full force and effect, except to the extent that such action was a
result of willful misconduct or bad faith. Without limiting the generality of
the foregoing, any Securities issued under the authority of such defective
document or instrument shall nevertheless be the valid obligations of the
Company entitled to the benefits of this Indenture equally and ratably with all
other Outstanding Securities, except as aforesaid.

Section 104. ACTS OF HOLDERS; RECORD DATES.

         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other action provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or
taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent duly
appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such
action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered
to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Company. Such
instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced
thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the Holders signing
such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of
a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this
Indenture and (subject to Section 601) conclusive in favor of the Trustee and
the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

         The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument
or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a
certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take
acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument
or writing acknowledged to him or her the execution thereof. Where such
execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than the signer's individual
capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof
of the signer's authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such
instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may
also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient. The
ownership of Securities shall be proved by the Security Register.

         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or other Act of the Holder of any Security shall bind every future Holder of the
same Security and the Holder of every Security issued upon the registration of
transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of
anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Company or
any Security Guarantor in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such
action is made upon such Security.

         The Company may set any day as a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to
give, make or take any request,

                                       9
<PAGE>

demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
provided or permitted by this Indenture to be given, made or taken by Holders of
Securities of such series; provided that the Company may not set a record date
for, and the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply with respect to, the
giving or making of any notice, declaration, request or direction referred to in
the next paragraph. If any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the
Holders of Outstanding Securities of the relevant series on such record date,
and no other Holders, shall be entitled to take or revoke the relevant action,
whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date; provided that
no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or prior to the
applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal amount of
Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date. Nothing in this
paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Company from setting a new record
date for any action for which a record date has previously been set pursuant to
this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall automatically and
with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect), and nothing in this
paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any action taken by Holders
of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding Securities of the relevant
series on the date such action is taken. Promptly after any record date is set
pursuant to this paragraph, the Company, at its own expense, shall cause notice
of such record date, the proposed action by Holders of Outstanding Securities of
the relevant series and the applicable Expiration Date to be given to the
Trustee in writing and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in
the manner set forth in Section 106.

         The Trustee may set any day as a record date for the purpose of
determining the Holders of Outstanding Securities of any series entitled to join
in the giving or making of (i) any Notice of Default, (ii) any declaration of
acceleration referred to in Section 502, (iii) any request to institute
proceedings referred to in Section 507(2) or (iv) any direction referred to in
Section 512, in each case with respect to Securities of such series. If any
record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Holders of Outstanding
Securities of such series on such record date, and no other Holders, shall be
entitled to join in such notice, declaration, request or direction or to revoke
the same, whether or not such Holders remain Holders after such record date;
provided that no such action shall be effective hereunder unless taken on or
prior to the applicable Expiration Date by Holders of the requisite principal
amount of Outstanding Securities of such series on such record date. Nothing in
this paragraph shall be construed to prevent the Trustee from setting a new
record date for any action for which a record date has previously been set
pursuant to this paragraph (whereupon the record date previously set shall
automatically and with no action by any Person be canceled and of no effect),
and nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to render ineffective any
action taken by Holders of the requisite principal amount of Outstanding
Securities of the relevant series on the date such action is taken. Promptly
after any record date is set pursuant to this paragraph, the Trustee, at the
Company's expense, shall cause notice of such record date, the proposed action
by Holders and the applicable Expiration Date to be sent to the Company in
writing and to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner
set forth in Section 106.

         With respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the party
hereto which sets such record date may designate any day as the "Expiration
Date" and from time to time may change the Expiration Date to any earlier or
later day; provided that no such change shall be effective unless notice of the
proposed new Expiration Date is given to the other party hereto in writing, and
to each Holder of Securities of the relevant series in the manner set forth in
Section

                                       10
<PAGE>

106, on or prior to the existing Expiration Date. If an Expiration Date is not
designated with respect to any record date set pursuant to this Section, the
party hereto which set such record date shall be deemed to have initially
designated the 180th day after such record date as the Expiration Date with
respect thereto, subject to its right to change the Expiration Date as provided
in this paragraph. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Expiration Date shall be
later than the 180th day after the applicable record date. Without limiting the
foregoing, a Holder entitled hereunder to take any action hereunder with regard
to any particular Security may do so with regard to all or any part of the
principal amount of such Security or by one or more duly appointed agents each
of which may do so pursuant to such appointment with regard to all or any part
of such principal amount.

Section 105. NOTICES, ETC., TO TRUSTEE, COMPANY AND ANY SECURITY GUARANTOR.

         Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver
or Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to
be made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

         (1) the Trustee by any Holder or by the Company or any Security
Guarantor shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder if made, given,
furnished or filed in writing (which may be made via facsimile) to or with a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, Attention:
Corporate Trust Department; or

         (2) the Company or any Security Guarantor by the Trustee or by any
Holder shall be sufficient for every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein
expressly provided) if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to
the Company or such Security Guarantor addressed to it at the address of its
principal office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument, Attention:
Treasurer, or at any other address previously furnished in writing to the
Trustee by the Company or such Security Guarantor, as applicable.

Section 106. NOTICE TO HOLDERS; WAIVER.

         Where this Indenture provides for notice to Holders of any event, such
notice shall be sufficiently given (unless otherwise herein expressly provided)
if in writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Holder affected
by such event, at his, her or its address as it appears in the Security
Register, not later than the latest date (if any), and not earlier than the
earliest date (if any), prescribed for the giving of such notice. In any case
where notice to Holders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such
notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any particular Holder shall
affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other Holders. Where this
Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in
writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before or after
the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of
notice by Holders shall be filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be
a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in reliance upon such
waiver.

         In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by
reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail,
then such notification as shall be

                                       11
<PAGE>

made with the approval of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient notification
for every purpose hereunder.

Section 107. CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

         If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with a provision
of the Trust Indenture Act which is required under such Act to be a part of and
govern this Indenture, the latter provision shall control. If any provision of
this Indenture modifies or excludes any provision of the Trust Indenture Act
which may be so modified or excluded, the latter provision shall be deemed to
apply to this Indenture as so modified or to be excluded, as the case may be.

Section 108. EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

         The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are
for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

Section 109. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

         All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company and any
Security Guarantor shall bind its successors and assigns, whether so expressed
or not.

Section 110. SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

         In case any provision in this Indenture, in the Securities or in any
Security Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby.

Section 111. BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.

         Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to the
Securities of any series, nothing in this Indenture, in the Securities or in any
Security Guarantee, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the
parties hereto, their successors hereunder and the Holders, any benefit or any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.

Section 112. GOVERNING LAW.

         This Indenture, the Securities and any Security Guarantees shall be
governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York,
without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

Section 113. LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

         Unless otherwise specified pursuant to Section 301 with respect to the
Securities of any series, in any case where any Interest Payment Date,
Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day,
then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities
(other than a provision of any Security which specifically states that such
provision shall apply in lieu of this Section)) payment of interest or principal
(and premium, if any) need not be made on such date, but may be made on the next
succeeding Business Day,

                                       12
<PAGE>

unless that Business Day is in a different calendar year, in which case the
payment will be made on the preceding Business Day, in each case, with the same
force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date or Redemption Date, or
at the Stated Maturity.

Section 114. NO SECURITY INTEREST CREATED.

         Nothing in this Indenture or in the Securities expressed or implied,
shall be construed to constitute a security interest under the Uniform
Commercial Code or similar legislation, as now or hereafter enacted and in
effect in any jurisdiction where property of the Company or its subsidiaries is
located.

                                   Article II.
                                 SECURITY FORMS

Section 201. FORMS GENERALLY.

         The Securities of each series shall be in substantially the form set
forth in this Article, or in such other form as shall be established by or
pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions or in one or more indentures
supplemental hereto, in each case with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture, and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply
with the rules of any securities exchange or Depositary therefor or as may,
consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities,
as evidenced by their execution thereof. If the form of Securities of any series
is established by action taken pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an
appropriate record of such action shall be certified by the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company or an Officer's Certificate pursuant to
Section 301 and delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the
Company Order contemplated by Section 303 for the authentication and delivery of
such Securities.

         The definitive Securities shall be printed, lithographed or engraved on
steel engraved borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined
by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of
such Securities.

Section 202. FORM OF FACE OF SECURITY.

         [Insert any legend required by the Internal Revenue Code and the
regulations thereunder.]

                                 NS GROUP, INC.

                                 $______________

No.____________                                         CUSIP No._____________

         NS Group, Inc., a corporation duly organized and existing under the
laws of the Commonwealth of Kentucky (herein called the "Company," which term
includes any successor Person under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for
value received, hereby promises to pay to ________________, or registered
assigns, the principal sum of ________ Dollars on

                                       13
<PAGE>

_________________________ [if the Security is to bear interest prior to Maturity
and interest payment periods are not extendable, insert -- , and to pay interest
thereon from __________ or from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which
interest has been paid or duly provided for, [insert -- semi-annually,
quarterly, monthly or other description of the relevant payment period] on
[________, ________,] and __________ in each year, commencing _______________,
at the rate of ____% per annum, until the principal hereof is paid or made
available for payment [if applicable, insert -- , provided that any principal
and premium, and any such installment of interest, which is overdue shall bear
interest at the rate of ___% per annum (to the extent that the payment of such
interest shall be legally enforceable), from the dates such amounts are due
until they are paid or made available for payment, and such interest shall be
payable on demand]. The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly
provided for, on any Interest Payment Date will, as provided in such Indenture,
be paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date
for such interest, which shall be the ___________________ (whether or not a
Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.
Any such interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for will forthwith
cease to be payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and may either be
paid to the Person in whose name this Security (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for
the payment of such Defaulted Interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice
thereof given to Holders of Securities of this series not less than ten (10)
days prior to such Special Record Date, or be paid at any time in any other
lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange
on which the Securities of this series may be listed, and upon such notice as
may be required by such exchange, all as more fully provided in said Indenture].

         [If the Security is not to bear interest prior to Maturity, insert -
The principal of this Security shall not bear interest except in the case of a
default in payment of principal upon acceleration, upon redemption or at Stated
Maturity and in such case the overdue principal and any overdue premium shall
bear interest at the rate of ____% per annum (to the extent that the payment of
such interest shall be legally enforceable), from the dates such amounts are due
until they are paid or made available for payment. Interest on any overdue
principal or premium shall be payable on demand. Any such interest on overdue
principal or premium which is not paid on demand shall bear interest at the rate
of ____% per annum (to the extent that the payment of such interest on interest
shall be legally enforceable), from the date of such demand until the amount so
demanded is paid or made available for payment. Interest on any overdue interest
shall be payable on demand.]

         Payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and [if applicable,
insert -- any such] interest on this Security will be made at the office or
agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in _________________, in such
coin or currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is
legal tender for payment of public and private debts [if applicable, insert -- ;
provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be
made by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such
address shall appear in the Security Register or by wire transfer at such place
and to such account at a banking institution in the United States as may be
designated in writing to the Trustee at least sixteen (16) days prior to the
date for payment by the Person entitled thereto].

                                       14
<PAGE>

         Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Security set
forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes
have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

         Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by
the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Security
shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed.

Dated as of the Date of Authentication:    NS GROUP, INC.

                                           By__________________________________
                                           Name:
                                           Title:
Attest:

___________________________________

Section 203.      FORM OF REVERSE OF SECURITY.

         This Security is one of a duly authorized issue of securities of the
Company (herein called the "Securities"), issued and to be issued in one or more
series under a Subordinated Indenture, dated as of ________, 2002 (herein called
the "Indenture," which term shall have the meaning assigned to it in such
instrument), between the Company and [___________________], as Trustee (herein
called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor trustee under the
Indenture), and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the
respective rights, limitation of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the
Company, the Trustee, the Holders of the Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of
the Securities and of the terms upon which the Securities are, and are to be,
authenticated and delivered. This Security is one of the series designated on
the face hereof [if applicable, insert -- , limited in aggregate principal
amount to $__________].

         If applicable, insert -- The Securities of this series are subject to
redemption upon not less than thirty (30) days' notice by mail, [if applicable,
insert -- (1) on ____________ in any year commencing with the year _____ and
ending with the year _____ through operation of the sinking fund for this series
at a Redemption Price equal to 100% of the principal amount, and (2)] at any
time [if applicable, insert -- on or after ___________, ____], as a whole or in
part, at the election of the Company, at the following Redemption Prices
(expressed as percentages of the principal amount): If redeemed [if applicable,
insert - on or before _________________, ___%, and if redeemed] during the
12-month period beginning _________ of the years indicated,

                                       15
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------
              YEAR              REDEMPTION PRICE             YEAR             REDEMPTION PRICE
          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------
<S>                     <C>                             <C>          <C>
          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------

          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------
</TABLE>

         and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to ____% of the principal
amount, together in the case of any such redemption [if applicable, insert --
(whether through operation of the sinking fund or otherwise)] with accrued
interest to the Redemption Date, but interest installments whose Stated Maturity
is on or prior to such Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such
Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of
business on the relevant Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as
provided in the Indenture.]

         [If applicable, insert -- The Securities of this series are subject to
redemption upon not less than thirty (30) days' notice by mail, (1) on
____________ in any year commencing with the year ______ and ending with the
year _____ through operation of the sinking fund for this series at the
Redemption Prices for redemption through operation of the sinking fund
(expressed as percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below,
and (2) at any time [if applicable, insert -- on or after _____________], as a
whole or in part, at the election of the Company, at the Redemption Prices for
redemption otherwise than through operation of the sinking fund (expressed as
percentages of the principal amount) set forth in the table below: If redeemed
during the 12- month period beginning ________ of the years indicated,

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------
                                                                              REDEMPTION PRICE
                                REDEMPTION PRICE                               FOR REDEMPTION
                                 FOR REDEMPTION                                OTHERWISE THAN
                                    THROUGH                                       THROUGH
                                OPERATION OF THE                              OPERATION OF THE
              YEAR                SINKING FUND               YEAR               SINKING FUND
          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                            <C>           <C>
          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------

          -------------- ------------------------------- ------------- -------------------------------
</TABLE>

         and thereafter at a Redemption Price equal to _____% of the principal
amount, together in the case of any such redemption (whether through operation
of the sinking fund or otherwise) with accrued interest to the Redemption Date,
but interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to such
Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such Securities, or one or
more Predecessor Securities, of record at the close of business on the relevant
Record Dates referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.]

         [If applicable, insert -- Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company
may not, prior to _________, redeem any Securities of this series as
contemplated by [if applicable, insert -- Clause (2) of] the preceding paragraph
as a part of, or in anticipation of, any refunding operation by the application,
directly or indirectly, of moneys borrowed having an interest cost to the
Company (calculated in accordance with generally accepted financial practice) of
less than ____% per annum.]

                                       16
<PAGE>

         [If applicable, insert -- The sinking fund for this series provides for
the redemption on __________ in each year beginning with the year _______ and
ending with the year ______ of [if applicable, insert -- not less than
$___________ ("mandatory sinking fund") and not more than] $____________
aggregate principal amount of Securities of this series. Securities of this
series acquired or redeemed by the Company otherwise than through [if
applicable, insert -- mandatory] sinking fund payments may be credited against
subsequent [if applicable, insert -- mandatory] sinking fund payments otherwise
required to be made [if applicable, insert -- , in the inverse order in which
they become due].]

         [If the Security is subject to redemption of any kind, insert -- In the
event of redemption of this Security in part only, a new Security or Securities
of this series and of like tenor for the unredeemed portion hereof will be
issued in the name of the Holder hereof upon the cancellation hereof.]

         [If applicable, insert - The Indenture contains provisions for
defeasance at any time of [the entire indebtedness of this Security] [or]
[certain restrictive covenants and Events of Default with respect to this
Security] [, in each case] upon compliance with certain conditions set forth in
the Indenture.]

         [If the Security is not an Original Issue Discount Security, insert -
If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and
be continuing, the principal of the Securities of this series may be declared
due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.]

         [If the Security is an Original Issue Discount Security, insert - If an
Event of Default with respect to Securities of this series shall occur and be
continuing, an amount of principal of the Securities of this series may be
declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the
Indenture. Such amount shall be equal to [insert formula for determining the
amount]. Upon payment (i) of the amount of principal so declared due and payable
and (ii) of interest on any overdue principal, premium and interest (in each
case to the extent that the payment of such interest shall be legally
enforceable), all of the Company's obligations in respect of the payment of the
principal of and premium and interest, if any, on the Securities of this series
shall terminate.]

         The indebtedness represented by the Securities of this series is, to
the extent and in a manner set forth in the Indenture, expressly subordinated in
right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, as
defined in the Indenture, with respect to this series, and this Security is
issued subject to such provisions, and each Holder of this Security, by
acceptance thereof, agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions and
authorizes and directs the Trustee in his, her or its behalf to take such action
as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided
in the Indenture and appoints the Trustee his, her or its attorney-in-fact, as
the case may be, for any and all such purposes.

         The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company and the rights of the Holders of the Securities of all series affected
under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of

                                       17
<PAGE>

the Securities of all series at the time Outstanding affected thereby (voting as
one class). The Indenture contains provisions permitting the Holders of not less
than a majority in principal amount of the Securities of all series at the time
Outstanding with respect to which a default under the Indenture shall have
occurred and be continuing (voting as one class), on behalf of the Holders of
the Securities of all such series, to waive, with certain exceptions, such past
default with respect to all such series and its consequences. The Indenture also
permits the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Securities of each series at the time Outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of
all Securities of such series, to waive compliance by the Company with certain
provisions of the Indenture. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this
Security shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future
Holders of this Security and of any Security issued upon the registration of
transfer hereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not
notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Security.

         As provided in and subject to the provisions of the Indenture, the
Holder of this Security shall not have the right to institute any proceeding
with respect to the Indenture or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee or
for any other remedy thereunder unless such Holder shall have previously given
the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default with respect to the
Securities of this series, the Holders of not less than [25%] in principal
amount of the Securities of this series at the time Outstanding shall have made
written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in respect of such Event
of Default as Trustee and offered the Trustee reasonable indemnity, and the
Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in principal
amount of Securities of this series at the time Outstanding a direction
inconsistent with such request, and shall have failed to institute any such
proceeding, for sixty (60) days after receipt of such notice, request and offer
of indemnity. The foregoing shall not apply to any suit instituted by the Holder
of this Security for the enforcement of any payment of principal hereof or any
premium or interest hereon on or after the respective due dates expressed
herein.

         No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Security
or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which
is absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and any premium and
interest on this Security at the times, place and rate, and in the coin or
currency, herein prescribed.

         As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein
set forth, the transfer of this Security is registrable in the Security
Register, upon surrender of this Security for registration of transfer at the
office or agency of the Company in any place where the principal of and any
premium and interest on this Security are payable, duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Company and the Security Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or his,
her or its attorney. Thereupon one or more new Securities of this series and of
like tenor, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal
amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

         The Securities of this series are issuable only in registered form
without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof. As
provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set forth,
Securities of this series are exchangeable for a like aggregate principal amount
of Securities of this series and of like tenor of a different authorized
denomination, as requested by the Holder surrendering the same.

                                       18
<PAGE>

         No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer
or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover
any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

         Prior to due presentment of this Security for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name this Security is registered as the owner hereof for all
purposes, whether or not this Security be overdue, and neither the Company, the
Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

         All terms used in this Security which are defined in the Indenture
shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

         The Indenture and the Securities issued thereby shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Section 204. FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL SECURITIES.

         Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for the
Securities evidenced thereby, every Global Security authenticated and delivered
hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

         THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
         HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY
         OR A NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS SECURITY MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN
         PART FOR A SECURITY REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN
         WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER
         THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED
         CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

Section 205. FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

         The Trustee's certificate of authentication shall be in substantially
the following form:

         This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                           [_______________________], As Trustee

                                           By:________________________________
                                                Authorized Signatory

Dated:

_______________________

                                       19
<PAGE>

Section 206.      FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE.

         Conversion notices shall be in substantially the following form:

         To NS Group, Inc.:

                  The undersigned owner of this Security hereby irrevocably
exercises the option to convert this Security, or portion hereof (which is
$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof) below designated, into shares of Common
Stock of the Company in accordance with the terms of the Indenture referred to
in this Security, and directs that the shares issuable and deliverable upon the
conversion, together with any check in payment for fractional shares and any
Securities representing any unconverted principal amount hereof, be issued and
delivered to the registered holder hereof unless a different name has been
indicated below. If this Notice is being delivered on a date after the close of
business on a Regular Record Date and prior to the opening of business on the
related Interest Payment Date (unless this Security or the portion thereof being
converted has been called for redemption on a Redemption Date during the period
beginning at the close of business on a Regular Record Date and ending at the
opening of business on the first Business Day after the next succeeding Interest
Payment Date, or if such Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, the second
such Business Day), this Notice is accompanied by payment, in funds acceptable
to the Company, of an amount equal to the interest payable on such Interest
Payment Date of the principal of this Security to be converted. If shares are to
be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned
will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect hereto. Any amount required to
be paid by the undersigned on account of interest accompanies this Security.

         Principal Amount to be Converted (in an integral multiple of $1,000, if
less than all)

         U.S. $_________________

Dated:

_______________________

          Signature(s) must be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution
(banks, stock brokers, savings and loan associations and credit unions with
membership in an approved signature guarantee medallion program) pursuant to
Securities and Exchange Commission Rule 17Ad-15.

                                           __________________________________
                                           Signature Guaranty

          Fill in for registration of shares of Common Stock and Security if to
be issued otherwise than to the registered Holder.

                                       20
<PAGE>

________________________________          _________________________________
(Name)                                    Social Security or Other Taxpayer
                                          Identification Number

(Address)

________________________________
Please print Name and Address
(including zip code number)

[The above conversion notice is to be modified, as appropriate, for conversion
into other securities or property of the Company.]

                                  Article III.
                                 THE SECURITIES

Section 301. AMOUNT UNLIMITED; ISSUABLE IN SERIES.

         The aggregate principal amount of Securities which may be authenticated
and delivered under this Indenture is unlimited.

         The Securities may be issued in one or more series. There shall be
established in or pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 303,
set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officer's Certificate, or
established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto, prior to the issuance
of Securities of any series,

         (1) the title of the Securities of the series (which shall distinguish
the Securities of the series from Securities of any other series);

         (2) any limit upon the aggregate principal amount of the Securities of
the series which may be authenticated and delivered under this Indenture (except
for Securities authenticated and delivered upon registration of transfer of, or
in exchange for, or in lieu of, other Securities of the series pursuant to
Section 304, 305, 306, 906 or 1106 and except for any Securities which, pursuant
to Section 303, are deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered
hereunder);

         (3) the date or dates on which the principal of and any premium on any
Securities of the series is payable or the method by which such date shall be
determined and the right, if any, to shorten or extend the date on which the
principal of any Securities of the series is payable and the conditions to any
such change;

                                       21
<PAGE>

         (4) the rate or rates at which any Securities of the series shall bear
interest, if any, or the method by which such rate or rates shall be determined;
the date or dates from which any such interest shall accrue; the Interest
Payment Dates on which any such interest shall be payable; the manner (if any)
of determination of such Interest Payment Dates; and the Regular Record Date, if
any, for any such interest payable on any Interest Payment Date;

         (5) the right, if any, to extend the interest payment periods and the
terms of such extension or extensions;

         (6) the place or places, if any, in addition to or instead of the
Corporate Trust Office, where the principal of and any premium and interest on
any Securities of the series shall be payable and whether, if acceptable to the
Trustee, any principal of such Securities shall be payable without presentation
or surrender thereof;

         (7) the right, if any, of the Company to redeem securities, in whole or
in part, at its option and the period or periods within which, or the date or
dates on which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions upon
which any Securities of the series may be redeemed, in whole or in part, at the
option of the Company and, if other than by a Board Resolution, the manner in
which any election by the Company to redeem the Securities shall be evidenced;

         (8) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem or purchase any
Securities of the series pursuant to any sinking fund, purchase fund or
analogous provisions or at the option of the Holder thereof and the period or
periods within which, the price or prices at which and the terms and conditions
upon which any Securities of the series shall be redeemed or purchased, in whole
or in part, pursuant to such obligation;

         (9) if other than denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple
thereof, the denominations in which any Securities of the series shall be
issuable;

         (10) any mandatory or optional sinking fund or similar provisions with
respect to the Securities;

         (11) if the amount of principal of or any premium or interest on any
Securities of the series may be determined with reference to an index or
pursuant to a formula, the manner in which such amounts shall be determined;

         (12) if any or all of Sections 1101, 1201, 1301 or 1501 apply to any
Securities of the series and, if applicable, any addition, modification or
deletion with respect thereto;

         (13) if applicable, that any Securities of the series shall be issuable
in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and, in such
case, the respective Depositary or Depositaries for such Global Securities, the
form of any legend or legends which shall be borne by any such Global Security
in addition to or in lieu of that set forth in Section 204 and any circumstances
in addition to or in lieu of those set forth in Clause (2) of the last paragraph
of Section 305 in which any such Global Security may be exchanged in whole or in
part for Securities registered, and any transfer of such Global Security in
whole or in part may be registered, in the name or names of Persons other than
the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee thereof;

                                       22
<PAGE>

         (14) any addition, modification or deletion of any Events of Default or
covenants provided with respect to any Securities of the series and any change
in the right of the Trustee or the requisite Holders of such Securities to
declare the principal amount thereof due and payable pursuant to Section 502;

         (15) any addition to or change in the covenants set forth in Article X
which applies to Securities of the series; and

         (16) any other terms of the series.

         All Securities of any one series shall be substantially identical
except as to denomination and except as may otherwise be provided in or pursuant
to the Board Resolution referred to above and (subject to Section 303) set
forth, or determined in the manner provided, in the Officer's Certificate
referred to above or in any such indenture supplemental hereto.

         If any of the terms of the series are established by action taken
pursuant to a Board Resolution, a copy of an appropriate record of such action
shall be certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and
delivered to the Trustee at or prior to the delivery of the Officer's
Certificate setting forth the terms or the manner of determining the terms of
the series.

         With respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering,
the Board Resolution (or action taken pursuant thereto), Officer's Certificate
or supplemental indenture referred to above may provide general terms or
parameters for Securities of such series and provide either that the specific
terms of particular Securities of such series shall be specified in a Company
Order or that such terms shall be determined by the Company in accordance with
other procedures specified in a Company Order as contemplated by the third
paragraph of Section 303.

         Notwithstanding Section 301(2) herein and unless otherwise expressly
provided with respect to a series of Securities, the aggregate principal amount
of a series of Securities may be increased and additional Securities of such
series may be issued up to the maximum aggregate principal amount authorized
with respect to such series as increased.

Section 302. DENOMINATIONS.

         The Securities of each series shall be issuable only in fully
registered form without coupons and only in such denominations as shall be
specified as contemplated by Section 301. In the absence of any such specified
denomination with respect to the Securities of any series, the Securities of
such series shall be issuable in denominations of $1,000 and any integral
multiple thereof.

Section 303. EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING.

         The Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its
Chairman of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its President, a Vice
President or the Treasurer, and attested by its Secretary or one of its
Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities
may be manual or facsimile.

                                       23
<PAGE>

         Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals
who were at any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not
hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

         At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of
this Indenture, the Company may deliver Securities of any series executed by the
Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a Company Order for the
authentication and delivery of such Securities, and the Trustee, in accordance
with the Company Order shall authenticate and deliver such Securities, provided,
however, that in the case of Securities offered in a Periodic Offering, the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver such Securities from time to time in
accordance with such other procedures (including, without limitation, the
receipt by the Trustee of oral or electronic instructions from the Company or
its duly authorized agents, promptly confirmed in writing) acceptable to the
Trustee as may be specified by or pursuant to a Company Order, delivered to the
Trustee prior to the time of the first authentication of Securities of such
series. If the form or terms of the Securities of the series have been
established by or pursuant to one or more Board Resolutions as permitted by
Sections 201 and 301, in authenticating such Securities, and accepting the
additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such Securities,
the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and (subject to Section 601) shall be
fully protected in relying upon, any Board Resolution and/or Officer's
Certificate referred to in Sections 201 and 301 by or pursuant to which the
forms and terms of the Securities were established, an Officer's Certificate
setting forth the form or forms and terms of the Securities stating that the
form or forms and terms of the Securities have been established in conformity
with Sections 201 and 301 and comply with this Indenture and covering such other
matters as the Trustee may reasonably request, and an Opinion of Counsel
stating,

         (1) if the form of such Securities has been established by or pursuant
to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 201, that such form has been duly
authorized and established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture;

         (2) if the terms of such Securities have been, or in the case of
Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering, will be, established by
or pursuant to Board Resolution as permitted by Section 301, that such terms
have been, or in the case of Securities of a series offered in a Periodic
Offering, will be, duly authorized by the Company and established in conformity
with the provisions of this Indenture, subject, in the case of Securities of a
series offered in a Periodic Offering, to any conditions specified in such
Opinion of Counsel; and

         (3) that such Securities, when issued and executed by the Company and
when authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and delivered to and duly paid
for by the purchasers thereof and in the manner and subject to any conditions
specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will have been duly issued by the Company
under this Indenture, will be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and
will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company enforceable
in accordance with their respective terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency,
fraudulent transfer, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws of general
applicability relating to or affecting creditors' rights and to general equity
principles.

                                       24
<PAGE>

         If such form or terms have been so established, the Trustee shall not
be required to authenticate such Securities, if the Trustee, being advised by
counsel, determines that such action may not be lawfully taken by the Company or
if the Trustee determines in good faith by its board of directors or board of
trustees, executive committee or a trust committee of directors or trustees
shall determine that such action would expose the Trustee to personal liability
to existing Holders or if the issue of such Securities pursuant to this
Indenture will affect the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under the
Securities and this Indenture or otherwise in a manner which is not reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee.

         Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 301 and of the preceding
paragraph, if all Securities of a series are not to be originally issued at one
time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officer's Certificate otherwise
required pursuant to Section 301 or the Company Order and Opinion of Counsel
otherwise required pursuant to such preceding paragraph at or prior to the
authentication of each Security of such series if such documents are delivered
at or prior to the authentication upon original issuance of the first Security
of such series to be issued.

         With respect to Securities of a series offered in a Periodic Offering,
the Trustee may rely, as to the authorization by the Company of any of such
Securities, the form and terms thereof and the legality, validity, binding
effect and enforceability thereof, upon the Opinion of Counsel and the other
documents delivered pursuant to Sections 201 and 301 and this Section, as
applicable, in connection with the first authentication of Securities of such
series.

         Each Security shall be dated the date of its authentication.

         No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized officer, and such
certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Security shall have been
authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company,
and the Company shall deliver such Security to the Trustee for cancellation as
provided in Section 309, for all purposes of this Indenture such Security shall
be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall
never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

Section 304. TEMPORARY SECURITIES.

         Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any series, the
Company may execute, and upon Company Order the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, temporary Securities for such series which are printed, lithographed,
typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in each case in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, in any authorized denomination, substantially of
the tenor of the definitive Securities in lieu of which they are issued and with
such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their
execution of such Securities.

         If temporary Securities of any series are issued, the Company will
cause definitive Securities of that series to be prepared without unreasonable
delay. After the preparation of

                                       25
<PAGE>

definitive Securities of such series, the temporary Securities of such series
shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities of such series upon surrender of
the temporary Securities of such series at the office or agency of the Company
in a Place of Payment for that series, without charge to the Holder. Upon
surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any
series, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver in exchange therefor, one or more definitive Securities of the same
series, of any authorized denominations and of like tenor and aggregate
principal amount. Until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of any series
shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
definitive Securities of such series and tenor.

Section 305. REGISTRATION, REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

         The Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee a register (the register maintained in such office or in any other
office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being herein sometimes
referred to as the "Security Register") in which, subject to such reasonable
regulations as the Trustee may prescribe, the Company shall provide for the
registration of Securities and of transfers of Securities. The Trustee is hereby
appointed "Security Registrar" for the purpose of registering Securities and
transfers of Securities as herein provided.

         Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Security of a series
at the office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment for that series,
the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in
the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities
of the same series, of any authorized denominations and of like tenor and
aggregate principal amount.

         At the option of the Holder thereof, Securities of any series may be
exchanged for other Securities of the same series, of any authorized
denominations and of like tenor and aggregate principal amount, upon surrender
of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency and upon payment, if
the Company so requires, of the amounts hereinafter provided. Whenever any
Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making
the exchange is entitled to receive.

         All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Securities shall be the valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same
debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Securities
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

         Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
for exchange shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly
endorsed, or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form
satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar, duly executed by the
Holder thereof or his, her or its attorney duly authorized in writing.

         No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Securities, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or

                                       26
<PAGE>

exchange of Securities, other than exchanges pursuant to Section 304, 906 or
1106 not involving any transfer.

         If the Securities of any series (or of any series and specified tenor)
are to be redeemed, the Company shall not be required (A) to issue, register the
transfer of or exchange any Securities of that series (or of that series and
specified tenor, as the case may be) during a period beginning at the opening of
business fifteen (15) days before the day of the mailing of a notice of
redemption of any such Securities selected for redemption, and ending at the
close of business on the day of such mailing, or (B) to register the transfer of
or exchange any such Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part,
except the unredeemed portion of any Security being redeemed in part.

         The provisions of Clauses (1), (2), (3) and (4) below shall apply only
to Global Securities:

         (1) Each Global Security authenticated under this Indenture shall be
registered in the name of the Depositary designated for such Global Security, or
a nominee thereof, and delivered to such Depositary, or a nominee thereof, or
custodian therefor, and each such Global Security shall constitute a single
Security for all purposes of this Indenture.

         (2) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, no Global
Security may be exchanged in whole or in part for Securities registered, and no
transfer of a Global Security in whole or in part may be registered, in the name
of any Person other than the Depositary for such Global Security or a nominee
thereof unless (A) such Depositary has notified the Company that it is unwilling
or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security and a successor
Depositary has not been appointed by the Company within ninety (90) days of
receipt by the Company of such notification, (B) if at any time the Depositary
ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act at a time when
the Depositary is required to be so registered to act as such Depositary and no
successor Depositary shall have been appointed by the Company within ninety (90)
days after it became aware of such cessation, or (C) there shall exist such
circumstances, if any, in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as have been
specified for this purpose as contemplated by Section 301.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may at any time in its sole
discretion determine that Securities issued in the form of a Global Security
shall no longer be represented in whole or in part by such Global Security, and
the Trustee, upon receipt of a Company Order therefor, shall authenticate and
deliver definitive Securities in any authorized denominations, in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security in
exchange in whole or in part for such Global Security.

         (3) Subject to Clause (2) above, any exchange or transfer of a Global
Security for other Securities may be made in whole or in part, and all
Securities issued in exchange for or upon transfer of a Global Security or any
portion thereof shall be registered in such names as the Depositary for such
Global Security shall direct.

         (4) Every Security authenticated and delivered upon registration of
transfer of, or in exchange for or in lieu of, a Global Security or any portion
thereof, whether pursuant to this

                                       27
<PAGE>

Section, Section 304, 306, 906 or 1106 or otherwise, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Security, unless such Security
is registered in the name of a Person other than the Depositary for such Global
Security or a nominee thereof.

Section 306. MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN SECURITIES.

         If any mutilated Security is surrendered to the Trustee, the Company
shall execute and upon the written request of any officer of the Company, the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Security of
the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.

         If there shall be delivered to the Company and the Trustee (i) evidence
to their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security and (ii)
such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and
any agent of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the
Company or the Trustee that such Security has been acquired by a bona fide
purchaser, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver, in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security
of the same series and of like tenor and principal amount and bearing a number
not contemporaneously outstanding.

         In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may,
instead of issuing a new Security, pay all outstanding principal and interest on
such Security to the Holder of such Security, if there shall be delivered to the
Company and the Trustee the items listed in clauses (i) and (ii) in the
preceding paragraph.

         Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section, the Company
may require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax, fee, assessment or
other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other
expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee and its agents and
counsel) connected therewith.

         Every new Security of any series issued pursuant to this Section in
lieu of any destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed,
lost or stolen Security shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be
entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with
any and all other Securities of that series duly issued hereunder.

         The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to the
extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or
payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities.

Section 307. PAYMENT OF INTEREST; INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED.

         Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with
respect to any series of Securities, interest on any Security which is payable,
and is punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date shall
be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record Date
for such interest.

                                       28
<PAGE>

         Except as otherwise provided as contemplated by Section 301 with
respect to any series of Securities, any interest on any Security of any series
which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided for, on any
Interest Payment Date (herein called "Defaulted Interest") shall forthwith cease
to be payable to the Holder on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of
having been such Holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company,
at its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below:

         (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to
the Persons in whose names the Securities of such series (or their respective
Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on a Special
Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in
the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the
amount of Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each Security of such series
and the date of the proposed payment, and, at the same time, the Company shall
deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount
proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest, or shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of
the proposed payment. Such money, when deposited, will be held in trust, for the
benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as provided in this
Clause. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the payment of
such Defaulted Interest, which date shall be not more than fifteen (15) days and
not less than ten (10) days prior to the date of the proposed payment, and not
less than ten (10) days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the
proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such Special
Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause
notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record
Date therefor to be given to each Holder of Securities of such series in the
manner set forth in Section 106, not less than ten (10) days prior to such
Special Record Date. Notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest
and the Special Record Date therefor having been so mailed, such Defaulted
Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names the Securities of such
series (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close
of business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable pursuant
to the following clause (2).

         (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on the
Securities of any series in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the
requirements of any securities exchange, if any, on which such Securities may be
listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after
written notice given by the Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment
pursuant to this Clause, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by
the Trustee.

         Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Security
delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of, or in exchange
for, or in lieu of, any other Security, shall carry the same rights to interest
accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 1502, in the case of any Security
(or any part thereof) which is converted after any Regular Record Date and on or
prior to the next succeeding Interest Payment Date (other than any Security the
principal of (or premium, if any, on) which shall become due and payable,
whether at Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration prior to such
Interest Payment Date), interest whose Stated Maturity is on such Interest
Payment Date

                                       29
<PAGE>

shall be payable on such Interest Payment Date notwithstanding such conversion
and such interest (whether or not punctually paid or duly provided for) shall be
paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or any one or more Predecessor
Securities) is registered at the close of business on such Regular Record Date.
Except as otherwise expressly provided in the immediately preceding sentence or
in Section 1502, in the case of any Security (or any part thereof) which is
converted, interest whose Stated Maturity is after the date of conversion of
such Security (or such part thereof) shall not be payable.

Section 308. PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.

         Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration of transfer,
the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat
the Person in whose name such Security is registered as the owner of such
Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and any premium
and (subject to Section 307) any interest on such Security and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue. Neither the
Company, the Trustee nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be
affected by notice to the contrary.

         With respect to Global Securities, the Company, the Trustee, any Paying
Agent and the Registrar shall be entitled to treat the Person in whose name such
Security is registered as the absolute owner of such Security for all purposes
of this Indenture, and neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the
Registrar shall have any obligation to any beneficial owner of such Global
Security. Without limiting the preceding sentence, neither the Company, the
Trustee, any Paying Agent or the Registrar shall have any responsibility or
obligation with respect to: (i) the accuracy of the records of any Depositary or
any other Person with respect to any ownership interest in Global Securities,
(ii) the delivery to any Person, other than a Holder, of any notice with respect
to Global Securities, including any notice of redemption or refunding, (iii) the
selection of the particular Securities or portions thereof to be redeemed or
refunded in the event of a partial redemption or refunding of part of the
Securities, or (iv) the payment to any Person, other than a Holder, of any
amount with respect to the principal of, redemption premium, if any, or interest
on Global Securities.

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Global Security,
nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee, or any agent of the
Company or the Trustee, from giving effect to any written certification, proxy
or other authorization furnished by any Depositary, as a Holder, with respect to
such Global Security, or impair, as between such Depositary and owners of
beneficial interests in such Global Security, the operation of customary
practices governing the exercise of the rights of such Depositary as Holder of
such Global Security.

Section 309. CANCELLATION.

         All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration of
transfer or exchange or for credit against any sinking fund payment shall, if
surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee
and shall be promptly canceled. The Company may, at any time, deliver to the
Trustee for cancellation any Securities previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may
deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for
cancellation any Securities

                                       30
<PAGE>

previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has not issued and sold,
and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. No
Securities shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Securities
canceled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by this
Indenture. All canceled Securities held by the Trustee shall be disposed of in
its customary manner or as directed by a Company Order; provided, however, that
the Trustee shall not be required to destroy such canceled Securities.

Section 310. COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.

         Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for
Securities of any series, interest on the Securities of each series shall be
computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve (12) 30-day months.

Section 311. CUSIP NUMBERS.

         The Company, in issuing the Securities, may use "CUSIP" numbers (if
then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use "CUSIP" numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice
may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such "CUSIP"
numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a
redemption, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification
numbers printed on the Securities, and any such redemption shall not be affected
by any defect in or omission of such "CUSIP" numbers. The Company shall promptly
notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers with respect to the
Securities.

                                   Article IV.
                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

Section 401. SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

         This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further
effect (except as to any surviving rights of registration of transfer or
exchange of Securities herein expressly provided for), and the Trustee, at the
expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

 (1)     either

                  (A) all Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered
(other than (i) Securities which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which
have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and (ii) Securities for
which the payment of money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated
and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to
the Trustee for cancellation; or

                  (B) all such Securities not theretofore delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation

                           (i)      have become due and payable, or

                                       31
<PAGE>

                           (ii)  will become due and payable at their Stated
         Maturity within one (1) year, or

                           (iii) are to be called for redemption within one (1)
         year under arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of
         notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of
         the Company, and the Company, in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above,
         has deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds
         in trust for the purpose (i) money in an amount, (ii) Government
         Obligations (as defined in Section 1304) which through the scheduled
         payment of principal and interest in respect thereof in accordance with
         their terms will provide, not later than the due date of any payment,
         money in an amount, or (iii) a combination thereof, sufficient, in the
         case of (ii) or (iii) above, in the opinion of a nationally recognized
         firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
         certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge,
         and which shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the
         entire indebtedness on such Securities not theretofore delivered to the
         Trustee for cancellation, for principal and any premium, any mandatory
         sinking fund payments and interest to the date of such deposit (in the
         case of Securities which have become due and payable) or to the Stated
         Maturity or Redemption Date, as the case may be;

         (2) Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
hereunder by the Company; and

         (3) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have
been complied with.

         Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of
the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 614 and, if money shall
have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (B) of clause (1) of
this Section, the obligations of the Trustee under Section 402 and the last
paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive such satisfaction and discharge.

Section 402. APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

         Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all
money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust
and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Securities and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and any premium and
interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee.

                                       32
<PAGE>

                                   Article V.
                                    REMEDIES

Section 501. EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

         "Event of Default," wherever used herein with respect to Securities of
any series, means any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such
Event of Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected
by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or
any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

         (1) default in the payment of any interest upon any Security of that
series when it becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a
period of [thirty (30) days]; provided, however, that if the Company is
permitted by the terms of the Securities of such series to defer the payment in
question, the date on which such payment is due and payable shall be the date on
which the Company is required to make payment following such deferral, if such
deferral has been elected pursuant to the terms of the Securities; or

         (2) default in the payment of the principal of or any premium on any
Security of that series at its Maturity; or

         (3) default in the making of any sinking fund payment, when and as due
by the terms of a Security of that series, and continuance of such default for a
period of sixty (60) days; or

         (4) default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant of the
Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant of a default in which
performance or breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with, or
which has expressly been included in this Indenture solely for the benefit of a
series of Securities other than that series), and continuance of such default or
breach for a period of ninety (90) days after there has been given, by
registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company
and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities of that series a written notice specifying such default
or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a
"Notice of Default" hereunder, unless the Trustee, or the Trustee and the
Holders of a principal amount of Securities of such series not less than the
principal amount of Securities the Holders of which gave such notice, as the
case may be, shall agree in writing to an extension of such period prior to its
expiration; provided, however, that the Trustee, or the Trustee and the Holders
of such principal amount of Securities of such series, as the case may be, shall
be deemed to have agreed to an extension of such period if corrective action is
initiated by the Company within such period and is being diligently pursued; or

         (5) the entry by a court having jurisdiction in the premises of (A) a
decree or order for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or
proceeding under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or other similar law or (B) a decree or order adjudging the
Company a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed a petition
seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in respect
of the Company under any applicable federal or state law, or appointing a
custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator or other
similar official of the Company or of any substantial

                                       33
<PAGE>

part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of its affairs,
and the continuance of any such decree or order for relief or any such other
decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of ninety (90) consecutive
days; or

         (6) the commencement by the Company of a voluntary case or proceeding
under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
other similar law or of any other case or proceeding to be adjudicated a
bankrupt or insolvent, or the consent by it to the entry of a decree or order
for relief in respect of the Company in an involuntary case or proceeding under
any applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other
similar law or to the commencement of any bankruptcy or insolvency case or
proceeding against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent
seeking reorganization or relief under any applicable federal or state law, or
the consent by it to the filing of such petition or to the appointment of or
taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee,
sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or of any substantial part
of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of
creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts
generally as they become due, or the authorization of any such action by the
Board of Directors; or

         (7) any other Event of Default provided in the Board Resolution or the
form of Security with respect to Securities of that series.

Section 502. ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

         If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series at the
time Outstanding occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee
or the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities of that series may declare the principal amount of all the Securities
of that series (or, if any Securities of that series are Original Issue Discount
Securities, such portion of the principal amount of such Securities as may be
specified by the terms thereof) to be due and payable immediately, by a notice
in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by Holders), and upon any
such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) shall become
immediately due and payable.

         If an Event of Default described under Section 501(5) or (6) occurs and
is continuing, then the principal amount of all the Securities then Outstanding
and the interest accrued thereon, if any, shall become immediately due and
payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any
Holder.

         At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to
Securities of any series has been made and before a judgment or decree for
payment of the money due has been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this
Article provided, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice to the Company and the
Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if

         (1) the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient
to pay (A) all overdue interest on all Securities of that series, (B) the
principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Securities of that series which has
become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and any interest
thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities,

                                       34
<PAGE>

(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue
interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities, and (D)
all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder, all other amounts due to the
Trustee under Section 607 and the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

         (2) all Events of Default with respect to Securities of that series,
other than the non-payment of the principal of Securities of that series which
has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or
waived as provided in Section 513.

         No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any
right consequent thereon.

Section 503. COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY TRUSTEE.

         The Company covenants that if

         (1) default is made in the payment of any interest on any Security when
such interest becomes due and payable and such default continues for a period of
thirty (30) days, or

         (2) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if
any, on) any Security at the Maturity thereof, the Company will, upon demand of
the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, the
whole amount then due and payable on such Securities for principal and any
premium and interest and, to the extent that payment of such interest shall be
legally enforceable, interest on any overdue principal and premium and on any
overdue interest, at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Securities,
and, in addition thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover
the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and
such other amount due the Trustee under Section 607 in respect of such
Securities.

         If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities and collect the
moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of
the property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever
situated.

         If an Event of Default with respect to Securities of any series occurs
and is continuing, the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and
enforce its rights and the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series by
such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual
to protect and enforce any such rights, either at law or in equity or in
bankruptcy or otherwise, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or
agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted
herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy vested in the Trustee by this
Indenture or by law.

                                       35
<PAGE>

Section 504. TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

         In case of any judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any
Security Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its property or
its creditors, the Trustee shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in
such proceeding or otherwise, to take any and all actions authorized under the
Trust Indenture Act in order to have claims of the Holders and the Trustee
allowed in any such proceeding. In particular, the Trustee shall be authorized
to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole amount of principal and
interest and other amounts due and payable in respect of the Securities of any
series, and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or
advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for
amounts payable to the Trustee under Section 607) and of the Holders allowed in
any judicial proceedings relative to the Company or other obligor under the
Securities, to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or
deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian,
receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such
payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the
making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and
advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the
Trustee under Section 607.

         No provision of this Indenture shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee
to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan
of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to
vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding; provided,
however, that the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders, vote for the election
of a trustee in bankruptcy or similar official and be a member of a creditors'
or other similar committee.

Section 505. TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF SECURITIES.

         All rights of action and claims under this Indenture, the Securities or
the Security Guarantees may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without
the possession of any of the Securities or the production thereof in any
proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee
shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any
recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Securities in
respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

         In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings
involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture to which the
Trustee shall be a party) the Trustee shall be held to represent all of the
Holders of Securities in respect to which such action was taken, and it shall
not be necessary to make any Holders of such Securities parties to any such
proceedings.

                                       36
<PAGE>

Section 506. APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED.

         Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and,
in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal or any premium
or interest, upon presentation of the Securities in respect of which moneys have
been collected and the notation thereon of the payment if only partially paid
and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

         First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 607;

         Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal
of and any premium and interest on the Securities in respect of which or for the
benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such
Securities for principal and any premium and interest, respectively; and

         Third: To the payment of the balance, if any, to the Company.

Section 507. LIMITATION ON SUITS.

         No Holder of any Security of any series shall have any right to
institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture,
or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy
hereunder, unless

         (1) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a
continuing Event of Default with respect to the Securities of that series; and

         (2) the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities of all affected series, considered as one class, or,
in the case of an Event of Default of the character specified above in Section
501(1), (2) or (3), that series, shall have made written request to the Trustee
to institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as
Trustee hereunder; and

         (3) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable
indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
incurred in compliance with such request; and

         (4) the Trustee, for sixty (60) days after its receipt of such notice,
request and offer of indemnity, has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

         (5) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given
to the Trustee either before or during such 60-day period by the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all affected
series, considered as one class, or, in the case of an Event of Default of the
character specified above in Section 501(1), (2) or (3), that series, it being
understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have any right
in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this
Indenture or any Security to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any
other of such Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference
over any other of such Holders or to enforce any right under this

                                       37
<PAGE>

Indenture or any Security, except in the manner herein provided and for the
equal and ratable benefit of all of such Holders of the applicable series.

Section 508. UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND
             INTEREST.

         Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of
any Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to
receive payment of the principal of and any premium and (subject to Section 307)
interest on such Security on the respective Stated Maturities expressed in such
Security (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date) and to
institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such rights shall
not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

Section 509. RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

         If the Trustee or any Holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce
any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to
the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any
determination in such proceeding, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders shall
be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and
thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders shall continue
as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

Section 510. RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

         Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment
of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Securities in the last paragraph of
Section 306, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee
or to the Holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and
every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and
in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any
right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent
assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

Section 511. DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.

         No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Securities
to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair
any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or
an acquiescence therein.

         Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to the Trustee
or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be
deemed expedient, by the Trustee or, subject to Section 507, by the Holders, as
the case may be.

Section 512. CONTROL BY HOLDERS.

         The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities of any affected series shall have the right to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any

                                       38
<PAGE>
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee, with respect to the Securities of such series;
provided that

         (1) such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or
with this Indenture,

         (2) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee
which is not inconsistent with such direction,

         (3) such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee such reasonable
indemnity as it may require against costs, expenses and liabilities to be
incurred therein or thereby, and

         (4) subject to the provisions of Section 601, the Trustee shall have
the right to decline to follow any such direction if (a) the Trustee in good
faith shall, by a Responsible Officer or Officers of the Trustee, determine that
the proceeding so directed would involve the Trustee in personal liability, (b)
the Trustee, being advised by counsel, shall determine that the action or
proceeding so directed may not lawfully be taken, or (c) the Trustee in good
faith shall so determine that the actions or forbearances specified in or
pursuant to such direction would be unduly prejudicial to the interests of
Holders of the Securities of all affected series not joining in the giving of
said direction, it being understood that (subject to Section 601) the Trustee
shall have no duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are
unduly prejudicial to such Holders.

         If an Event of Default is continuing with respect to all Outstanding
Securities, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of all the Outstanding
Securities, considered as one class, shall have the right to make such
direction, and not the Holders of Securities of any one series.

Section 513. WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

         The Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Outstanding Securities of all series with respect to which any default or
Event of Default under the Indenture shall have occurred and be continuing
(voting as one class) may, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities of all
such series, waive such past default or Event of Default under the Indenture and
its consequences, except a default

         (1) in the payment of the principal of or any premium or interest on
any Security of such series, or

         (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article IX
cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Security of the series affected.

         Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist and be deemed
not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed
to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every purpose of this
Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or
impair any right consequent thereon.

                                       39
<PAGE>
Section 514. UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

         In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this
Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it as Trustee, a court may require any party litigant in such suit to
file an undertaking to pay the costs, including legal fees and expenses of such
suit, and may assess costs against any such party litigant, in the manner and to
the extent provided in the Trust Indenture Act; provided that neither this
Section nor the Trust Indenture Act shall be deemed to authorize any court to
require such an undertaking or to make such an assessment in (i) any suit
instituted by the Trustee, (ii) any suit instituted by any Holder, or group of
Holders, holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities of any series, or (iii) any suit instituted by any Holder
for the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on any Security on or after the respective Stated Maturities expressed
in such Security (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption
Date).

Section 515. WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.

         The Company and each of the Security Guarantors covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or
plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Company and each of the Security Guarantors (to the extent that it may
lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law
and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any
power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of
every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

                                   Article VI.
                                   THE TRUSTEE

Section 601. CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

         The duties and responsibilities of the Trustee shall be as specifically
provided in this Indenture and no duties shall be inferred or implied against
the Trustee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision of this Indenture shall
require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any
financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the
exercise of any of its rights or powers if it shall have reasonable grounds for
believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against any risk or
liability is not reasonably assured to it. Whether or not herein expressly so
provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting
the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of this Section.

Section 602. NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

         If a default occurs hereunder with respect to Securities of any series,
the Trustee shall give the Holders of Securities of such series notice of such
default as and to the extent provided by Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture
Act; provided, however, that in the case of any default of the character
specified in Section 501(4) with respect to Securities of such series, no such
notice to Holders shall be given until at least thirty (30) days after the
occurrence thereof;

                                       40
<PAGE>

provided, further, that no such notice shall be required if in each case, such
defaults have been cured before the mailing or publication of such notice. For
the purpose of this Section, the term "default" means any event which is, or
after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of Default with
respect to Securities of such series.

Section 603. CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

         Subject to the provisions of Section 601:

         (1) the Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in
acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note or other paper or document (whether in original or facsimile
form) including, without limitation, any Board Resolution or Officer's
Certificate delivered in accordance with Section 301, believed by it to be
genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

         (2) any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order or as otherwise
expressly provided herein, and any resolution of the Board of Directors shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;

         (3) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall
deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part,
rely upon an Officer's Certificate;

         (4) the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the
advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel with respect to legal matters
shall be full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action
taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance
thereon;

         (5) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of
any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have
offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it
against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in
compliance with such request or direction;

         (6) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the
Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into
such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled, at reasonable
times previously notified to the Company, to examine the relevant books, records
and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney at the sole cost
of the Company and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind
by reason of such inquiry or investigation;

                                       41
<PAGE>

         (7) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it
hereunder;

         (8) the Trustee's immunities and protections from liability and its
right to indemnification in connection with the performance of its duties under
this Indenture shall extend to the Trustee's officers, directors, agents,
attorneys and employees. Such immunities and protections and right to
indemnification, together with the Trustee's right to compensation, shall
survive the Trustee's resignation or removal, the discharge of this Indenture,
and final payment of the Securities;

         (9) the Trustee may execute any of its trusts or powers or perform any
duties under this Indenture either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys, and may in all cases pay, subject to reimbursement as provided
herein, such reasonable compensation as it deems proper to all such agents and
attorneys reasonably employed or retained by it, and the Trustee shall not be
responsible for any misconduct or negligence of any agent or attorney appointed
with due care by it;

         (10) the Trustee is not required to take notice or deemed to have
notice of any default or Event of Default hereunder, except Events of Default
under Sections 501(1), (2) and (3), unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee
has actual knowledge thereof or has received notice in writing of such default
or Event of Default from the Company or the Holders of at least [25%] in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities, and in the absence of
any such notice, the Trustee may conclusively assume that no such default or
Event of Default exists; and

         (11) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of
the Holders pursuant to Section 512 relating to the time, method and place of
conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising
any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture.

Section 604. NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF SECURITIES.

         The recitals contained herein and in the Securities and in any Security
Guarantees, except the Trustee's certificates of authentication, shall be taken
as the statements of the Company or the Security Guarantors, as the case may be,
and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any responsibility
for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the validity
or sufficiency of this Indenture, of the Securities or of any Security
Guarantees. Neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent shall be
accountable for the use or application by the Company of any of the Securities
or the proceeds thereof.

Section 605. MAY HOLD SECURITIES.

         The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Security
Registrar or any other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other
capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Securities with the same rights it
would have if it were not the Trustee, Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent,
Security Registrar or other agent and, subject to Sections 608 and 613, may
otherwise deal with the Company and receive, collect, hold and retain
collections from the

                                       42
<PAGE>

Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Security Registrar or such other agent.

Section 606. MONEY HELD IN TRUST.

         Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law. Neither the Trustee nor
any agent of the Trustee shall be under any liability for interest on any money
received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed in writing with the Company.

Section 607. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

         The Company agrees:

         (1) to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall
be agreed to in writing between the Company and the Trustee for all services
rendered by it hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any
provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express
trust);

         (2) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the
Trustee upon its request for all expenses, disbursements and advances incurred
or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture
(including the reasonable compensation and the expenses and disbursements of its
agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be
attributable to its negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith; and

         (3) to fully indemnify the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee (and
their respective directors, officers, agents and employees) for, and to hold
them harmless against, any and all loss, liability, fine, penalty, damage, claim
or expense, including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the
Trustee) incurred without negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith on their
part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of
this Indenture or the trust or trusts hereunder and its duties hereunder,
including, in each case, the costs and expenses of defending itself against any
claim, whether asserted by the Company, a Holder or any other Person, or
liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or
duties hereunder.

         The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and
indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor trustee (and their respective
directors, officers, agents and employees) and to pay or reimburse the Trustee
and each predecessor trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall
constitute additional indebtedness hereunder and shall survive the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of the Trustee.

         The Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property
and funds held by it hereunder for any amount owing it or any predecessor
Trustee pursuant to this Section 607, except with respect to funds held in trust
for the benefit of the Holders of particular Securities pursuant to Articles XII
or XIII.

         Without limiting any rights available to the Trustee under applicable
law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an
Event of Default specified in

                                       43
<PAGE>

Section 501(5) or Section 501(6), the expenses (including the reasonable charges
and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for such services, are
intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law.

         The provisions of this Section shall survive the resignation or removal
of the Trustee and the termination of this Indenture.

Section 608.      CONFLICTING INTERESTS.

         If the Trustee has or shall acquire a conflicting interest within the
meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall either eliminate such
interest or resign, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to
the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture. To the extent
permitted by such Act, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflicting
interest by virtue of being a Trustee under this Indenture with respect to
Securities of more than one series.

Section 609.      CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.

         There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder with respect to the
Securities of each series, which may be the Trustee hereunder for Securities of
one or more other series. Each Trustee shall be a Person that is eligible
pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act to act as such and has a combined capital
and surplus of at least $50,000,000. If any such Person publishes reports of
condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of its
supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section, and
to the extent permitted by the Trust Indenture Act, the combined capital and
surplus of such Person shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time
the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series shall cease to be
eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign
immediately in the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this
Article.

Section 610.      RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

         No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee in accordance with the
applicable requirements of Section 611.

         The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Securities of
one or more series by giving written notice thereof to the Company. If the
instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee required by Section 611 shall
not have been delivered to the Company and to the retiring Trustee within thirty
(30) days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee
may petition, at the expense of the Company, any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of
such series.

         The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Securities
of any series by Act of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount
of the Outstanding Securities of such series, delivered to the Trustee and to
the Company. Upon such removal, the Company may petition, at its expense, any
court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with
respect to the Securities of such series.

                                       44
<PAGE>

         If at any time:

         (1) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 608 with respect to
any series of Securities after written request therefor by the Company or by any
Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least
six (6) months, or

         (2) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 609 and shall
fail to resign after written request therefor by the Company or by any such
Holder, or

         (3) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a
bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be
appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or
of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation, then, in any such case, (A) the Company by a Board Resolution may
remove the Trustee with respect to all Securities, or (B) subject to Section
514, any Holder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security for at least six
(6) months may, on behalf of himself, herself or itself, and all others
similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal
of the Trustee with respect to all Securities and the appointment of a successor
Trustee or Trustees.

         If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting,
or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with respect
to the Securities of one or more series, the Company, by a Board Resolution,
shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the
Securities of that or those series (it being understood that any such successor
Trustee may be appointed with respect to the Securities of one or more or all of
such series and that at any time there shall be only one Trustee with respect to
the Securities of any particular series) and shall comply with the applicable
requirements of Section 611. If, within one (1) year after such resignation,
removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee
with respect to the Securities of any series shall be appointed by Act of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such
series, a copy of which appointing instrument shall be delivered to the Company
and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith
upon its acceptance of such appointment in accordance with the applicable
requirements of Section 611, become the successor Trustee with respect to the
Securities of such series and to that extent supersede the successor Trustee
appointed by the Company. If no successor Trustee with respect to the Securities
of any series shall have been so appointed by the Company or the Holders and
accepted appointment in the manner required by Section 611, any Holder who has
been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series for at least six (6) months
may, on behalf of himself, herself or itself and all others similarly situated,
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee with respect to the Securities of such series.

         The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of
the Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series and each appointment of
a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series to all Holders
of Securities of such series in the manner provided in Section 106. Each notice
shall include the name of the successor Trustee with respect to the Securities
of such series and the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

                                       45
<PAGE>

Section 611. ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.

         In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to all Securities, every such successor Trustee so appointed shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee,
without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the
rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee; but, on the request
of the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon
payment of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such
successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee and
shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property
and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder.

         In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to the Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the
retiring Trustee and each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of
such one or more series shall execute and deliver an indenture supplemental
hereto wherein each successor Trustee shall accept such appointment and which

         (1) shall contain such provisions as shall be necessary or desirable to
transfer and confirm to, and to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights,
powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities
of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee
relates,

         (2) if the retiring Trustee is not retiring with respect to all
Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be deemed necessary or
desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the
retiring Trustee with respect to the Securities of that or those series as to
which the retiring Trustee is not retiring shall continue to be vested in the
retiring Trustee, and

         (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as
shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts
hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or
in such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the
same trust and that each such Trustee shall be trustee of a trust or trusts
hereunder separate and apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by
any other such Trustee; and upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental
indenture the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become
effective to the extent provided therein and each such successor Trustee,
without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the
rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee with respect to the
Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor
Trustee relates; but, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such
retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor
Trustee all property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with
respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of
such successor Trustee relates.

         Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute
any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming
to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the
first or second preceding paragraph, as the case may be.

                                       46
<PAGE>

         No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time of
such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.

Section  612. MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS.

         Any corporation, association or other entity into which the Trustee may
be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation,
association or other entity resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation,
association or other entity succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate
trust business of the Trustee (including by sale or transfer of all or
substantially all of its corporate trust assets), shall be the successor of the
Trustee hereunder, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further
act on the part of any of the parties hereto, provided that such corporation,
association or other entity shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this
Article. In case any Securities shall have been authenticated, but not
delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or
consolidation to such Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the
Securities so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee
had itself authenticated such Securities.

Section 613. PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

         If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company or
any Security Guarantor (or any other obligor upon the Securities), the Trustee
shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the
collection of claims against the Company or any such Security Guarantor (or any
such other obligor).

Section 614. APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

         The Trustee may appoint an Authenticating Agent or Agents acceptable to
the Company with respect to one or more series of Securities which shall be
authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such
series issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption
thereof or pursuant to Section 306, and Securities so authenticated shall be
entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for
all purposes as if authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is
made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Securities by the
Trustee or the Trustee's certificate of authentication, such reference shall be
deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an
Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication executed on behalf of
the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each Authenticating Agent shall be
acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a corporation organized and
doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof
or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as Authenticating
Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000 and
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such
Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant
to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then
for the purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such
Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time an
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of

                                       47
<PAGE>

this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately in the manner
and with the effect specified in this Section.

         Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the
corporate agency or corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall
continue to be an Authenticating Agent, provided that such corporation shall be
otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

         An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Trustee and to the Company. The Trustee may at any time terminate
the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating Agent and to the Company. Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall give notice of such
appointment in the manner provided in Section 106 to all Holders of Securities
of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve. Any
successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder
shall become vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor
hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.

         No successor Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible
under the provisions of this Section.

         The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to
time reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.

         If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant
to this Section, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in
addition to the Trustee's certificate of authentication, an alternative
certificate of authentication in the following form:

                                       48
<PAGE>

         This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred
to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

                                   [___________________], as Trustee

                                   By: ______________________________________
                                        As Authenticating Agent

                                   By: ______________________________________
                                        Authorized Signatory

Section 615. TRUSTEE'S APPLICATION FOR INSTRUCTIONS FROM THE COMPANY.

         Any application by the Trustee for written instructions from the
Company may, at the option of the Trustee, set forth in writing any action
proposed to be taken or omitted by the Trustee under this Indenture and the date
on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be
effective. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company for any action taken
by, or omission of, the Trustee in accordance with a proposal included in such
application on or after the date specified in such application (which date shall
not be less than five (5) Business Days after the date any officer of the
Company actually receives such application, unless any such officer shall have
consented in writing to any earlier date) unless prior to taking any such action
(or the effective date in the case of an omission), the Trustee shall have
received written instructions in response to such application specifying the
action to be taken or omitted.

                                  Article VII.
                HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

Section 701. COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF HOLDERS.

         The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee:

         (1) semi-annually on a date not more than fifteen (15) days after each
Regular Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require,
of the names and addresses of the Holders of Securities of each series as of
such Regular Record Date, and

         (2) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within
thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of
similar form and content as of a date not more than fifteen (15) days prior to
the time such list is furnished; excluding from any such list names and
addresses received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar.

                                       49
<PAGE>

Section 702. PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO HOLDERS.

         The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable, the names and addresses of Holders contained in the most recent
list furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 701, and the names and
addresses of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security
Registrar. The Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in
Section 701 upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

         The rights of Holders to communicate with other Holders with respect to
their rights under this Indenture or under the Securities, and the corresponding
rights and privileges of the Trustee, shall be as provided by the Trust
Indenture Act.

         Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees
with the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee nor
any agent of either of them shall be held accountable by reason of any
disclosure of information as to names and addresses of Holders made pursuant to
the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 703. REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

         The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such reports concerning the
Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be required pursuant to the
Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided pursuant thereto. If
required by Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall, within
sixty (60) days after each May 15 following the date of this Indenture, deliver
to Holders a brief report, dated as of such May 15, which complies with the
provisions of such Section 313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act.

         A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to
Holders, be filed by the Trustee, with each stock exchange upon which any
Securities are listed, with the Commission and with the Company. The Company
will promptly notify the Trustee when any Securities are listed on any stock
exchange or any delisting thereof.

Section 704. REPORTS BY COMPANY.

         The Company shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, and
transmit to Holders, such information, documents and other reports, and such
summaries thereof, as may be required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the
times and in the manner provided pursuant to such Act; provided that any such
information, documents or reports required to be filed with the Commission
pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act shall be filed with the
Trustee within fifteen (15) days after the same is so required to be filed with
the Commission. Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the
Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee's receipt of such
shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or
determinable from information contained therein, including the Company's
compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is
entitled to rely exclusively on Officer's Certificates).

         Upon the written request and at the expense of and payable in advance
by any Holder, the Trustee shall provide such reports, information or documents
as have been provided to it under this Section 704. The Trustee shall not have
any obligation to review any report, information or

                                       50
<PAGE>

documents provided to the Trustee by the Company pursuant to this Section 704,
nor shall the Trustee be deemed to have notice of any item contained therein or
Event of Default which may be disclosed therein in any manner. The Trustee's
sole responsibility with respect to such reports shall be to act as the
depository for such reports for the Holders and to make such reports available
to the Holders in accordance with this Section 704. The Trustee shall have no
duty to request copies of any such reports, information or documents which are
required to be furnished to it hereunder.

                                  Article VIII
                  CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE OR TRANSFER

Section 801. COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

         The Company shall not consolidate with or merge into any other Person
or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties and
assets to any Person, and no Person shall consolidate with or merge into the
Company or convey, transfer or lease all or substantially all of its properties
and assets to the Company, unless:

         (1) in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another
Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially as
an entirety to any Person, the Person formed by such consolidation or into which
the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance or transfer, or
which leases, the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an
entirety, shall be a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or
trust organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America or
any State thereof or the District of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an
indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on all the Securities and the performance of
every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed or
observed;

         (2) immediately prior to and after giving effect to such transaction,
no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice of lapse of time, or both,
would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing;

         (3) such other conditions as may be specified pursuant to Section 301
with respect to the Securities of any series shall have been satisfied; and

         (4) the Company shall deliver to the Trustee an Officer's Certificate
and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger,
conveyance or transfer and, if a supplemental indenture is required in
connection with such transaction, such supplemental indenture comply with this
Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to such
transaction have been complied with; and the Trustee, subject to Section 601,
may rely upon such Officer's Certificate and Opinion of Counsel as conclusive
evidence that such transaction complies with this Section 801 and the other
provisions of this Indenture.

Section 802. SUCCESSOR SUBSTITUTED.

         Upon any consolidation of the Company with, or merger of the Company
into, any other Person or any conveyance or transfer of the properties and
assets of the Company as an entirety

                                       51
<PAGE>

or substantially as an entirety in accordance with Section 801, the successor
Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to
which such conveyance or transfer is made shall succeed to, and be substituted
for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture
with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company
herein, and thereafter the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all
obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Securities.

         Such successor Person may cause to be signed, and may issue either in
its own name or in the name of the Company, any or all of the Securities
issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Company
and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor Person
instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations
in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver
any Securities which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the
officers of the Company to the Trustee for authentication pursuant to such
provisions and any Securities which such successor Person thereafter shall cause
to be signed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf for the purpose pursuant
to such provisions. All the Securities so issued shall in all respects have the
same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Securities theretofore
or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though
all of such Securities had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

         In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease,
such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Securities thereafter to
be issued as may be appropriate.

                                   Article IX.
                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

Section 901. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

         Without the consent of any Holders, the Company, when authorized by a
Board Resolution, any Security Guarantor and the Trustee, at any time and from
time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

         (1) to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company or such
Security Guarantor and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of
the Company or such Security Guarantor herein and in the Securities and/or in
any Security Guarantee, as the case may be; or

         (2) to add to the covenants of the Company or any Security Guarantor
for the benefit of the Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such
covenants are to be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities,
stating that such covenants are expressly being included solely for the benefit
of such series) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
Company or any Security Guarantor herein, in the Securities or in any Security
Guarantee, as the case may be; or

         (3) to add any additional Events of Default for the benefit of the
Holders of all or any series of Securities (and if such additional Events of
Default are to be for the benefit of less than

                                       52
<PAGE>

all series of Securities, stating that such additional Events of Default are
expressly being included solely for the benefit of such series); or

         (4) to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to such
extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the issuance of Securities
in bearer form, registrable or not registrable as to principal, and with or
without interest coupons, or to facilitate the issuance of Securities in
uncertificated form; or

         (5) to add to, change or eliminate any of the provisions of this
Indenture in respect of one or more series of Securities; provided that any such
addition, change or elimination (A) shall neither (i) apply to any Security of
any series created prior to the execution of such supplemental indenture and
entitled to the benefit of such provision nor (ii) modify the rights of the
Holder of any such Security with respect to such provision, as determined by the
Trustee (which determination may be based on an Opinion of Counsel), or (B)
shall become effective only when there is no such Security Outstanding; or

         (6) to provide for additional Security Guarantees; or

         (7) to secure the Securities or any Security Guarantee; or

         (8) to establish the form or terms of Securities of any series
(including any applicable Security Guarantee) as permitted by Sections 201 and
301, or to establish the form or term of any Security Guarantee; or

         (9) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder
by a successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of one or more series and
to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be
necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts
hereunder by more than one Trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Section 611;
or

         (10) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision
herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein,
or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising
under this Indenture; provided that such action pursuant to this clause (10)
shall not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any
series in any material respect, as determined by the Trustee (which
determination may be based on an Opinion of Counsel).

Section 902. SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

         With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of all series affected
by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class), by Act of said Holders
delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a
Board Resolution, the Security Guarantors and the Trustee may enter into an
indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of
this Indenture or of any supplemental indenture, or modifying in any manner the
rights of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture; provided, however,
that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of
each Outstanding Security affected thereby,

                                       53
<PAGE>

         (1) change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment
of principal of or interest on, any Security (other than pursuant to the terms
of such Security), or reduce the principal amount thereof or the rate of
interest thereon or any premium payable upon the redemption thereof, or reduce
the amount of the principal of an Original Issue Discount Security or any other
Security which would be due and payable upon a declaration of acceleration of
the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 502, or change the coin or currency in
which any Security or any premium or interest thereon is payable, or impair the
right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after the
Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the
Redemption Date), or

         (2) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities of any series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such
supplemental indenture, or the consent of whose Holders is required for any
waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or certain
defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this Indenture, or

         (3) modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 513 or
Section 1006, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain
other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the
consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided,
however, that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any
Holder with respect to changes in the references to "the Trustee" and
concomitant changes in this Section and Section 1006, or the deletion of this
proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 611 and 901(9). A
supplemental indenture which changes or eliminates any covenant or other
provision of this Indenture which has expressly been included solely for the
benefit of one or more particular series of Securities, or which modifies the
rights of the Holders of Securities of such series with respect to such covenant
or other provision, shall be deemed not to affect the rights under this
Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any other series.

         It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

Section 903. EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

         In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby of
the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive,
and (subject to Section 601) shall be fully protected in relying upon, an
Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and
complies with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. The Trustee is hereby
authorized to join the Company in the execution of any such supplemental
indentures, to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may
be therein contained and to accept the conveyance, transfer, assignment,
mortgage or pledge of any property thereunder, but the Trustee shall not be
obligated to enter into any such supplemental indenture which affects the
Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

                                       54
<PAGE>

Section 904. EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

         Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article,
this Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

Section 905. CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

         Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall
conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act.

Section 906. REFERENCE IN SECURITIES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

         Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the
execution of any supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall
if required by the Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as
to any matter provided for in such supplemental indenture or as to any action
taken by Holders. If the Company or the Trustee shall so determine, new
Securities of any series so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the
Trustee and the Company, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and
executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in
exchange for Outstanding Securities of such series.

Section 907. SUBORDINATION UNIMPAIRED.

         This Indenture may not be amended to alter the subordination of any of
the Outstanding Securities without the written consent of each holder of Senior
Indebtedness then outstanding that would be adversely affected thereby.

                                   Article X.
                                    COVENANTS

Section 1001. PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST.

         The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of each series of
Securities, that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of and any
premium and interest on the Securities of that series in accordance with the
terms of the Securities and this Indenture.

Section 1002. MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

         The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for any series of
Securities an office or agency where Securities of that series may be presented
or surrendered for payment, where Securities of that series may be surrendered
for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or
upon the Company in respect of the Securities of that series and this Indenture
may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any
time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or
shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served

                                       55
<PAGE>

at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints
the Trustee as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices
and demands.

         The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other
offices or agencies where the Securities of one or more series may be presented
or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may, from time to time, rescind
such designations; provided, however, that no such designation or rescission
shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office
or agency in each Place of Payment for Securities of any series for such
purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other
office or agency.

Section 1003. MONEY FOR SECURITIES PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

         If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with
respect to any series of Securities, it will, on or before each due date of the
principal of or any premium or interest on any of the Securities of that series,
segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a
sum sufficient to pay the principal and any premium and interest so becoming due
until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein
provided, and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to
act.

         Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any
series of Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal of
or any premium or interest on any Securities of that series, deposit with a
Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay such amount, such sum to be held as
provided by the Trust Indenture Act, and (unless such Paying Agent is the
Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure
so to act.

         The Company will cause each Paying Agent for any series of Securities
other than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in
which such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions
of this Section, that such Paying Agent will (1) hold all sums held by it for
the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on Securities
in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall
be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, (2) give
the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the
Securities) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or
interest when the same shall be due and payable, (3) comply with the provisions
of the Trust Indenture Act applicable to it as a Paying Agent and (4) during the
continuance of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the
Securities of that series) in the making of any payment in respect of the
Securities of that series, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith
pay to the Trustee all sums held in trust by such Paying Agent for payment in
respect of the Securities of that series.

         The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or
by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in
trust hereunder by the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the
Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the
Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the
Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with
respect to such money.

                                       56
<PAGE>

         Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held
by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or any premium or
interest on any Security of any series and not applied but remaining unclaimed
or two (2) years after such principal, premium or interest has become due and
payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Request unless otherwise
required by mandatory provisions of applicable escheat or abandoned or unclaimed
property laws, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such
trust; and the Holder of such Security shall thereafter, as an unsecured general
creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the
Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability
of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however,
that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such
repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a
newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each
Business Day and of general circulation in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of
New York, New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a
date specified therein, which shall not be less than thirty (30) days from the
date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company.

Section 1004. CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

         Subject to Article VIII, the Company will do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its corporate
existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises.

Section 1005. STATEMENT BY OFFICERS AS TO DEFAULT.

         The Company will deliver to the Trustee, on or before a date not more
than four months after the end of each calendar year, or on or before such other
day in each calendar year as the Company and the Trustee may from time to time
agree upon, an Officer's Certificate, stating whether or not to the best
knowledge of the signer thereof the Company is in default in the performance and
observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Indenture
(without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided
hereunder) and, if the Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults
and the nature and status thereof of which such officer may have knowledge.

         The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, as soon as possible and in
any event within five days after the Company becomes aware of the occurrence of
any Event of Default or an event which, with notice or the lapse of time or
both, would constitute an Event of Default, an Officers' Certificate setting
forth the details of such Event of Default or default and the action which the
Company proposes to take with respect thereto.

Section 1006. WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

         Except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for
Securities of such series, the Company may, with respect to the Securities of
any series, omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision
or condition set forth in any covenant provided pursuant to Section 301(15),
901(2) or 901(8) for the benefit of the Holders of such series if, before the
time for such compliance, the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate

                                       57
<PAGE>

principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series shall, by Act of
such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive
compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall
extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so
expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations
of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term,
provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such
waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of
the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in
full force and effect.

                                   Article XI.
                            REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES

Section 1101. APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

         Securities of any series which are redeemable before their Stated
Maturity shall be redeemable in accordance with their terms and (except as
otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities) in
accordance with this Article.

Section 1102. ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

         The election of the Company to redeem any Securities shall be evidenced
by a Board Resolution or in another manner specified as contemplated by Section
301 for such Securities. In case of any redemption at the election of the
Company, the Company shall, at least forty-five (45) days prior to the
Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date, of the
principal amount of Securities of such series to be redeemed and, if applicable,
of the tenor of the Securities to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of
Securities (A) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption
provided in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, or (B)
pursuant to an election of the Company which is subject to a condition specified
in the terms of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company,
prior to the giving of any notice of redemption to Holders pursuant to this
Section, shall furnish the Trustee with an Officer's Certificate evidencing
compliance with such restriction or condition.

Section 1103. SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF SECURITIES TO BE REDEEMED.

         If less than all the Securities of any series are to be redeemed
(unless all the Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be
redeemed or unless such redemption affects only a single Security), the
particular Securities to be redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60)
days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding
Securities of such series not previously called for redemption, by such method
as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate and which may provide for the
selection for redemption of a portion of the principal amount of any Security of
such series; provided that the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of any
Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than
the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security. If less than all the
Securities of such series and of a specified tenor are to be redeemed (unless
such redemption affects only a single Security), the particular Securities to be
redeemed shall be selected not more than sixty (60) days

                                       58
<PAGE>

prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of
such series and specified tenor not previously called for redemption in
accordance with the preceding sentence.

         The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the
Securities selected for redemption as aforesaid and, in the case of any
Securities selected for partial redemption as aforesaid, the principal amount
thereof to be redeemed.

         The provisions of the two preceding paragraphs shall not apply with
respect to any redemption affecting only a single Security, whether such
Security is to be redeemed in whole or in part. In the case of any such
redemption in part, the unredeemed portion of the principal amount of the
Security shall be in an authorized denomination (which shall not be less than
the minimum authorized denomination) for such Security.

         For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise
requires, all provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate,
in the case of any Securities redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the
portion of the principal amount of such Securities which has been or is to be
redeemed.

Section 1104. NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

         Notice of redemption shall be given by first-class mail, postage
prepaid, mailed not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to
the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his, her or
its address appearing in the Security Register.

         All notices of redemption shall identify the Securities to be redeemed
(including CUSIP number(s)) and shall state:

         (1) the Redemption Date;

         (2) the Redemption Price;

         (3) if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series and of a
specified tenor consisting of more than a single Security are to be redeemed,
the identification (and, in the case of partial redemption of any such
Securities, the principal amounts) of the particular Securities to be redeemed
and, if less than all the Outstanding Securities of any series and of a
specified tenor consisting of a single Security are to be redeemed, the
principal amount of the particular Security to be redeemed;

         (4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price, together with
accrued interest, if any, to the Redemption Date, will become due and payable
upon each such Security to be redeemed and, if applicable, that interest thereon
will cease to accrue on and after said date;

         (5) the place or places where each such Security is to be surrendered
for payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest, if any, unless it
shall have been specified as contemplated by Section 301 with respect to such
Securities that such surrender shall not be required;

         (6) that the redemption is for a sinking fund, if such is the case; and

                                       59
<PAGE>

         (7) such other matters as the Company shall deem desirable or
appropriate.

         Unless otherwise specified with respect to any Securities in accordance
with Section 301, with respect to any redemption of Securities at the election
of the Company, unless, upon the giving of notice of such redemption, Defeasance
shall have been effected with respect to such Securities pursuant to Section
1302, such notice may state that such redemption shall be conditional upon the
receipt by the Trustee or the Paying Agent(s) for such Securities, on or prior
to the date fixed for such redemption, of money sufficient to pay the principal
of and any premium and interest on such Securities, and that if such money shall
not have been so received, such notice shall be of no force or effect and the
Company shall not be required to redeem such Securities. In the event that such
notice of redemption contains such a condition and such money is not so
received, the redemption shall not be made and, within a reasonable time
thereafter, notice shall be given, in the manner in which the notice of
redemption was given, that such money was not so received and such redemption
was not required to be made, and the Trustee or Paying Agent(s) for the
Securities otherwise to have been redeemed shall promptly return to the Holders
thereof any of such Securities which had been surrendered for payment upon such
redemption.

         Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of
the Company, and any notice of non-satisfaction of redemption as aforesaid,
shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in
the name and at the expense of the Company. Subject to the preceding paragraph,
any such notice of redemption shall be irrevocable.

Section 1105. DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

         On or prior to the Redemption Date specified in the notice of
redemption given as provided in Section 1104, the Company will deposit with the
Trustee or with one or more Paying Agents (or if the Company is acting as its
own Paying Agent, the Company will segregate and hold in trust as provided in
Section 1003) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of; and
any accrued interest on, all the Securities which are to be redeemed on that
date.

Section 1106. SECURITIES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

         Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, and the
conditions, if any, set forth in such notice having been satisfied, the
Securities or portions thereof so to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date,
become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified, and from and
after such date (unless, in the case of an unconditional notice of redemption,
the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued
interest, if any) such Securities or portions thereof, if interest-bearing,
shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of any such Security for redemption
in accordance with said notice, such Security, or portion thereof, shall be paid
by the Company at the Redemption Price, together with accrued interest, if any,
to the Redemption Date; provided, however, that no such surrender shall be a
condition to such payment if so specified as contemplated by Section 301 with
respect to such Security, and, provided further, that unless otherwise specified
as contemplated by Section 301, installments of interest whose Stated Maturity
is on or prior to the Redemption Date will be payable to the Holders of such
Securities, or one or more Predecessor Securities, registered as such at the
close

                                       60
<PAGE>

of business on the relevant Record Dates according to their terms and the
provisions of Section 307.

         If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon
surrender thereof for redemption, the principal and any premium shall, until
paid, bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in
the Security.

Section 1107. SECURITIES REDEEMED IN PART.

         Any Security which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered
at a Place of Payment therefor (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires,
due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his, her or
its attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without
service charge, a new Security or Securities of the same series and of like
tenor, of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate
principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the
principal of the Security so surrendered.

                                  Article XII.
                                  SINKING FUNDS

Section 1201. APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

         The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to any sinking fund
for the retirement of Securities of any series except as otherwise specified as
contemplated by Section 301 for such Securities.

         The minimum amount of any sinking fund payment provided for by the
terms of any Securities is herein referred to as a "mandatory sinking fund
payment," and any payment in excess of such minimum amount provided for by the
terms of such Securities is herein referred to as an "optional sinking fund
payment." If provided for by the terms of any Securities, the cash amount of any
sinking fund payment may be subject to reduction as provided in Section 1202.

         Each sinking fund payment shall be applied to the redemption of
Securities as provided for by the terms of such Securities.

Section 1202. SATISFACTION OF SINKING FUND PAYMENTS WITH SECURITIES.

         The Company (1) may deliver Outstanding Securities of a series (other
than any previously called for redemption) and (2) may apply as a credit
Securities of a series which have been redeemed either at the election of the
Company pursuant to the terms of such Securities or through the application of
permitted optional sinking fund payments pursuant to the terms of such
Securities, in each case in satisfaction of all or any part of any sinking fund
payment with respect to any Securities of such series required to be made
pursuant to the terms of such Securities as and to the extent provided for by
the terms of such Securities; provided that the Securities to be so credited
have not been previously so credited. The Securities to be so credited shall be
received and credited for such purpose by the Trustee at the Redemption Price,
as

                                       61
<PAGE>

specified in the Securities so to be redeemed, for redemption through operation
of the sinking fund and the amount of such sinking fund payment shall be reduced
accordingly.

Section 1203. REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES FOR SINKING FUND.

         Not less than forty-five (45) days prior to each sinking fund payment
date for any Securities, the Company will deliver to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate specifying the amount of the next ensuing sinking fund payment for
such Securities pursuant to the terms of such Securities, the portion thereof,
if any, which is to be satisfied by payment of cash and the portion thereof, if
any, which is to be satisfied by delivering and crediting Securities pursuant to
Section 1202, and stating the basis for such credit and that such Securities
have not been previously so credited and the Company will also deliver to the
Trustee any Securities to be so delivered. Not less than thirty (30) days prior
to each such sinking fund payment date, the Trustee shall select the Securities
to be redeemed upon such sinking fund payment date in the manner specified in
Section 1103 and shall cause notice of the redemption thereof to be given in the
name of and at the expense of the Company in the manner provided in Section
1104. Such notice having been duly given, the redemption of such Securities
shall be made upon the terms and in the manner stated in Sections 1105 and 1106.

                                  Article XIII.
                       DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE

Section 1301. APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

         Unless, pursuant to Section 301, provision is made that either or both
of (A) defeasance of any Securities or any series of Securities under Section
1302 and (B) covenant defeasance of any Securities or any series of Securities
under Section 1303 shall not apply to such Securities of a series, then the
provisions of either or both of Sections 1302 and Section 1303, as the case may
be, together with Sections 1304 and 1305, shall be applicable to the Outstanding
Securities of such series upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in
this Article.

Section 1302. DEFEASANCE AND DISCHARGE.

         The Company may cause itself to be discharged from its obligations with
respect to any Securities or any series of Securities on and after the date the
conditions set forth in Section 1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called
"Defeasance"). For this purpose, such Defeasance means that the Company shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by such
Securities and to have satisfied all its other obligations under such Securities
and this Indenture insofar as such Securities are concerned (and the Trustee, at
the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the
same), subject to the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated
or discharged hereunder: (1) the rights of Holders of such Securities to
receive, solely from the trust fund described in Section 1304 and as more fully
set forth in such Section, payments in respect of the principal of and any
premium and interest on such Securities when payments are due, (2) the Company's
obligations with respect to such Securities under Sections 304, 305, 306, 1002
and 1003 and with respect to the Trustee under Section 607, (3) the rights,
powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and (4) this
Article. Subject to compliance with this Article, Defeasance with respect to any

                                       62
<PAGE>

Securities or any series of Securities by the Company is permitted under this
Section 1302 notwithstanding the prior exercise by the Company of its rights
under Section 1303 with respect to such Securities. Following a Defeasance,
payment of such Securities may not be accelerated because of an Event of
Default.

Section 1303. COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

         The Company may cause itself to be released from its obligations under
any covenants provided pursuant to Section 301(15), 901(2), 901(7) or 901(8)
with respect to any Securities or any series of Securities for the benefit of
the Holders of such Securities and the occurrence of any event specified in
Sections 501(4) (with respect to any such covenants provided pursuant to Section
301(15), 901(2), 901(7) or 901(8)) or 501(7) shall be deemed not to be or result
in an Event of Default with respect to such Securities as provided in this
Section, in each case on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section
1304 are satisfied (hereinafter called "Covenant Defeasance"). For this purpose,
such Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to such Securities, the
Company may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any
term, condition or limitation set forth in any such specified Section (to the
extent so specified in the case of Section 501(4)), whether directly or
indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such Section or by
reason of any reference in any such Section to any other provision herein or in
any other document, but the remainder of this Indenture and such Securities
shall be unaffected thereby.

Section 1304. CONDITIONS TO DEFEASANCE OR COVENANT DEFEASANCE.

         The following shall be the conditions to the application of Section
1302 or Section 1303 to any Securities or any series of Securities, as the case
may be:

         (1) The Company shall irrevocably have deposited or caused to be
deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for the purpose of making the
following payments, specifically pledged as security for, and dedicated solely
to, the benefit of the Holders of such Securities, (A) money in an amount, or
(B) Government Obligations which through the scheduled payment of principal and
interest in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide, not
later than the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (C) a combination
thereof, sufficient, in the case of (B) or (C), in the opinion of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge, and which
shall be applied by the Trustee to pay and discharge, the principal of and any
premium, mandatory sinking fund payment and interest on such Securities on the
respective Stated Maturities or on any Redemption Date established pursuant to
Clause (3) below, in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and such
Securities. As used herein, "Government Obligation" means (x) any security which
is (i) a direct obligation of the United States of America or the government
which issued the foreign currency in which such Securities are payable, for the
payment of which its full faith and credit is pledged or (ii) an obligation of a
Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of
the United States of America or such government which issued the foreign
currency in which such Securities are payable, the payment of which is
unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United
States of America or such other government, which, in either case (i) or (ii),
is not callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, and (y) any
depositary

                                       63
<PAGE>

receipt issued by a bank (as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act)
as custodian with respect to any Government Obligation which is specified in
clause (x) above and held by such bank for the account of the holder of such
depositary receipt, or with respect to any specific payment of principal of or
interest on any Government Obligation which is so specified and held, provided
that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any
deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from
any amount received by the custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or
the specific payment of principal or interest evidenced by such depositary
receipt.

         (2) No event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would
become, an Event of Default with respect to such Securities or any other
Securities shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of such deposit or,
with regard to any such event specified in Sections 501(5) and (6), at any time
on or prior to the 90th day after the date of such deposit (it being understood
that this condition shall not be deemed satisfied until after such 90th day).

         (3) If the Securities are to be redeemed prior to Stated Maturity
(other than from mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments), notice
of such redemption shall have been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or
provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been made.

         (4) The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer's
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions
precedent with respect to such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance have been
complied with.

         (5) Such Covenant Defeasance shall not cause the Trustee to have a
conflicting interest as defined in Section 608 or for the purposes of the Trust
Indenture Act with respect to any securities of the Company.

Section 1305. DEPOSITED MONEY AND GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO BE HELD IN TRUST;
               MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS.

         Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all
money and Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with
the Trustee pursuant to Section 1304 in respect of any Securities shall be held
in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such
Securities and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any
such Paying Agent (including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the
Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Securities, of all sums due and to
become due thereon in respect of principal and any premium and interest, but
money so held in trust need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law.

         The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or
other charge imposed on or assessed against the Government Obligations deposited
pursuant to Section 1304 or the principal and interest received in respect
thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the Holders of Outstanding Securities.

         Anything in this Article to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee
shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any
money or Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 1304 with
respect to any Securities which, in the

                                       64
<PAGE>

opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants
expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in
excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to
effect the Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, with respect
to such Securities.

                                  Article XIV.
                                  SUBORDINATION

Section 1401. APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

         The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Securities of
any series which are expressly subordinate to Senior Indebtedness ("Subordinated
Securities").

Section 1402. SECURITIES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

         Subject to Section 301(16) for any series of Securities which are
Subordinated Securities, the Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of a
Subordinated Security, by his, her or its acceptance thereof, likewise covenants
and agrees, that the indebtedness represented by the Subordinated Securities and
the payment of the principal of and any premium or interest on each and all of
the Subordinated Securities is subordinate, to the extent and in the manner
hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all
Senior Indebtedness. Senior Indebtedness shall continue to be Senior
Indebtedness and entitled to the benefits of these subordination provisions
irrespective of any amendment, modification or waiver of any term of the Senior
Indebtedness or extension or renewal of the Senior Indebtedness.

         In the event (a) of any payment by, or distribution of assets of, the
Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to
creditors upon any dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization of the
Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency,
receivership or other proceedings, or (b) subject to the provisions of Section
1403 that (i) a default shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to
the payment of principal, interest or any other monetary amounts due and payable
on any Senior Indebtedness, and such default shall have continued beyond the
period of grace, if any, specified in the instrument evidencing such Senior
Indebtedness (and the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from
the Company or one or more holders of Senior Indebtedness or their
representative or representatives, or the trustee or trustees under any
indenture pursuant to which any such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued),
or (ii) the maturity of any Senior Indebtedness shall have been accelerated
because of a default in respect of such Senior Indebtedness (and the Trustee
shall have received written notice thereof from the Company or one or more
holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representative or representatives, or
the trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any such Senior
Indebtedness may have been issued), then:

                  the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall first be entitled
         to receive, in the case of (a) above, payment of all amounts due or to
         become due upon all Senior Indebtedness (including interest after the
         commencement of any bankruptcy proceeding at the rate specified in the
         applicable Senior Indebtedness) and, in the case of subclauses (i) and
         (ii) of clause (b) above, payment of all amounts due thereon, or
         provision shall be made for

                                       65
<PAGE>

         such payment in money or money's worth, before the Holders of any of
         the Subordinated Securities are entitled to receive any payment on
         account of the principal of or any premium or interest on the
         indebtedness evidenced by the Subordinated Securities, including,
         without limitation, any payments made pursuant to Article XI or Article
         XII;

                  any payment by, or distribution of assets of, the Company of
         any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to
         which the Holders of any of the Subordinated Securities would be
         entitled except for the provisions of this Article, including any such
         payment or distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason
         of the payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being
         subordinated to the payment of such Subordinated Securities, shall be
         paid or delivered by the Person making such payment or distribution,
         whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee or
         otherwise, directly to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness or their
         representative or representatives or to the trustee or trustees under
         any indenture under which any instruments evidencing any of such Senior
         Indebtedness may have been issued, ratably according to the aggregate
         amounts remaining unpaid on account of such Senior Indebtedness held or
         represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in full of
         all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid after giving effect to any
         concurrent payment or distribution (or provision therefor) to the
         holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any payment or distribution
         is made to the Holders of the indebtedness evidenced by such
         Subordinated Securities;

                  in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment
         by, or distribution of assets of, the Company of any kind or character,
         whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or
         distribution which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the
         payment of any other indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to
         the payment of such Securities, in respect of principal of, or any
         premium or interest on, any of the Subordinated Securities or in
         connection with the repurchase by the Company of any of the
         Subordinated Securities, shall be received by the Trustee or the
         Holders of any of the Subordinated Securities when such payment or
         distribution is prohibited pursuant to this Section, such payment or
         distribution shall be paid over to the holders of such Senior
         Indebtedness or their representative or representatives or to the
         trustee or trustees under any indenture pursuant to which any
         instruments evidencing any such Senior Indebtedness may have been
         issued, ratably as aforesaid, for application to the payment of all
         Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness
         shall have been paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent
         payment or distribution (or provision therefor) to the holders of such
         Senior Indebtedness; and

                  the Company also may not make any payment upon or in respect
         of the Subordinated Securities if (i) a default in the payment of the
         principal of, premium, if any, or interest on Senior Indebtedness
         occurs and is continuing beyond any applicable period of grace or (ii)
         any other default occurs and is continuing with respect to Designated
         Senior Indebtedness that currently, or with the passage of time or
         giving of notice, permits holders of the Designated Senior Indebtedness
         as to which such default relates to accelerate its maturity and, in the
         case of any such default described in this clause (ii), the Trustee
         receives a notice of such default of the type referred to in this
         clause (ii) (a "Payment Blockage Notice") from the Company or the
         holders of any

                                       66
<PAGE>

         Designated Senior Indebtedness. Payments on the Subordinated Securities
         may and shall be resumed (a) in the case of a payment default, upon the
         date on which such default is cured or waived in writing by the holders
         of the applicable Senior Indebtedness (b) in case of a nonpayment
         default, the earlier of the date on which such nonpayment default is
         cured or waived in writing by the holders of Designated Senior
         Indebtedness or 179 days after the date on which the applicable Payment
         Blockage Notice is received by the Trustee, unless the maturity of any
         Designated Senior Indebtedness has been accelerated. No new period of
         payment blockage may be commenced under clause (ii) above unless and
         until (i) 360 days have elapsed since the effectiveness of the
         immediately prior Payment Blockage Notice and (ii) all scheduled
         payments of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the
         Subordinated Securities that have come due have been paid in full in
         cash. No nonpayment default that existed or was continuing on the date
         of delivery of any Payment Blockage Notice to the Trustee shall be, or
         be made, the basis for a subsequent Payment Blockage Notice unless such
         default shall have been waived in writing or cured for a period of not
         less than 180 days. If the Company makes any payment to the Trustee or
         any Holder of any Subordinated Securities prohibited by the foregoing,
         such payment will be required to be held in trust for, and paid over
         to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness (or the representatives
         thereof).

         Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time after the 90th day following
the date of deposit of money or Government Obligations pursuant to Section 1304
(provided all other conditions set out in such Section shall have been
satisfied) the funds so deposited and any interest thereon will not be subject
to any rights of holders of Senior Indebtedness including, without limitation,
those arising under this Article.

         For purposes of this Article XIV, the words "cash, property or
securities" shall not be deemed to include shares of stock of the Company as
reorganized or readjusted, or securities of the Company or any other Person
provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment, the payment of which
is subordinated at least to the extent provided in this Article with respect to
the Subordinated Securities to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness which may
at the time be outstanding; provided that (i) the indebtedness or guarantee of
indebtedness, as the case may be, that constitutes Senior Indebtedness is
assumed by the Person, if any, resulting from any such reorganization or
readjustment, and (ii) the rights of the holders of the Senior Indebtedness are
not, without the consent of each such holder adversely affected thereby, altered
by such reorganization or readjustment. The consolidation of the Company with,
or the merger of the Company into, another Person or the liquidation or
dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property
as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another Person upon the
terms and conditions provided for in Article VIII hereof shall not be deemed a
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this
Section if such other Person shall, as part of such consolidation, merger,
conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article VIII
hereof.

Section 1403. DISPUTES WITH HOLDERS OF CERTAIN SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

         Any failure by the Company to make any payment on or perform any other
obligation under Senior Indebtedness, other than any indebtedness incurred by
the Company or assumed or guaranteed, directly or indirectly, by the Company for
money borrowed (or any deferral,

                                       67
<PAGE>

renewal, extension or refunding thereof) or any indebtedness or obligation as to
which the provisions of this Section shall have been waived by the Company in
the instrument or instruments by which the Company incurred, assumed, guaranteed
or otherwise created such indebtedness or obligation, shall not be deemed a
default or event of default under Section 1402(b) if (i) the Company shall be
disputing its obligation to make such payment or perform such obligation and
(ii) either (A) no final judgment relating to such dispute shall have been
issued against the Company which is in full force and effect and is not subject
to further review, including a judgment that has become final by reason of the
expiration of the time within which a party may seek further appeal or review,
or (B) in the event of a judgment that is subject to further review or appeal
has been issued, the Company shall in good faith be prosecuting an appeal or
other proceeding for review and a stay of execution shall have been obtained
pending such appeal or review.

Section 1404. SUBROGATION.

         Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders
of the Subordinated Securities shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with the
holders of all obligations of the Company which by their express terms are
subordinated to Senior Indebtedness of the Company to the same extent as the
Securities are subordinated and which are entitled to like rights of
subrogation) to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to receive
payments or distributions of cash, property or securities of the Company
applicable to the Senior Indebtedness until all amounts owing on the
Subordinated Securities shall be paid in full, and as between the Company, its
creditors other than holders of such Senior Indebtedness and the Holders, no
such payment or distribution made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness by
virtue of this Article that otherwise would have been made to the Holders shall
be deemed to be a payment by the Company on account of such Senior Indebtedness,
it being understood that the provisions of this Article are, and are intended
solely for the purpose of, defining the relative rights of the Holders, on the
one hand, and the holders of Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

Section 1405. OBLIGATION OF COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL.

         Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in
the Subordinated Securities is intended to or shall impair, as among the
Company, its creditors other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness and the
Holders, the obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to
pay to the Holders the principal of and any premium or interest on the
Subordinated Securities as and when the same shall become due and payable in
accordance with their terms, or is intended to or shall affect the relative
rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than the holders of
Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything herein or therein prevent the Trustee or
any Holder from exercising all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law
upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this
Article of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or
securities of the Company received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

         Upon payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in
this Article, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any
order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which any such
dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding affecting the
affairs of the Company is pending or upon a certificate of the trustee in

                                       68
<PAGE>

bankruptcy, receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidating trustee
or agent or other person making any payment or distribution, delivered to the
Trustee or to the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled
to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the Senior
Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or
payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article.

         The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a
written notice by a Person representing himself, herself or itself to be a
holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a trustee or representative on behalf of such
holder) to establish that such notice has been given by a holder of Senior
Indebtedness or a trustee or representative on behalf of any such holder or
holders. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that further
evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of
Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to
this Article, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the
reasonable satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness
held by such Person, the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate
in such payment or distribution and any other facts pertinent to the rights of
such Person under this Article, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the
Trustee may defer payment to such Person pending judicial determination as to
the right of such Person to receive such payment.

Section 1406. PAYMENTS ON SECURITIES PERMITTED.

         Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in
the Subordinated Securities shall affect the obligations of the Company to make,
or prevent the Company from making, payment of the principal of or any premium
or interest on the Subordinated Securities in accordance with the provisions
hereof and thereof, except as otherwise provided in this Article.

Section 1407. EFFECTUATION OF SUBORDINATION BY TRUSTEE.

         Each Holder of Subordinated Securities, by his, her or its acceptance
thereof, authorizes and directs the Trustee in his, her or its behalf to take
such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination
provided in this Article and appoints the Trustee his, her or its
attorney-in-fact, as the case may be, for any and all such purposes.

Section 1408. KNOWLEDGE OF TRUSTEE.

         The Company shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any fact
known to the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to
or by the Trustee in respect of the Subordinated Securities pursuant to the
provisions of this Article. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or
any other provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with
knowledge of the existence of any facts that would prohibit the making of any
payment of moneys to or by the Trustee, or the taking of any other action by the
Trustee, unless and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof
mailed or delivered to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office from the
Company, any Holder, any paying agent or the holder or representative of any
Senior Indebtedness; provided that if at least two (2) Business Days prior to
the date upon which by the terms hereof any such moneys may become payable for
any purpose (including, without limitation, the payment of the principal or any
premium or interest on any

                                       69
<PAGE>

Security) the Trustee shall not have received with respect to such moneys the
notice provided for in this Section, then, anything herein contained to the
contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall have full power and authority to
receive such moneys and to apply the same to the purpose for which they were
received, and shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary that may be
received by it within two (2) Business Days prior to or on or after such date.

Section 1409. TRUSTEE MAY HOLD SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

         The Trustee, in its individual capacity, shall be entitled to all the
rights set forth in this Article with respect to any Senior Indebtedness at the
time held by it, to the same extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness,
and nothing in this Indenture shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as
such holder.

Section 1410. RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS NOT IMPAIRED.

         No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to
enforce the subordination herein shall at any time or in any way be prejudiced
or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any
noncompliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or
be otherwise charged with.

         With respect to the holders of Senior Indebtedness, (i) the duties and
obligations of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions
of this Indenture; (ii) the Trustee shall not be liable except for the
performance of such duties and obligations as are specifically set forth in this
Indenture; (iii) no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee; and (iv) the Trustee shall not be deemed to be a
fiduciary as to such holders.

Section 1411. TRUST MONEYS NOT SUBORDINATED.

         Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, payments
from money or Government Obligations held in trust under Article IV or Article
XIII by the Trustee for the payment of principal of and any premium or interest
on the Subordinated Securities shall not be subordinated to the prior payment of
any Senior Indebtedness of the Company or subject to the restrictions set forth
in this Article, and none of the Holders shall be obligated to pay over any such
amount to the Company or any holder of Senior Indebtedness or any other creditor
of the Company.

Section 1412. ARTICLE APPLICABLE TO PAYING AGENTS.

         In case at any time any paying agent other than the Trustee shall have
been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term "Trustee"
as used in this Article shall in such case (unless the context shall otherwise
require) be construed as extending to and including such paying agent within its
meaning as fully for all intents and purposes, as if such paying agent were
named in this Article in addition to or in place of the Trustee; provided,
however, that Sections 1408 and 1409 shall not apply to the Company if it acts
as its own paying agent.

                                       70
<PAGE>

Section 1413. TRUSTEE; COMPENSATION NOT PREJUDICED.

         Nothing in this Article shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee pursuant to Section 607.

                                   Article XV.
                            CONVERSION OF SECURITIES

Section 1501. APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

         The provisions of this Article shall be applicable to the Securities of
any series which are convertible into shares of Common Stock of the Company, and
the issuance of such shares of Common Stock upon the conversion of such
Securities, except as otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 301 for the
Securities of such series.

Section 1502. EXERCISE OF CONVERSION PRIVILEGE.

         In order to exercise a conversion privilege, the Holder of a Security
of a series with such a privilege shall surrender such Security to the Company
at the office or agency maintained for that purpose pursuant to Section 1002,
accompanied by a duly executed conversion notice to the Company substantially in
the form set forth in Section 206 stating that the Holder elects to convert such
Security or a specified portion thereof. Such notice shall also state, if
different from the name and address of such Holder, the name or names (with
address) in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock
which shall be issuable on such conversion shall be issued. Securities
surrendered for conversion shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee)
be duly endorsed by or accompanied by instruments of transfer in forms
satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by the registered
Holder or its attorney duly authorized in writing; and Securities so surrendered
for conversion (in whole or in part) during the period from the close of
business on any Regular Record Date to the opening of business on the next
succeeding Interest Payment Date (excluding Securities or portions thereof
called for redemption during the period beginning at the close of business on a
Regular Record Date and ending at the opening of business on the first Business
Day after the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, or if such Interest Payment
Date is not a Business Day, the second such Business Day) shall also be
accompanied by payment in funds acceptable to the Company of an amount equal to
the interest payable on such Interest Payment Date on the principal amount of
such Security then being converted, and such interest shall be payable to such
registered Holder notwithstanding the conversion of such Security, subject to
the provisions of Section 307 relating to the payment of Defaulted Interest by
the Company. As promptly as practicable after the receipt of such notice and of
any payment required pursuant to a Board Resolution and, subject to Section 303,
set forth, or determined in the manner provided, in an Officer's Certificate, or
established in one or more indentures supplemental hereto setting forth the
terms of such series of Security, and the surrender of such Security in
accordance with such reasonable regulations as the Company may prescribe, the
Company shall issue and shall deliver, at the office or agency at which such
Security is surrendered, to such Holder or on its written order, a certificate
or certificates for the number of full shares of Common Stock issuable upon the
conversion of such Security (or specified portion thereof), in accordance with
the provisions of such Board Resolution, Officer's Certificate or supplemental
indenture, and cash as provided therein in

                                       71
<PAGE>

respect of any fractional share of such Common Stock otherwise issuable upon
such conversion. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been effected
immediately prior to the close of business on the date on which such notice and
such payment, if required, shall have been received in proper order for
conversion by the Company and such Security shall have been surrendered as
aforesaid (unless such Holder shall have so surrendered such Security and shall
have instructed the Company to effect the conversion on a particular date
following such surrender and such Holder shall be entitled to convert such
Security on such date, in which case such conversion shall be deemed to be
effected immediately prior to the close of business on such date) and at such
time the rights of the Holder of such Security as such Security Holder shall
cease and the person or persons in whose name or names any certificate or
certificates for shares of Common Stock of the Company shall be issuable upon
such conversion shall be deemed to have become the Holder or Holders of record
of the shares represented thereby. Except as set forth above and subject to the
final paragraph of Section 307, no payment or adjustment shall be made upon any
conversion on account of any interest accrued on the Securities (or any part
thereof) surrendered for conversion or on account of any dividends on the Common
Stock of the Company issued upon such conversion.

         In the case of any Security which is converted in part only, upon such
conversion the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver to or on the order of the Holder thereof, at the expense of the Company,
a new Security or Securities of the same series, of authorized denominations, in
aggregate principal amount equal to the unconverted portion of such Security.

Section 1503. NO FRACTIONAL SHARES.

         No fractional share of Common Stock of the Company shall be issued upon
conversions of Securities of any series. If more than one Security shall be
surrendered for conversion at one time by the same Holder, the number of full
shares which shall be issuable upon conversion shall be computed on the basis of
the aggregate principal amount of the Securities (or specified portions thereof
to the extent permitted hereby) so surrendered. If, except for the provisions of
this Section 1403, any Holder of a Security or Securities would be entitled to a
fractional share of Common Stock of the Company upon the conversion of such
Security or Securities, or specified portions thereof, the Company shall pay to
such Holder an amount in cash equal to the current market value of such
fractional share computed, (i) if such Common Stock is listed or admitted to
unlisted trading privileges on a national securities exchange or market, on the
basis of the last reported sale price regular way on such exchange or market on
the last trading day prior to the date of conversion upon which such a sale
shall have been effected, or (ii) if such Common Stock is not at the time so
listed or admitted to unlisted trading privileges on a national securities
exchange or market, on the basis of the average of the bid and asked prices of
such Common Stock in the over-the-counter market, on the last trading day prior
to the date of conversion, as reported by the National Quotation Bureau,
Incorporated or similar organization if the National Quotation Bureau,
Incorporated is no longer reporting such information, or if not so available,
the fair market price as determined by the Board of Directors. For purposes of
this Section, "trading day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday
and Friday other than any day on which the Common Stock is not traded on the
Nasdaq National Market, or if the Common Stock is not traded on the Nasdaq
National Market, on the principal exchange or market on which the Common Stock
is traded or quoted.

                                       72
<PAGE>

Section 1504. ADJUSTMENT OF CONVERSION PRICE.

         The conversion price of Securities of any series that is convertible
into Common Stock of the Company shall be adjusted for any stock dividends,
stock splits, reclassifications, combinations or similar transactions in
accordance with the terms of the supplemental indenture or Board Resolutions
setting forth the terms of the Securities of such series. Whenever the
conversion price is adjusted, the Company shall compute the adjusted conversion
price in accordance with terms of the applicable Board Resolution or
supplemental indenture and shall prepare an Officer's Certificate setting forth
the adjusted conversion price and showing in reasonable detail the facts upon
which such adjustment is based, and such certificate shall forthwith be filed at
each office or agency maintained for the purpose of conversion of Securities
pursuant to Section 1002 and, if different, with the Trustee. The Company shall
forthwith cause a notice setting forth the adjusted conversion price to be
mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Holder of Securities of such series
at its address appearing on the Security Register and to any conversion agent
other than the Trustee.

Section 1505. NOTICE OF CERTAIN CORPORATE ACTIONS.

         In case:

         (1) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution) on
its Common Stock payable otherwise than in cash out of its retained earnings
(other than a dividend for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is
required) that would require an adjustment pursuant to Section 1404; or

         (2) the Company shall authorize the granting to all or substantially
all of the holders of its Common Stock of rights, options or warrants to
subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any
other rights (other than any such grant for which approval of any stockholders
of the Company is required); or

         (3) of any reclassification of the Common Stock of the Company (other
than a subdivision or combination of its outstanding shares of Common Stock, or
of any consolidation, merger or share exchange to which the Company is a party
and for which approval of any stockholders of the Company is required), or of
the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or

         (4) of the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding
up of the Company; then the Company shall cause to be filed with the Trustee,
and shall cause to be mailed to all Holders at their last addresses as they
shall appear in the Security Register, at least 20 days (or 10 days in any case
specified in clause (1) or (2) above) prior to the applicable record date
hereinafter specified, a notice stating (i) the date on which a record is to be
taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, rights, options or
warrants, or, if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders
of Common Stock of record to be entitled to such dividend, distribution, rights,
options or warrants are to be determined, or (ii) the date on which such
reclassification, consolidation, merger, share exchange, sale, dissolution,
liquidation or winding up is expected to become effective, and the date as of
which it is expected that holders of Common Stock of record shall be entitled to
exchange their shares of Common Stock for

                                       73
<PAGE>

securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification,
consolidation, merger, share exchange, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding
up. If at any time the Trustee shall not be the conversion agent, a copy of such
notice shall also forthwith be filed by the Company with the Trustee.

Section 1506. RESERVATION OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

         The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, free from
preemptive rights, out of its authorized but unissued Common Stock, for the
purpose of effecting the conversion of Securities, the full number of shares of
Common Stock of the Company then issuable upon the conversion of all outstanding
Securities of any series that has conversion rights.

Section 1507. PAYMENT OF CERTAIN TAXES UPON CONVERSION.

         Except as provided in the next sentence, the Company will pay any and
all taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of shares of
its Common Stock on conversion of Securities pursuant hereto. The Company shall
not, however, be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any
transfer involved in the issue and delivery of shares of its Common Stock in a
name other than that of the Holder of the Security or Securities to be
converted, and no such issue or delivery shall be made unless and until the
person requesting such issue has paid to the Company the amount of any such tax,
or has established, to the satisfaction of the Company, that such tax has been
paid.

Section 1508. NONASSESSABILITY.

         The Company covenants that all shares of its Common Stock which may be
issued upon conversion of Securities will upon issue in accordance with the
terms hereof be duly and validly issued and fully paid and nonassessable.

Section 1509. PROVISION IN CASE OF CONSOLIDATION, MERGER OR SALE OF ASSETS.

         In case of any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into any
other Person, any merger of another Person with or into the Company (other than
a merger which does not result in any reclassification, conversion, exchange or
cancellation of outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company) or any
conveyance, sale, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of
the Company, the Person formed by such consolidation or resulting from such
merger or which acquires such assets, as the case may be, shall execute and
deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture providing that the Holder of
each Security of a series then Outstanding that is convertible into Common Stock
of the Company shall have the right thereafter (which right shall be the
exclusive conversion right thereafter available to said Holder), during the
period such Security shall be convertible, to convert such Security only into
the kind and amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale, transfer or lease by a holder of the
number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which such Security might
have been converted immediately prior to such consolidation, merger, conveyance,
sale, transfer or lease, assuming such holder of Common Stock of the Company (i)
is not a Person with which the Company consolidated or merged with or into or
which merged into or with the Company or to which such conveyance, sale,
transfer or lease was made, as the

                                       74
<PAGE>

case may be (a "Constituent Person"), or an Affiliate of a Constituent Person
and (ii) failed to exercise his rights of election, if any, as to the kind or
amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale, transfer or lease (provided that if the
kind or amount of securities, cash and other property receivable upon such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale, transfer, or lease is not the same for
each share of Common Stock of the Company held immediately prior to such
consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale, transfer or lease by others than a
Constituent Person or an Affiliate thereof and in respect of which such rights
of election shall not have been exercised ("Non-electing Share"), then for the
purpose of this Section 1409 the kind and amount of securities, cash and other
property receivable upon such consolidation, merger, conveyance, sale, transfer
or lease by the holders of each Non-electing Share shall be deemed to be the
kind and amount so receivable per share by a plurality of the Non-electing
Shares). Such supplemental indenture shall provide for adjustments which, for
events subsequent to the effective date of such supplemental indenture, shall be
as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in
this Article or in accordance with the terms of the supplemental indenture or
Board Resolutions setting forth the terms of such adjustments. The above
provisions of this Section 1409 shall similarly apply to successive
consolidations, mergers, conveyances, sales, transfers or leases.

         Notice of the execution of such a supplemental indenture shall be given
by the Company to the Holder of each Security of a series that is convertible
into Common Stock of the Company as provided in Section 106 promptly upon such
execution.

         Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent, if any, shall be under
any responsibility to determine the correctness of any provisions contained in
any such supplemental indenture relating either to the kind or amount of shares
of stock or other securities or property or cash receivable by Holders of
Securities of a series convertible into Common Stock of the Company upon the
conversion of their Securities after any such consolidation, merger, conveyance,
transfer, sale or lease or to any such adjustment, but may accept as conclusive
evidence of the correctness of any such provisions, and shall be protected in
relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel with respect thereto, which the Company
shall cause to be furnished to the Trustee upon request.

Section 1510. DUTIES OF TRUSTEE REGARDING CONVERSION.

         Neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall at any time be under
any duty or responsibility to any Holder of Securities of any series that is
convertible into Common Stock of the Company to determine whether any facts
exist which may require any adjustment of the conversion price, or with respect
to the nature or extent of any such adjustment when made, or with respect to the
method employed, whether herein or in any supplemental indenture, any Board
Resolutions or written instrument executed by one or more officers of the
Company provided to be employed in making the same. Neither the Trustee nor any
conversion agent shall be accountable with respect to the validity or value (or
the kind or amount) of any shares of Common Stock of the Company, or of any
securities or property, which may at any time be issued or delivered upon the
conversion of any Securities and neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent
makes any representation with respect thereto. Subject to the provisions of
Section 601, neither the Trustee nor any conversion agent shall be responsible
for any failure of the Company to issue, transfer or deliver any shares of its
Common Stock or stock certificates or other securities or property upon the
surrender of any Security for the purpose of conversion or

                                       75
<PAGE>

to comply with any of the covenants of the Company contained in this Article XIV
or in the applicable supplemental indenture, Board Resolutions or written
instrument executed by one or more duly authorized officers of the Company.

Section 1511. REPAYMENT OF CERTAIN FUNDS UPON CONVERSION.

         Any funds which at any time shall have been deposited by the Company or
on its behalf with the Trustee or any other paying agent for the purpose of
paying the principal of, and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on any of
the Securities (including, but not limited to, funds deposited for the sinking
fund referred to in Article XII hereof and funds deposited pursuant to Article
XIII hereof) and which shall not be required for such purposes because of the
conversion of such Securities as provided in this Article XIV shall after such
conversion be repaid to the Company by the Trustee upon the Company's written
request.

                                  Article XVI.
                               SECURITY GUARANTEES

Section 1601. SECURITY GUARANTEES.

         Any series of Securities may be the subject of Security Guarantees.
Security Guarantees will be created or added to any series of Securities by the
execution of a supplemental indenture, as described in Article IX hereof, by the
applicable Security Guarantor(s), the Company and the Trustee. The terms of any
such Security Guarantee will be set forth in such supplemental indenture for
that particular series of Securities.

                                  Article XVII.
         IMMUNITY OF INCORPORATORS, STOCKHOLDERS, OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Section 1701. INDENTURE AND SECURITIES SOLELY CORPORATE OBLIGATIONS.

         No recourse for the payment of the principal of or any premium or
interest on any Security, or for any claim based thereon or otherwise in respect
thereof, and no recourse under or upon any obligation, covenant or agreement of
the Company in this Indenture or in any supplemental indenture, or in any
Security, or because of the creation of any indebtedness represented thereby,
shall be had against any incorporator, stockholder, officer or director, as
such, past, present or future, of the Company or of any successor corporation,
either directly or through the Company or any successor corporation, whether by
virtue of any constitution, statute or rule of law, or by the enforcement of any
assessment or penalty or otherwise; it being expressly understood that all such
liability is hereby expressly waived and released as a condition of, and as a
consideration for, the execution of this Indenture and the issue of the
Securities.

         This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

                                       76
<PAGE>

                            (Signature page follows)

                                       77
<PAGE>

         In Witness Whereof, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed as of the day and year first above written.

                                       NS GROUP, INC.

                                       By:
                                          ____________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                       Attest:

                                       By:
                                          ____________________________________
                                            Name:
                                            Title:

                                       [_______________________], as Trustee

                                       By:
                                          ____________________________________
                                            Authorized Signatory

                                       Attest:

                                       By:
                                          ____________________________________
                                            Name:

                                            Title:
                                                  ____________________________

                                       78--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   PROTOTYPE
                  NON-STANDARDIZED PROFIT-SHARING/401(k) PLAN
                           ADOPTION AGREEMENT #01-001

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  Sponsored By
                               Ulmer & Berne LLP
                       1300 East Ninth Street, Suite 900
                             Cleveland, Ohio 44114
                                 (216) 621-8400

<PAGE>

                           ULMER & BERNE LLP PROTOTYPE
                           ADOPTION AGREEMENT #01-001
                   NON-STANDARDIZED PROFIT-SHARING/401(k) PLAN

     The undersigned, Shire US Inc. (hereinafter known as the "Company"), hereby
adopts the Ulmer & Berne LLP Defined Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust
Agreement Basic Plan Document #01 (hereinafter referred to as the "Prototype")
by executing this Adoption Agreement, in order to establish or continue in
restated form a qualified plan and trust for the exclusive benefit of the
Company's Employees and their Beneficiaries.

Item I.  Plan Information.

     A.   This Plan shall be known as the 1997 Restated Shire US Inc. 401(k)
          Savings Plan and Trust

     B.   This Plan is:

          / / (i) A newly adopted Plan.

          /X/ (ii) An amendment and restatement of the Shire US Inc. 401(k)
                   Savings Plan

     C.   The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 1997. [Unless otherwise
          noted in the Adoption Agreement or the Prototype, the provisions of
          this Plan shall be effective for Plan Years beginning after December
          31, 1996].

     D.   The original Effective Date of the plan of which this is an amended
          and restated version is June 1, 1996.

     E.   The Plan Year shall be:

          /X/ (i) the 12 consecutive month period ending on each December 31.

          / / (ii) Other [the period indicated may not exceed 12 consecutive
                   months]:

     F.   The Limitation Year shall be:

          /X/ (i) The Plan Year.

          / / (ii) The calendar year.

          / / (iii) Other [the period indicated may not exceed 12 consecutive
                    months]:________________________________________________

                                       1
<PAGE>

     G.   "Trustee" means the following:  Firstar Bank, N.A. - (n/k/a US Bank)

     H.   The Plan shall be construed according to the laws of the State of
          Ohio.

     I.   This Plan shall be [choose (i) or (ii) and, if desired, (iii)]:

          / / (i) a Profit-Sharing Plan only.

          /X/ (ii) a Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan.

          / / (iii) a Section 105(c) Accident and Health Plan

Item II - Definitions.

     A.   Anniversary Date means December 31 of each year after
          the Effective Date.

     B.   (i) Company shall mean Shire US Inc. and shall include:

              /X/   (a)   All predecessors.

              / /   (b)   The following predecessors:
                          ______________________________________________________

              / /   (c)   The following related entities:
                          ______________________________________________________

              / /   (d)   Other [indicate any limitation on Years of Service to
                          be credited with predecessor):
                          ______________________________________________________

          (ii) Company, as of the Effective Date, is one of the following:

              / /   (a)     Sole Proprietorship.
              / /   (b)     Partnership.
              /X/   (c)     C Corporation.
              / /   (d)     S Corporation.
              / /   (e)     Limited Liability Company

     C.   Compensation.

          (i)  Compensation shall be as defined in Section 1.8 of the Prototype,
               but shall exclude the following [Choose one or more of the
               following, as applicable. Exclusions must comply with Code
               Section 414(s)]:

              / /   (a)     Bonuses.

                                  2
<PAGE>

              / /   (b)   Overtime pay.

              / /   (c)   Commissions.

              / /   (d)   Elective Contributions made by the Company on the
                          Employee's behalf pursuant to a 401(k) plan maintained
                          by Company.

              /X/   (e)   Compensation earned before becoming a Participant:

                    / /   (1)  With respect to all contributions.
                    /X/   (2)  With respect to Elective and Matching
                               Contributions only.

              / /   (f)   Compensation earned before becoming eligible:

                    / /   (1)  With respect to all contributions.
                    / /   (2)  With respect to Elective and Matching
                               Contributions only.

              / /   (g)   Amounts contributed by Company
                          pursuant to a salary reduction
                          agreement which are not includible
                          in an Employee's gross income under
                          Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4),
                          402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b).

              /X/   (h)   Other:  Tuition reimbursement; Auto reimbursement;
                          Qualified relocation reimbursement; Stock options;
                          taxable and nontaxable fringe benefits.

              / /   (i)   No exclusions.

          (ii) The definition of Compensation shall be effective as of
               ____________ [may not be later than the first day of the first
               Plan Year after the Plan Year in which the Adoption Agreement and
               Prototype are adopted].

          (iii) Compensation shall be determined over the following period:

                /X/  (a)  The Plan Year.
                / /  (b)  The calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year.
                / /  (c)  The twelve consecutive month period ending
                          ___________ within the Plan Year.

                                       3
<PAGE>

          (iv) / / Compensation shall be determined by taking into account the
                   pre-GUST family aggregation rules during the following years
                   beginning prior to the date the Company adopts this Plan as a
                   restatement of its previously maintained plan:
                   _____________________________________________________________
                   _____________________________________________________________
                   _____________________________________________________________

     D.   Disability means [choose either Item (i), (ii), (iii) or (v) below
          and, if Item I(I)(iii) is elected, also check Item (iv)]:

          / /  (i) Total and permanent incapacity of a Participant which
               renders the Participant unable to engage in any substantial
               gainful employment.

          /X/  (ii) Total and permanent incapacity of a Participant which
               causes the Participant's termination of employment with the
               Company.

          / /  (iii) Total and permanent incapacity of a Participant by reason
               of a medically demonstrable physical or mental condition which
               qualifies the Participant for disability benefits under the
               Social Security Act and which will presumably prevent the
               Employee from engaging in any regular employment with the Company
               or in any other regular gainful occupation for which he is or may
               be suited by education, training or experience, except such
               employment as is found to be for the purpose of rehabilitation or
               is not incompatible with the finding of total and permanent
               disability.

          / /  (iv) The permanent loss or loss of use of a member or a
               function of the Participant's body without regard to the period
               the Participant is absent from work or whether such Participant
               continues in the employ of the Company.

          / /  (v) The Plan does not provide for Disability.

     E.   Highly Compensated Employee shall be determined as follows [choose
          either, both or none of the following, which election(s) once made
          must apply consistently to the determination years of all plans of the
          Company and shall apply to all subsequent determination years unless
          modified by Company]:

          / /  (i) By limiting such status to an employee (who is not a
               5-percent owner) who was in the top-paid 20% of employees for the
               preceding year (as determined by reference to Code Sections
               414(q)(3) and (5)).

                                       4
<PAGE>

          / /  (ii) By reference to calendar year data (except for determining
               who is a 5-percent owner), in which case the preceding year shall
               be the calendar year beginning with or within such preceding
               year.

     F.   Hours of Service, with respect to an Employee compensated on other
          than an hourly basis, shall be credited as follows [choose one of the
          following, to be applied to all nonhourly employees covered under the
          Plan]:

          / /  (i) 190 Hours of Service for each month for which such Employee
               would otherwise be required to be credited with at least one Hour
               of Service.

          / /  (ii) 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly payroll period
               for which such Employee would otherwise be required to be
               credited with at least one Hour of Service.

          /X/  (iii) 90 Hours of Service for each bi-weekly payroll period for
               which such Employee would otherwise be required to be credited
               with at least one Hour of Service.

          / /  (iv) 45 Hours of Service for each weekly payroll period for
               which such Employee would otherwise be required to be credited
               with at least one Hour of Service.

          / /  (v) In accordance with records maintained by the Company.

          / /  (vi) Other [must comply with applicable provisions of
               Department of Labor Regulation ss. 2530.200b-3]:_________________
               _________________________________________________________________

     G.   Early Retirement Age means [choose one of the following]:

          / /  (i) The date on which a Participant reaches age _____ and
               completes _____ Years of Service for vesting purposes.

          / /  (ii) The date on which a Participant attains age _____,
               completes _____ Years of Service for vesting purposes and _____
               years as a Participant.

          /X/  (iii) The Plan does not contain an Early Retirement Age.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     H.   Normal Retirement Age means [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) The date on which the Participant attains 65 years of age
               [cannot be more than age 65].

          / /  (ii) The later of the dates on which occur:

               (a)  the Participant's attainment of his ________ (___) birthday
                    [cannot be more than age 65]; or

               (b)  the ________ (___) anniversary of the time such Participant
                    commenced participation hereunder [cannot be more than 5
                    years].

     I.   Normal Retirement Date means [choose one of the following]:

          / /  (i) The first day of the month following a Participant's Normal
               Retirement Age.

          / /  (ii) The first Anniversary Date following a Participant's
               Normal Retirement Age.

          /X/  (iii) Normal Retirement Age.

     J.   Valuation Date means [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) The last business day of the Plan Year and such other date
               as the Administrator may determine.

          / /  (ii) The last business day of the Plan Year and ________________.

          / /  (iii) Other [may not be less than once per year]:________________
                     ___________________________________________________________
                     ___________________________________________________________

     K.   One-Year Break in Service means the period indicated in Section 1.22
          of the Prototype during which an Employee has not completed more than
          250 Hours of Service [may not be more than the lesser of 500 or
          one-half the number of Hours of Service used in defining Year of
          Service].

                                       6
<PAGE>

Item III.  Eligibility.

     A.   An Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan upon
          completion of the following [Item (i) may be elected along with either
          (ii), (iii) or (iv)]:

          /X/  (i) Attainment of age 18 [cannot be more than age 21]. -
               Effective 10/1/00. Age 21 for prior years.

                 /X/        (a)     For Elective Contributions
                 /X/        (b)     For Matching Contributions
                 /X/        (c)     For Company discretionary contributions

          / /  (ii) Completion of one (1) Year of Service.

                 / /        (a)     For Elective Contributions
                 / /        (b)     For Matching Contributions
                 / /        (c)     For Company discretionary contributions

          / /  (iii) Completion of two (2) Years of Service; provided,
               however, that if the Plan is a Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan, any
               Employee who completes at least One Year of Service shall be
               eligible to make Elective Contributions to the Plan [this
               provision may be selected only if Plan provides immediate vesting
               in Item VIII (A)(i) hereof].

                 / /        (a)     For Matching Contributions
                 / /        (b)     For Company discretionary contributions

          /X/  (iv) Completion of 6 months of service [may not exceed 12 months
               unless Plan provides immediate vesting, in which case may not
               exceed 24 months]. For this purpose ____ months of service means
               the initial ____ consecutive month period beginning with the
               Employee's employment or reemployment date, as the case may be,
               provided he has ____ Hours of Service [may not exceed 1000 for
               any 12 consecutive month period and must be reduced
               proportionately for periods less than 12 months] within such
               period; otherwise the first ____ consecutive month period which
               includes or follows such initial period within which he has at
               least ____ Hours of Service [may not exceed 1000 for any 12
               consecutive month period and must be reduced proportionately for
               periods less than 12 months]: - Effective prior to 10/1/00

                 /X/        (a)     For Elective Contributions
                 /X/        (b)     For Matching Contributions
                 /X/        (c)     For Company discretionary contributions

                                       7
<PAGE>

          /X/  (v) Immediately upon employment with Company: - Effective 10/1/00
               - 3/31/02

                 /X/        (a)     For Elective Contributions
                 /X/        (b)     For Matching Contributions
                 /X/        (c)     For Company discretionary contributions

          /X/  (vi) Other [must be more favorable than age 21 and one Year of
               Service or two Years of Service if 100% vesting]: Completion of
               30 days of service, effective 4/1/02.

               [The eligibility provisions selected above must ensure compliance
               with the minimum participation standards of Code Section 410(a).
               An eligible Participant will enter the Plan as indicated in Item
               C hereof].

     B.   Years of Service for eligibility shall be defined as follows [choose
          one of the following]:

          / /  (i) For purposes of determining an Employee's initial
               eligibility to participate in the Plan such period shall mean the
               12-consecutive month period during which an Employee completes
               _____ Hours of Service [may not be more than 1000] measured by
               reference to the date on which the Employee first performed an
               Hour of Service for Company; thereafter (and without regard to
               whether such Employee is entitled to be credited with a Year of
               Service during such initial eligibility computation period),
               succeeding eligibility computation periods shall be measured by
               the Plan Year, except that the first Plan Year used in this
               measurement period shall include the last day of the initial
               eligibility computation period. If such Employee is credited with
               a Year of Service in both the initial eligibility computation
               period and the first Plan Year which includes the last day of
               such period, such Employee will be credited with two Years of
               Service for eligibility purposes.

          / /  (ii) For purposes of determining an Employee's initial and
               continuing eligibility to participate in the Plan such period
               shall mean the 12-consecutive month period during which an
               Employee completes _____ Hours of Service [may not be more than
               1000] measured by reference to the date on which the Employee
               first performed an Hour of Service for Company and anniversaries
               thereof.

                                       8
<PAGE>

          /X/  (iii) Not applicable [this option should be selected if
               eligibility is based on months of service or if an Employee is
               immediately eligible in accordance with Items III(A)(iv) or (v)
               hereof, respectively].

     C.   Each Employee who satisfies the eligibility requirements shall
          commence participation in the Plan on the following Entry Date [choose
          one of the following]:

          / /  (i) Anniversary Date concurrent with or immediately following
               the Eligibility Date [this option may be selected only if the
               Plan does not require the completion of more than 6 months of
               service or the attainment of an age greater than 20 1/2 for
               eligibility].

          / /  (ii) Anniversary Date concurrent with or immediately following
               the Eligibility Date or the date six months after the Eligibility
               Date, whichever is earlier.

          /X/  (iii) Eligibility Date. - Effective 4/1/02

          /X/  (iv) First day of month following Eligibility Date. - Effective
               10/1/00-3/31/02

          /X/  (v) Anniversary Date or the first ____________ concurrent with
               or immediately following the Eligibility Date, whichever is
               earlier.

          /X/  (vi) Other [Entry Date selected must comply with Code Section
               410(a)(4)]: Prior to 10/1/00, first day of Plan Year or first day
               of fourth, seventh or tenth month of the Plan Year coinciding
               with or following Eligibility Date.

     D.   The following Break-in-Service rules shall apply for purposes of
          determining an Employee's eligibility to participate in the Plan
          [choose one or more of the following]:

          / /  (i) In the case of a Participant who has a One-Year Break in
               Service, Years of Service before such break shall be disregarded,
               unless the Employee has completed a Year of Service after such
               break:

               / /        (a)     For Elective Contributions
               / /        (b)     For Matching Contributions
               / /        (c)     For Company discretionary contributions

          / /  (ii) In the case of a Participant who does not have any
               nonforfeitable right to the Account balance derived from employer
               contributions, Years of Service before a period of consecutive
               One-Year Breaks

                                       9
<PAGE>

               in Service will not be taken into account in computing Years of
               Service for eligibility if the number of consecutive One-Year
               Breaks in Service in such period equals or exceeds the greater of
               five or the aggregate number of Years of Service. Such aggregate
               number of Years of Service will not include any Years of Service
               disregarded under the preceding sentence by reason of prior
               breaks in service. If a Participant's Years of Service are
               disregarded pursuant to this paragraph, such Participant will be
               treated as a new Employee for eligibility purposes. If a
               Participant's Years of Service may not be disregarded pursuant to
               this Paragraph, such Participant shall continue to participate in
               the Plan, or shall participate immediately upon reemployment, as
               the case may be.

          / /  (iii) If two Years of Service are required for eligibility,
               Years of Service before any One-Year Break in Service shall be
               disregarded if such Employee had not satisfied the eligibility
               requirement prior to such Break.

          /X/  (iv) No Break-in-Service rules shall apply for eligibility
               purposes.

     E.   The following Employees shall be excluded from participation in the
          Plan [choose one or more of the following]:

          /X/  (i) Employees included in a unit of employees covered by a
               collective bargaining agreement, provided that retirement
               benefits have been the subject of good faith collective
               bargaining between employee representatives and one or more
               employers -- regardless of whether an actual plan was established
               for such unit of employees covered by such collective bargaining
               agreement, with respect to the following:

               /X/        (a)     For Elective Contributions
               /X/        (b)     For Matching Contributions
               /X/        (c)     For Company discretionary contributions

          /X/  (ii) Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no
               earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from
               the Company which constitutes income from sources within the
               United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

          / /  (iii) Salaried Employees.

          / /  (iv) Hourly Employees.

                                       10
<PAGE>

          /X/  (v) Leased Employees.

          / /  (vi) Employees of related entity not named in Item II(B)(i)(c)
               hereof.

          / /  (vii) Highly Compensated Employees with respect to the
               following:

               / /        (a)     Elective Contributions
               / /        (b)     Matching Contributions
               / /        (c)     Company discretionary contributions

          /X/  (viii) Other:  Employees classified as Interms and Coops.

          / /  (ix) No Employees shall be excluded from participation
               hereunder.

               [In order for Company's Plan to be a qualified plan under Code
               Sections 401(a) and 501(a), the minimum coverage requirements of
               Code Section 410(b) must be satisfied.]

Item IV.  Company Discretionary Contributions.

     A.   The Company will contribute with respect to a Participant the
          following amounts to the Plan [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) Such an amount as the Board of Directors in its absolute
               discretion determines with respect to such Fiscal Year, without
               regard to current or accumulated Net Profits.

          / /  (ii) Such an amount as the Board of Directors in its absolute
               discretion determines with respect to such Fiscal Year out of
               current or accumulated Net Profits.

          / /  (iii) An amount each Fiscal Year determined as follows:

          / /  (iv) The Company shall not make a discretionary contribution
               hereunder, except to the extent otherwise required to satisfy any
               minimum contribution to non Key Employees in the event the Plan
               is Top Heavy.

                                       11
<PAGE>

     B.   The following Inactive Participants shall share in the Company's
          discretionary contribution for the Plan Year in which they became
          Inactive [choose one or more of the following]:

          /X/  (i) An Inactive Participant who died.

          /X/  (ii) An Inactive Participant who retired after having attained
               Normal Retirement Age.

          / /  (iii) An Inactive Participant who retired after having attained
               Early Retirement Age.

          /X/  (iv) An Inactive Participant who experienced a Disability
               Retirement. The Company ___ will (check the line if the employer
               wants this option) _X_ will not (check the line if the employer
               does not want this option) make contributions on behalf of
               disabled Participants on the basis of the Compensation each such
               Participant would have received for the Limitation Year if the
               Participant had been paid at the rate of Compensation paid
               immediately before experiencing a Disability Retirement. Such
               imputed compensation for the disabled Participant may be taken
               into account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated
               Employee, and contributions made on behalf of such Participant
               will be nonforfeitable when made. "Compensation" will mean
               compensation as that term is defined in section 6.8.2-B of the
               Plan.

          / /  (v) Other:

          / /  (vi) No Inactive Participants shall share in the Company's
               discretionary contribution.

     C.   The following Participants, in addition to those listed in Item B.
          above, shall be entitled to share in the Company's discretionary
          Contribution for the Plan Year [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) A Participant who is employed on the last day of the Plan
               Year and has completed a Year of Service. For Plan Years
               beginning in and after January 1, 2003.

          / /  (ii) A Participant who has completed a Year of Service,
               regardless of whether such Participant is employed on the last
               day of the Plan Year.

                                       12
<PAGE>

          /X/  (iii) A Participant who has completed 500 Hours of Service [may
               not be more than 1000] or is employed on the last day of the
               Plan Year. For Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2003.

          / /  (iv) A Participant who has completed _____ Hours of Service
               [may not be more than 1000] regardless of whether such
               Participant is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

          / /  (v) A Participant who is employed on the last day of the Plan
               Year regardless of how many Hours of Service the Participant
               completed.

     D.   The Company's discretionary contribution shall be allocated to the
          accounts of each Participant as follows [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) An amount which is that same proportion of Company's
               discretionary contribution as such Participant's Compensation for
               such Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
               Participants for such Plan Year.

          If Top-Heavy and the Company has designated this Plan to satisfy the
          Top-Heavy minimum allocation requirement:

          / /  (ii) An amount which is that same proportion of Company's
               contribution as such Participant's Compensation for such Plan
               year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such
               Plan Year. For purposes of the preceding sentence, in the event
               the Plan is Top-Heavy, as described in Article 18 of the
               Prototype, a Participant in the employ of the Company on the last
               day of such Plan Year, who has failed to complete a Year of
               Service with respect to such Plan Year nevertheless shall be
               entitled to share in the allocation of Company's contribution,
               provided that the amount of such contribution so allocated to
               such Participant's Account shall not exceed three percent (3%) of
               such Participant's Compensation with respect to such Plan Year.

          If Integrated:

          / /  (iii) an amount determined as follows:

               (a)  First, there shall be allocated to each Participant's
                    Account that same proportion of such contribution and/or
                    forfeitures as the sum of each such Participant's
                    Compensation for such Plan Year plus such Participant's
                    Compensation for

                                       13
<PAGE>

                    such Plan Year in excess of the Integration Level (selected
                    in Item E hereof) bears to the sum of the total Compensation
                    of all Participants for such Plan Year plus the total
                    Compensation in excess of the Integration Level of all
                    Participants for such Plan Year; provided, however, that the
                    maximum amount to be allocated to the Account of any
                    Participant under this subparagraph for such Plan Year shall
                    not exceed the product of the Applicable Percentage
                    (selected in Item E hereof) multiplied by the sum of such
                    Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year plus such
                    Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of
                    the Integration Level.

               (b)  Second, there shall be allocated to such Participant's
                    Account that same proportion of such contribution and/or
                    forfeitures remaining, if any, after the allocation in
                    subparagraph (a) above, as each such Participant's
                    Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total
                    Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.

          If Integrated and Top-Heavy and the Company has designated this Plan
          to satisfy the Top-Heavy minimum allocation requirement:

          / /  (iv) an amount determined as follows:

               (a)  First, there shall be allocated to each Participant's
                    Account that same proportion of such contribution and/or
                    forfeitures as each such Participant's Compensation for such
                    Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
                    Participants for such Plan Year; provided, however, that the
                    maximum amount to be allocated to the Account of any
                    Participant under this subparagraph for such Plan Year shall
                    not exceed three percent (3%) of such Participant's
                    Compensation; and, provided, further, that only for purposes
                    of this subparagraph (a), in the event the Plan is
                    Top-Heavy, as described in Article 18 of the Prototype, a
                    Participant in the employ of the Company on the last day of
                    the Plan Year, who has failed to complete a Year of Service
                    with respect to such Plan Year, nevertheless shall be
                    entitled to share in such allocation.

               (b)  Second, there shall be allocated to each Participant's
                    Account that same proportion of such contribution and/or
                    forfeitures not allocated under subparagraph (a) above, if
                    any, as each such Participant's Compensation for such Plan

                                       14
<PAGE>

                    Year in excess of the Integration Level (selected in Item E
                    hereof) bears to the total Compensation in excess of the
                    Integration Level of all Participants for such Plan Year;
                    provided, however, that the maximum amount to be allocated
                    to the Account of any Participant under this subparagraph
                    for such Plan Year shall not exceed three percent (3%) of
                    such participant's Compensation in excess of the Integration
                    Level for such Plan Year.

               (c)  Third, there shall be allocated to each Participant's
                    Account that same proportion of such contribution and/or
                    forfeitures not allocated under subparagraphs (a) and (b)
                    above, if any, as the sum of each such Participant's
                    Compensation for such Plan Year plus such Participant's
                    Compensation for such Plan Year in excess of the Integration
                    Level bears to the sum of the total Compensation of all
                    Participants for such Plan Year plus the total Compensation
                    in excess of the Integration Level of all Participants for
                    such Plan Year; provided, however, that the maximum amount
                    to be allocated to the Account of any Participant under this
                    subparagraph for such Plan Year shall not exceed the product
                    of the Applicable Percentage minus 3% multiplied by the sum
                    of such Participant's Compensation plus such Participant's
                    Compensation in excess of the Integration Level for such
                    Plan Year.

               (d)  Fourth, there shall be allocated to such Participant's
                    Account that same proportion of such contribution and/or
                    forfeitures, if any, remaining after the allocations in
                    subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c) above, as each such
                    Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the
                    total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.

          / /  (v) In an equal dollar amount.

          / /  (vi) An amount which is that same proportion of Company's
               discretionary contribution as such Participant's points for such
               Plan Year bear to the total points of all Participants for such
               Plan Year. For this purpose, a Participant's points for a Plan
               Year equal the sum of the following [must select at least age or
               service]:

               / / (a) _____ Point(s) for each year of age;

                                       15
<PAGE>

               / / (b) _____ Point(s) for each Year of Service, subject to a
                             maximum of ____ Years of Service;

               / / (c) _____ Point(s) for each $________ of Plan Year
                             Compensation (not to exceed $200).

     E.   The Applicable Percentage and Integration Level shall be as follows
          [choose one of the following. (i) must be selected if either (i),
          (ii), (v) or (vi) was selected in Item D. hereof. (ii), (iii) or (iv)
          must be selected if (iii) or (iv) was selected in Item D. hereof]:

          /X/  (i) The Plan is not Integrated.

          / /  (ii) The Applicable Percentage shall be the greater of 5.7% or
               the old age insurance portion of the rate of tax under Code
               Section 3111(a) in effect at the beginning of such Plan Year. The
               Integration Level shall be the Taxable Wage Base. For purposes of
               this paragraph, "Taxable Wage Base" means the Social Security
               contribution and benefits base prescribed by section 430(c) of
               Title 42 of the United States Code, as amended, with respect to
               the calendar year within which such Plan Year commenced.

          / /  (iii) 4.3% (as the same shall be automatically adjusted to
               reflect any proportionate change in the old age insurance portion
               of Old-Age, Survivors and Disability Insurance) and [choose one
               of the following]:

               / / (a) $_________ [an amount of not less than $10,000], or

               / / (b) _____% of the Taxable Wage Base [a percentage not less
                    than 20% of the Taxable Wage Base, nor more than 80% of the
                    Taxable Wage Base]. For purposes of this paragraph, "Taxable
                    Wage Base" means the Social Security contribution and
                    benefits base prescribed by section 430(c) of Title 42 of
                    the United States Code, as amended, with respect to the
                    calendar year within which such Plan Year commenced.

          / /  (iv) 5.4% (as the same shall be automatically adjusted to
               reflect any proportionate change in the old age insurance portion
               of Old-Age, Survivors and Disability Insurance) and [choose one
               of the following]:

                                       16
<PAGE>

               / / (a) $_____ [an amount more than 80% of the Taxable Wage Base
                    but less than 100% of the Taxable Wage Base], or

               / / (b) _____% of the Taxable Wage Base [an amount more than
                    80% of the Taxable Wage Base but less than 100% of the
                    Taxable Wage Base]. For purposes of this paragraph, "Taxable
                    Wage Base" means the Social Security contribution and
                    benefits base prescribed by section 430(c) of Title 42 of
                    the United States Code, as amended, with respect to the
                    calendar year within which such Plan Year commenced.

Item IV-A.  Elective and Matching Contributions.

     A.   A Participant's Elective Contributions may be made in the following
          amount [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) Fifteen percent (15%) of his current Compensation. 100%
               effective 1/1/03.

          / /  (ii) an amount determined by the Company each year.

     B.   The Company will make a Matching Contribution as follows [choose one
          of the following]:

          /X/  (i) An amount determined and announced by the Company. Effective
               prior to June 29, 1998.

          /X/  (ii) $2.33 for each $1.00 of the Participant's Elective
               Contribution; provided, however, that such Matching Contribution
               in any Fiscal Year shall only apply to that portion of such
               Participant's Elective Contribution which does not exceed three
               percent (3%) of his Compensation for such year. Effective June
               29, 1998.

          / /  (iii) The Company will not make a Matching Contribution.

     C.   The following Participants shall share in the Company's Matching
          Contributions [choose one or more of the following]:

          / /  (i) Only those Participants who are in the employ of the
               Company on the last day of the Plan Year and who have completed a
               Year of Service with respect to such Plan Year.

          / /  (ii) An Inactive Participant who died during the Plan Year.

                                       17
<PAGE>

          / /  (iii) An Inactive Participant who retired during the Plan Year
               after having attained Normal Retirement Age.

          / /  (iv) An Inactive Participant who retired during the Plan Year
               after having attained Early Retirement Age.

          / /  (v) An Inactive Participant who experienced a Disability
               Retirement during the Plan Year.

          /X/  (vi) Each Participant who makes an Elective Contribution to the
               Plan during the Plan Year shall be entitled to share in the
               Company's Matching Contribution so long as he remains in the
               employ of Company.

          / /  (vii) Other [selection may not violate rules of Code Section
               410(b) and 401(a)(4)]:___________________________________________

     D.   A Participant shall vest in Matching Contributions as follows [choose
          one of the following].

          /X/  (i) In accordance with the schedule elected in Item VIII
               hereof.

          / /  (ii) Immediately 100% vested.

          / /  (iii) Other [vesting schedule must not be less favorable than
               provided under Code Section 411(a)(2)]:__________________________
               _________________________________________________________________
               _________________________________________________________________

     E.   Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be used as
          follows:

          /X/  (i) Applied to reduce Company contributions for the Plan Year
               in which the excess arose, with the balance treated as a
               forfeiture in accordance with Section 6.7 of the Prototype and
               Item VII(B) hereof.

          / /  (ii) Treated as a forfeiture in accordance with Section 6.7 of
               the Prototype and Item VII(B) hereof.

          / /  (iii) Allocated to the Matching Contribution Account of each
               Non-Highly Compensated Participant who made Elective
               Contributions under the Plan in the ratio which each such
               Participant's

                                       18
<PAGE>

               Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all such
               Participants for such Plan Year.

          / /  (iv) Allocated to the Matching Contribution Account of each
               Non-Highly Compensated Participant who made Elective
               Contributions under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of
               Item IV(D) hereof and treated as a part thereof.

     F.   In determining Elective Contributions for the purpose of the Actual
          Deferral Percentage test, the Company shall include (elect, as
          appropriate):

          / /  (i) Qualified Matching Contributions.

          /X/  (ii) Fail-Safe Contributions.

          under this Plan or any other plan of the Company.

          / /  (iii) Neither (i) nor (ii).

     G.   The amount of Qualified Matching Contributions made under section
          4.1-E of the Prototype and taken into account as Elective
          Contributions for purposes of calculating the Actual Deferral
          Percentage shall be:

          / /  (i) All such Qualified Matching Contributions.

          / /  (ii) Such Qualified Matching Contributions that are needed to
               meet the Actual Deferral Percentage test stated in section 4.2-C
               of the Prototype. (Box (ii) can only be checked if the Company
               has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year
               testing method.)

          /X/  (iii) Not applicable. The Company has elected not to include
               Qualified Matching Contributions for purposes of the Actual
               Deferral Percentage test.

     H.   The amount of Fail-Safe Contributions made under section 4.1-F of the
          Prototype and taken into account as Elective Contributions for
          purposes of calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage shall be:

          /X/  (i) All such Fail-Safe Contributions.

                                       19
<PAGE>

          / /  (ii) Such Fail-Safe Contributions that are needed to meet the
               Actual Deferral Percentage test stated in section 4.2-C of the
               Prototype. (Box (ii) can only be checked if the Company has
               elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing
               method.)

          / / (iii) Not applicable. The Company has elected not to include
               Fail Safe Contributions for purposes of the Actual Deferral
               Percentage test.

     I.   In computing the average Actual Contribution Percentage, the Company
          shall take into account, and include as Actual Contribution Percentage
          amounts, the following:

          / /  (i) Elective Contributions.

          / /  (ii) Fail-Safe Contributions.

          under the Plan or any other plan of the Company.

          /X/  (iii) Neither (i) nor (ii).

     J.   The amount of Fail-Safe Contributions that are made under Section
          4.1-F of the Prototype and taken into account for purposes of
          calculating the Actual Contribution Percentage shall be:

          / /  (i) All such Fail-Safe Contributions.

          / /  (ii) Such Fail-Safe Contributions that are needed to meet the
               Average Contribution Percentage test stated in Section 4.3-B of
               the Prototype. (Box (ii) can only be checked if the Company has
               elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing
               method.)

          /X/  (iii) Not applicable. The Company has elected not to include
               Fail-Safe Contributions for purposes of the Actual Contribution
               Percentage test.

     K.   The amount of Elective Contributions made under the Plan and taken
          into account as Actual Contribution Percentage amounts for purposes of
          calculating the Actual Contribution Percentage shall be:

          / /  (i) All such Elective Contributions.

                                       20
<PAGE>

          / /  (ii) Such Elective Contributions that are needed to meet the
               Average Contribution Percentage test stated in Section 4.3-B of
               the Prototype. (Box (ii) can only be checked if the Company has
               elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing
               method.)

          /X/  (iii) Not applicable. The Company has elected not to include
               Elective Contributions for purposes of the Actual Contribution
               Percentage test.

Item IV-B. Special Elections and Matching Contribution Rules - Actual Deferral
Percentage and Actual Contribution Percentage Safe Harbors, Current and Prior
Year Testing, Negative Elections and First Year Options.

     A.   The Company will make the following Actual Deferral Percentage Safe
          Harbor Contribution in lieu of satisfying the Actual Deferral
          Percentage Test:

          / /  (i) A safe harbor matching contribution on behalf of each
               Eligible Employee equal to (1) 100% of the amount of the Eligible
               Employee's Elective Contributions that do not exceed three
               percent (3%) of the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year,
               plus (2) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Eligible
               Employee's Elective Contributions that exceed three percent (3%)
               of the Employee's Compensation but that do not exceed five
               percent (5%) of the Employee's Compensation.

          / /  (ii) A Safe Harbor Non-elective Contribution to the Plan on
               behalf of each Eligible Employee of _____ percent (___%) [must be
               at least 3%] of the Eligible Employee's Compensation.

          / /  (iii) An Enhanced Matching Contribution equal to ______ percent
               (_____%) of the Eligible Employee's Elective Contribution that
               does not exceed ______ percent (______%) of his Compensation,
               plus ______ percent (______%) of the Eligible Employee's Elective
               Contribution that exceeds ______ percent (______%) of the
               Eligible Employee's Compensation, but does not exceed _____
               percent (_____%) of his Compensation.

          / /  (iv) The Actual Deferral Percentage Safe Harbor Contribution
               shall be made for the following Plan Years:

               ______________________________
               ______________________________
               ______________________________

                                       21
<PAGE>

          / /  (v) The Actual Deferral Percentage Safe Harbor Contribution
               shall be made to:

               / / (a) This Plan.

               / / (b) _____________________
                       _____________________
                       _____________________

          / /  (vi) Eligible Employee:

               / / (a) Shall include Highly Compensated Employees.

               / / (b) Shall not include Highly Compensated Employees.

          /X/  (vii) The Company will not make an Actual Deferral Percentage
               Safe Harbor Contribution.

     B.   The Company will make the following Actual Contribution Percentage
          Safe Harbor Contribution in lieu of satisfying the Actual Contribution
          Percentage Test:

          / /  (i) A safe harbor matching contribution on behalf of each
               Eligible Employee equal to (1) 100% of the amount of the Eligible
               Employee's Elective Contributions that do not exceed three
               percent (3%) of the Employee's Compensation for the Plan Year,
               plus (2) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Employee's
               Elective Contributions that exceed three percent (3%) of the
               Employee's Compensation but that do not exceed five percent (5%)
               of the Employee's Compensation.

          / /  (ii) An Enhanced Matching Contribution equal to ______ percent
               (_____%) of the Eligible Employee's Elective Contribution that
               does not exceed ______ percent (______%) of his Compensation,
               plus ______ percent (______%) of the Eligible Employee's Elective
               Contribution that exceeds ______ percent (______%) of the
               Eligible Employee's Compensation but does not exceed _____
               percent (_____%) of his Compensation. [Matching Contribution may
               not be made with respect to Elective Contributions that exceed
               six percent (6%) of the Eligible Employee's Compensation and no
               other matching contributions may be made under the Plan.]

                                       22
<PAGE>

          / /  (iii) The Actual Contribution Percentage Safe Harbor
               Contribution shall be made for the following Plan Year(s):
               _________________________
               _________________________
               _________________________

          / /  (iv) A Participant shall vest in the Actual Contribution
               Percentage Safe Harbor Contribution as follows:

               / /   (a)  In accordance with the schedule elected in Item VIII
                          hereof.

               / /   (b)  Immediately 100% vested.

          /X/  (v) The Company will not make an Actual Contribution Percentage
               Safe Harbor Contribution.

     C.   The Actual Deferral Percentage Test shall be applied as follows [the
          Plan must use the same testing method for both the ADP Test and the
          ACP Test in any Plan Year beginning on or after the date the Company
          adopts this Plan as either an initial Plan or a GUST Restatement]:

          /X/  (i) By comparing the current Plan Year's Actual Deferral
               Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
               with the current Plan Year's Actual Deferral Percentage for
               Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees, for the
               following Plan Years:

               1997, 1998, 1999
               -------------------------
               -------------------------
               -------------------------

          /X/  (ii) By comparing the prior Plan Year's Actual Deferral
               Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
               Employees with the current Plan Year's Actual Deferral Percentage
               for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees, for the
               following Plan Years:

               2000
               -------------------------
               -------------------------
               -------------------------

     D.   The Actual Contribution Percentage Test shall be applied as follows
          [the Plan must use the same testing method for both the ADP Test and
          the ACP Test in any Plan Year beginning on or after the date the
          Company adopts this Plan as either an initial Plan or a GUST
          Restatement]:

                                       23
<PAGE>

          /X/  (i) By comparing the current Plan Year's Actual Contribution
               Percentage for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
               with the current Plan Year's Actual Contribution Percentage for
               Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

          / /  (ii) The current year testing method shall be applied for the
               following Plan Years:

               1997, 1998, 1999
               -------------------------
               -------------------------
               -------------------------

          /X/  (iii) Not applicable. The Actual Contribution Percentage Test
               shall be applied by comparing the prior Plan Year's Actual
               Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year's Actual
               Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly
               Compensated Employees. - 2000

     E.   For the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant to make
          Elective Contributions, the following shall apply:

          / /  (i) The prior year's Non-Highly Compensated Employee's Actual
               Deferral Percentage shall be deemed to be three percent (3%).

          / /  (ii) The Non-Highly Compensated Employee's Actual Deferral
               Percentage shall be the actual current Plan Year's Actual
               Deferral Percentage.

          /X/  (iii) Not applicable. Plan is an amendment and restatement and
               previously permitted Elective Contributions.

     F.   For the first Plan Year that the Plan permits any Participant to make
          nondeductible voluntary employee contributions or provides for
          matching contributions, the following shall apply:

          / /  (i) The prior year's Non-Highly Compensated Employee's Actual
               Contribution Percentage shall be deemed to be three percent (3%).

          / /  (ii) The Non-Highly Compensated Employee's Actual Contribution
               Percentage shall be the actual current Plan Year's Actual
               Contribution Percentage. (Do not check this box if Company has
               elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing
               method.)

                                       24
<PAGE>

          /X/ (iii) Not applicable. Plan is an amendment and restatement and
               previously permitted nondeductible voluntary employee
               contributions or matching contributions.

     G.   Negative Elective Contribution Elections.

          / /  (i) In the event a participant fails to make an initial
               election to defer a specific percentage of his Compensation or
               not to defer any percentage of his Compensation, such Participant
               shall be deemed to have authorized a ______ % compensation
               reduction pursuant to Section 4.2-A of the Prototype.

          / /  (ii) Effective for the first pay period beginning on or after
               __________, in the event a Participant does not have an election
               in effect to defer a specific percentage of his Compensation or
               not to defer any percentage of his Compensation, such Participant
               shall be deemed to have authorized a ______ % compensation
               reduction pursuant to Section 4.2-A of the Prototype.

          /X/  (iii) The Plan does not provide for Negative Elective
               Contributions.

Item IV-C.   SIMPLE 401(k) Provisions

     A.   The SIMPLE provisions of Section 4.5 of the Prototype [(i) may be
          chosen only if the Plan uses a calendar year Plan Year and the Company
          is an Eligible Employer as defined in Section 4.5.2-B of the Basic
          Plan Document]:

          / /  (i) Shall apply.

          /X/  (ii) Shall not apply.

     B.   The Company will make a contribution to the SIMPLE as follows:

          / /  (i) The Company will contribute a Matching Contribution to the
               Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes a salary reduction
               election in an amount equal to the lesser of the Employee's
               salary reduction contribution or three percent (3%).

          / /  (ii) The Company will contribute a nonelective contribution of
               two percent (2%) of Compensation for each employee who is
               eligible to participate and who has at least $ ________ of
               Compensation from the Company for the Year [may not exceed $5,000
               or such

                                       25
<PAGE>

               other amount as may be determined by the Secretary of the
               Treasury.]

Item V.   Employee Contributions.

     A.   Rollover Contributions [choose from one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) A Participant may make a rollover contribution to the Plan.

          / /  (ii) A Participant may not make a rollover contribution to the
               Plan.

     B.   Nondeductible Voluntary Employee Contributions [choose one of the
          following]:

          / /  (i) A Participant may make a nondeductible voluntary employee
               contribution.

          /X/  (ii) A Participant may not make a nondeductible voluntary
               employee contribution.

Item VI.    Trustee to Trustee Transfers [choose one of the following].

          / /  (i) The Trustee may accept assets transferred for the benefit
               of a Participant and constituting a lump-sum distribution of such
               Participant's account as a participant in another employer's
               trust qualified under Code Section 401(a), and exempt from tax
               under Code Section 501(a), directly from the trustee of such
               other qualified trust.

          /X/  (ii) The Trustee may accept assets transferred for the benefit of
               a Participant and constituting a lump-sum distribution of such
               Participant's account as a Participant under the following trusts
               which are qualified under Code Section 401(a) and exempt from tax
               under Code Section 501(a), directly from the trustee of such
               other qualified trust: Roberts Pharmaceutical Corporation Savings
               and Protection Plan.

          / /  (iii) The Trustee may not accept assets sought to be
               transferred directly from the trustee of another qualified trust
               for the benefit of a Participant.

                                       26
<PAGE>

Item VII. Forfeitures.

     A.   Forfeitures from the Accounts of Participants whose employment
          terminated shall occur as follows [choose one of the following]:

          / /  (i) As of the end of the Plan Year of termination.

          /X/  (ii) After such Participant has incurred a One-Year Break in
               Service.  For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 2002.

          /X/  (iii) After such Participant has incurred five consecutive
               One-Year Breaks in Service.  For Plan Years beginning prior to
               January 1, 2002.

          / /  (iv) As of the end of the Plan Year of termination with respect
               to a Participant who received a distribution and from the
               Accounts of Inactive Participants who have incurred five (5)
               consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service.

     B.   Forfeitures of discretionary contributions shall be allocated as
          follows [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) In the same manner and on the same basis as that provided for
               the allocation of Company's discretionary contribution and shall
               be deemed a part thereof. With respect to Plan Years beginning
               prior to January 1, 2002.

          / /  (ii) In the same proportion that each such Participant's
               Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total Compensation
               of all Participants for such Plan Year.

          / /  (iii) To offset Company's discretionary contribution and the
               balance thereof shall be treated as follows [select either (a),
               (b) or (c) below]:

               / /  (a) Shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in the same manner and on the same
                    basis as that provided for the allocation of Company's
                    discretionary contribution and for that purpose shall be
                    deemed a part thereof.

               / /  (b) Shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in an amount which is that same
                    proportion of such balance of forfeitures as each such
                    Participant's

                                       27
<PAGE>

                    Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total
                    Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.

               / /  (c) Shall be held in suspense and shall be used to reduce
                    future Company discretionary contributions with respect to
                    all remaining Participants in the next Plan Year, and each
                    succeeding Plan Year, if necessary.

          /X/  (iv) To offset Company's Matching Contribution and the balance
               thereof shall be treated as follows [select either (a), (b) or
               (c) below]: With respect to Plan Years beginning on and after
               January 1, 2002.

               / /  (a) Shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in the same manner and on the same
                    basis as that provided for the allocation of Company's
                    discretionary contribution and shall be deemed a part
                    thereof.

               / /  (b) Shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in an amount which is that same
                    proportion of such balance of forfeitures as each such
                    Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the
                    total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.

               /X/  (c) Shall be held in suspense and shall be used to reduce
                    future Matching Contributions with respect to all remaining
                    Participants entitled to receive a Matching Contribution in
                    the next Plan Year, and each succeeding Plan Year, if
                    necessary.

     C.   Forfeitures of Matching Contributions shall be allocated as follows
          [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) In the same manner and on the same basis as that provided for
               the allocation of Company's matching contribution and shall be
               deemed a part thereof. For Plan Years prior to January 1, 2002.

          / /  (ii) In the same proportion that each such Participant's
               Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the total Compensation
               of all Participants for such Plan Year.

          / /  (iii) To offset Company's discretionary contribution and the
               balance thereof shall be treated as follows [select either (a),
               (b) or (c) below]:

                                       28
<PAGE>

               / /  (a) Shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in the same manner and on the same
                    basis as that provided for the allocation of Company's
                    discretionary contribution and for that purpose shall be
                    deemed a part thereof.

               / /  (b) Shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in an amount which is that same
                    proportion of such balance of forfeitures as each such
                    Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the
                    total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.

               / /  (c) Shall be held in suspense and shall be used to reduce
                    future Company discretionary contributions with respect to
                    all remaining Participants in the next Plan Year, and each
                    succeeding Plan Year, if necessary.

          /X/  (iv) To offset Company's Matching Contribution and the balance
               thereof shall be treated as follows [select either (a), (b) or
               (c) below]: with respect to Plan Years beginning on and after
               January 1, 2002.

               / /  (a) Shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in the same manner and on the same
                    basis as that provided for the allocation of Company's
                    discretionary contribution and shall be deemed a part
                    thereof.

               / /  (b) Shall be allocated to the accounts of Participants
                    entitled to share in the contribution of Company as of the
                    end of such Plan Year in an amount which is that same
                    proportion of such balance of forfeitures as each such
                    Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year bears to the
                    total Compensation of all Participants for such Plan Year.

               /X/  (c) Shall be held in suspense and shall be used to reduce
                    future Matching Contributions with respect to all remaining
                    Participants entitled to receive a Matching Contribution in
                    the next Plan Year, and each succeeding Plan Year, if
                    necessary.

     D.   The following Participants shall be eligible to share in forfeitures
          [choose one of the following]:

                                       29
<PAGE>

          /X/  (i) All Participants. For discretionary contributions prior to
               January 1, 2002.

          / /  (ii) All Participants entitled to a matching Contribution with
               respect to forfeitures of matching Contributions for Plan Years
               prior to January 1, 2002.

          / /  (iii) Not Applicable--Forfeitures are used as an offset. For
               matching Contributions and discretionary Contributions for Plan
               Years beginning on and after Janaury 1, 2002.

Item VIII - Vesting.

     A.   A Participant shall vest in Company contributions as follows [choose
          one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) Immediately 100% vested. With respect to Participants with
               Plan accounts transferred from the Roberts Pharmaceutical
               Corporation Savings and Protection Plan.

          / /  (ii) Completed Years                   Nonforfeitable
                      of Service                        Percentage
                    ---------------                   --------------

                    Less than 3 years                      0%
                    3 years or more                      100%

          / /  (iii) Completed Years                  Nonforfeitable
                       of Service                       Percentage
                    ---------------                   --------------

                     Less than 5 years                     0%
                     5 years or more                     100%

          / /  (iv) Completed Years                   Nonforfeitable
                      of Service                        Percentage
                    ---------------                   --------------

                    Less than 3 years                      0%
                    3 years                               20%
                    4 years                               40%
                    5 years                               60%
                    6 years                               80%
                    7 years or more                      100%

          /X/  (v)  Completed Years                   Nonforfeitable
                      of Service                        Percentage
                    ---------------                   --------------

                    Less than 2 years                      0%
                    2 years                               25%
                    3 years                               50%
                    4 years                               75%
                    5 years or more                      100%

                                       30
<PAGE>

          / /  (vi) Other [vesting schedule may not be less favorable than
               provided under Code Section 411(a)(2)]:__________________________
               _________________________________________________________________

     B.   A Participant who dies while in the employ of Company shall vest in
          Company contributions as follows [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) All amounts credited to such Participant's Account(s) shall
               become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

          / /  (ii) All amounts credited to such Participant's Account(s)
               shall vest in accordance with the schedule elected in Item VIII-A
               herein and Article 9 of the Prototype.

     C.   In the event of the Disability Retirement of a Participant, the
          Participant shall vest in Company contributions as follows [choose one
          of the following]:

          /X/  (i) All amounts credited to such Participant's Account(s) shall
               become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

          / /  (ii) All amounts credited to such Participant's Account(s)
               shall vest in accordance with the schedule elected in Item VIII-A
               herein and Article 9 of the Prototype.

     D.   The following Years of Service shall be excluded for vesting purposes
          [choose one or more of items (i) through (v) or only item (vi)]:

          /X/  (i) Years of Service of a Participant after such participant
               has had 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, for purposes of
               determining the nonforfeitable percentage of his Accrued Benefit
               derived from contributions made by Company which accrued before
               such 5 year period; provided, however, that for Plan Years
               beginning prior to January 1, 1985, Years of Service after a
               single One-Year Break in Service are disregarded for such
               purpose.

          /X/  (ii) Years of Service of a Participant, who does not have any
               nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit derived from
               contributions made by Company, before any period of consecutive
               One-Year Breaks in Service of such Participant, if the number of
               consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service within such period equals
               or exceeds the greater of (i) 5, or (ii) the aggregate number of
               such Years of Service prior to such period of breaks; such
               aggregate number of Years of Service before such break shall be
               deemed not to include any Years of Service not required to be
               taken into account under this paragraph by reason of any prior
               periods of

                                       31
<PAGE>

               breaks in service to which this paragraph applies; provided,
               however, that for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 1985,
               Years of Service before a single One-Year Break in Service by a
               nonvested Participant are disregarded.

          /X/  (iii) Years of Service before a One-Year Break in Service,
               unless such Employee shall have completed a Year of Service after
               such break.

          / /  (iv) Years of Service with Company before Company maintained
               the Plan or a predecessor plan.

          / /  (v) Years of Service before age 18.

          / /  (vi) No exclusion.

     E.   Years of Service for vesting purposes shall mean the 12-consecutive
          month period during which an Employee under consideration has not less
          than 1000 Hours of Service [may not be more than 1000]. Measured from
          date of hire and anniversaries.

Item IX.  Top-Heavy Provisions.

     A.   In the event the Plan is Top-Heavy, a Participant shall vest in
          Company contributions in accordance with the following schedule:

          / /  (i) Completed Years                    Nonforfeitable
                     of Service                         Percentage
                    ---------------                   --------------

                    Less than 3 years                     0%
                    3 years or more                     100%

          / /  (ii) Completed Years                   Nonforfeitable
                      of Service                        Percentage
                    ---------------                   --------------

                    Less than 2 years                     0%
                    2 years                              20%
                    3 years                              40%
                    4 years                              60%
                    5 years                              80%
                    6 years or more                     100%

          /X/  (iii) Other [vesting schedule may not be less favorable than
               provided under Code Section 416(b)(1)]:  Same as VIII-A(v)

                                       32
<PAGE>

     B.   In the event this Plan is Top-Heavy and the Company maintains another
          qualified plan, the minimum allocation of benefit requirement shall be
          satisfied as follows:

          /X/  (i) In this Plan.

          / /  (ii) In the Company's other qualified plan.

     C.   For purposes of establishing present value to compute the Top Heavy
          Ratio, the following interest rate and mortality table shall be used:

          /X/  (i) Interest rate: 5 1/2%; Mortality Table: 1971 Group Annuity
               Mortality Table

          / /  (ii) Interest Rate:_________________________

               Mortality Rate: ____________________________

     [In the event the provisions of Article 18 of the Prototype and the
     Elections in this Item IX of the Adoption Agreement are not sufficient to
     satisfy the Top Heavy requirements of Code Section 416, the Company must
     provide the appropriate provisions in an addendum to the Adoption
     Agreement].

 Item X.  Distributions.

     A.   Timing (Termination of Employment) - Distributions to a Participant
          who terminates employment with Company prior to death, Disability or
          attainment of Normal Retirement Age shall commence as follows [choose
          one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) As soon as administratively practicable after the
               Participant's termination of employment.

          / /  (ii) As soon as administratively practicable after such
               Participant has incurred a One-Year Break in Service.

          / /  (iii) As soon as administratively practicable after such
               Participant has incurred five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in
               Service.

          / /  (iv) As soon as administratively practicable after such
               Participant attains Normal Retirement Age.

          / /  (v) As soon as administratively practicable after termination
               of employment provided that such Participant's vested Accrued
               Benefit does not exceed $________; provided, however, that if
               such Participant's vested Accrued Benefit exceeds $________,

                                       33
<PAGE>

               such distribution shall occur as soon as administratively
               practicable after such Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

          / /  (vi) At such time, prior to the date when such distribution
               must commence pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) and the
               regulations thereunder, as the Participant might elect.

     B.   Timing (Death) - Upon a Participant's death while in the employ of the
          Company, the Participant's distribution shall commence as follows
          [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) As soon as administratively practicable after the
               Participant's death.

          / /  (ii) In the same manner as distributions to a terminated
               employee.

     C.   Timing (Disability) - Upon a Participant's Disability Retirement,
          distributions shall commence as follows [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) As soon as administratively practicable after the
               Participant's Disability Retirement.

          / /  (ii) In the same manner as distributions to a terminated
               employee.

     D.   Timing (Qualified Domestic Relations Orders) - Notwithstanding any
          other restrictions on the timing of distributions, distributions
          pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order:

          /X/  (i) May commence prior to the time the Participant has
               separated from service, attained his earliest retirement date
               under the Plan or is otherwise entitled to a distribution
               pursuant to the terms of the Plan if so required by the Qualified
               Domestic Relations Order.

          / /  (ii) May not commence prior to the time the Participant would
               otherwise be entitled to a distribution pursuant to the terms of
               the Plan.

     E.   Form - Distributions shall be made as follows [choose one or more of
          the following -- if more than one box is checked, the Participant may
          elect from among the available options]:

          /X/  (i) In a single lump sum payment.

                                       34
<PAGE>

          /X/  (ii) In substantially equal (monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or
               annual) installments over a period measured by reference to the
               life expectancy of the Participant.

          /X/  (iii) In substantially equal (monthly, quarterly, semi-annual
               or annual) installments over a period measured by reference to
               the joint and last survivor life expectancy of the Participant
               and the Participant's Spouse.

          / /  (iv) In the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity,
               with an annuity for the life of the Participant and a survivor
               annuity for the life of the Participant's Spouse which is _____
               percent (_____%) [select one or more percentages greater than
               50%] of the amount of the annuity payable during the life of the
               Participant.

          /X/  (v) In the form of a single life annuity. With respect to
               Participants Accounts transferred to the Plan for the Roberts
               Pharmaceutical Savings and Protection Plan.

          /X/  (vi) Other: Joint and Survivor Annuity with respect to
               Participants with Accounts transferred from the Roberts
               Pharmaceutical Savings and Protection Plan.

     F.   Medium of Payment - Distributions shall be made [choose one of the
          following]:

          /X/  (i) In cash, except that policies of life insurance, if any,
               may be distributed in-kind, if a Participant so elects.

          / /  (ii) In kind.

          / /  (iii) In cash or in-kind, at the option of the Participant.

     G.   Value - Distribution shall be computed based on the value of a
          Participant's or Inactive Participant's Account as follows [choose one
          of the following]:

          / /  (i) On the next succeeding Valuation Date. Any benefit required
               to commence prior to the completion of such next succeeding
               valuation shall ultimately be computed by reference to such next
               succeeding Valuation Date.

          /X/  (ii) On the last preceding Valuation Date, plus any additional
               contributions made for the benefit of such Participant less any
               distributions made to such Participant or such Participant's
               Beneficiary since such last Valuation Date.

                                       35
<PAGE>

     H.   In Service Withdrawals of Company contributions [choose one of the
          following]:

          / /  (i) A Participant who experiences a financial necessity shall
               be permitted to withdraw from the Trust an amount not in excess
               of his vested interest in his Account(s) attributable to Company
               contributions.

          / /  (ii) A Participant who experiences a financial necessity shall
               be permitted to withdraw from the Trust an amount not in excess
               of his vested interest in his Account(s) attributable to Company
               contributions; provided, however, that the Participant shall not
               be entitled to withdraw any funds if such Participant's Accrued
               Benefit is not ______% vested.

          / /  (iii) A Participant who experiences a financial necessity shall
               be permitted to withdraw from the Trust an amount not in excess
               of his vested interest in his Account(s) attributable to Company
               contributions provided the following restrictions are satisfied:
               _________________________________________________________________
               _________________________________________________________________

          /X/  (iv) A Participant who attains age 59 1/2 shall be permitted to
               withdraw from the Trust an amount not in excess of his vested
               interest in his Account(s) attributable to Company contributions
               provided the following restrictions are satisfied: Must be 100%
               vested.

          / /  (v) Financial necessity shall mean:

               / /  (a) Financial hardship resulting either from accident to
                    or sickness of such Participant or his dependents, or from
                    the expenses of establishing or preserving such
                    Participant's principal residence.

               / /  (b) Other:__________________________________________________
                        ________________________________________________________
                        ________________________________________________________

          / / (vi) The Plan does not permit in-service withdrawals of Company
               contributions.

                                       36
<PAGE>

     I.   Withdrawal of Elective Contributions [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) A Participant shall be permitted to withdraw all or a
               portion of his Elective Contribution Account in the case of
               financial hardship where the Participant has an immediate and
               heavy financial need.

          / /  (ii) A Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw his
               Elective Contributions while he remains in the employ of the
               Company.

Item X-A.   Minimum Required Distributions.

     A.   With respect to a Participant who is not a 5-percent (5%) owner,
          distributions shall commence as of one of the following:

          / /  (i) April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in
               which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

          / /  (ii) April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
               in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, except that benefit
               distributions to such Participant with respect to benefits
               accrued after the later of the adoption or effective date of the
               amendment to the Plan must commence by the later of April 1 of
               the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
               Participant attains age 70 1/2 or retires.

          /X/  (iii) The later of April 1 of the calendar year following the
               calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2or
               retires, except that benefit distributions to a 5-percent owner
               must commence by April 1 of the calendar year following the
               calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2. [Also
               select (a), (b) and/or (c), whichever is applicable. (c) must be
               selected to the extent that there would otherwise be an
               elimination of a preretirement age 70 1/2 distribution option for
               employees older than those listed in (i) and (ii) above]:

               / /  (a) Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2in years after
                    1995 may elect by April 1 of the calendar year following the
                    year in which the Participant attained age 70 1/2(or by
                    December 31, 1997 in the case of a Participant attaining age
                    70 1/2in 1996) to defer distributions until the calendar
                    year following the calendar year in which the Participant
                    retires. If no such election is made, the Participant will
                    begin receiving distributions by the April 1 of the calendar
                    year following the year in which the Participant attained
                    age 70 1/2 (or by

                                       37
<PAGE>

                    December 31, 1997 in the case of a participant attaining age
                    70 1/2 in 1996).

               /X/  (b) Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years prior to
                    1997 may elect to stop distributions and recommence by the
                    April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
                    Participant retires. There is:

                    /X/   (1)  A new annuity starting date upon recommencement,
                               or

                    / /   (2)  No new annuity starting date upon recommencement.

               / /  (c) The preretirement age 70 1/2distribution option is
                    only eliminated with respect to employees who reach age 70
                    1/2in or after a calendar year that begins after the later
                    of December 31, 1998, or the adoption date of the amendment.
                    The preretirement age 70 1/2distribution option is an
                    optional form of benefit under which benefits payable in a
                    particular distribution form (including any modifications
                    that may be elected after benefit commencement) commence at
                    a time during the period that begins on or after January 1
                    of the calendar year in which an employee attains age 70
                    1/2and ends April 1 of the immediately following calendar
                    year.

     B.   In the event a Participant who has not terminated employment is
          required to begin receiving distributions pursuant to Code Section
          401(a)(9), life expectancy shall be determined as follows [choose one
          of the following]:

          / /  (i) Calculated at the time payment first commences, without
               further recalculation, with respect to the Participant and his
               spouse.

          / /  (ii) Recalculated annually with respect to both the Participant
               and his spouse.

          /X/  (iii) Recalculated annually with respect to either or both of
               the Participant and/or his spouse, as elected by the Participant.

          / /  (iv) In either the manner described in (i), (ii) or (iii)
               above, at the election of the Participant.

                                       38
<PAGE>

     C.   With respect to distributions under the Plan made in calendar years
          beginning on or after the date specified below, the Plan will apply
          the minimum distribution requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the
          Internal Revenue Code in accordance with the regulations under Section
          401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, notwithstanding any
          provision of the Plan to the contrary. This election shall continue in
          effect until the end of the last calendar year beginning before the
          effective date of final regulations under Section 409(a)(9) or such
          other date specified in guidance published by the Internal Revenue
          Service.

          /X/  (i) January 1, 2001.

          / /  (ii) _________________ [must be a date later than January 1,
               2001].

XI.  Investments.

     A.   Insurance [Choose one of the following]:

          / /  (i) The Trustee shall be permitted to purchase life insurance
               under the Plan.

          / /  (ii) The Trustee shall be permitted to purchase life insurance
               under the Plan at the direction of the Participant.

          /X/  (iii) The Trustee shall not be permitted to purchase life
               insurance under the Plan.

     B.   Employer Securities and/or Employer Real Property [choose one of the
          following]:

          /X/  (i) A Fiduciary shall have the power to acquire for the Trust
               qualifying employer securities and qualifying employer real
               property, the aggregate fair market value of which, determined
               immediately after such acquisition, shall not exceed 100% of
               the Trust Estate.

          / /  (ii) A Fiduciary shall have the power to acquire for the Trust
               qualifying employer real property, the aggregate fair market
               value of which, determined immediately after such acquisition,
               shall not exceed _____% of the Trust Estate.

          / /  (iii) A Fiduciary shall not have any power to acquire for the
               Trust any qualifying employer security or qualifying employer
               real property.

                                       39
<PAGE>

     C.   Investment Direction [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) Each Participant, Inactive Participant and Beneficiary
               entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan shall be required to
               designate the portion of such of his Account(s) of the type
               designated by the Plan Administrator to be invested among the
               choices made available by the Plan Administrator, in cooperation
               with the Trustee and/or the investment manager(s).

          / /  (ii) Each Participant, Inactive Participant and Beneficiary
               entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan may designate the
               portion of such of his Account(s) of the type designated by the
               Plan Administrator to be invested among the choices made
               available by the Plan Administrator, in cooperation with the
               Trustee and/or the investment manager(s).

          / /  (iii) Each Participant, Inactive Participant and Beneficiary
               entitled to receive a benefit under the Plan shall be required to
               designate the portion of such of his Account(s) of the type
               designated by the Plan Administrator to be invested in one of the
               following investments:
               _________________________________________________________________
               _________________________________________________________________
               _________________________________________________________________

          / /  (iv) Participants shall not be permitted to direct the
               investment of their Accounts, except as may be permitted under
               Item A(ii) (relating to the purchase of insurance) and/or Item
               (D)(ii) (relating to Participant loans) hereof.

     D.   Participant Loans [choose (i), (ii) or (vii) below. If (i) or (ii) is
          selected, appropriate elections in (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) must be
          made. Caution: complete the following in a manner consistent with Item
          C].

          / /  (i) Participants shall be permitted to obtain a loan from the
               Plan and such loan shall be treated as a general Plan investment
               for the benefit of all Participants, Inactive Participants and/or
               Beneficiaries having any Accrued Benefit, and any interest earned
               on such loan shall be regarded as additional earnings of the
               Trust allocable in accordance with the Plan's general valuation
               rules.

          /X/  (ii) Participants shall be permitted to obtain a loan from the
               Plan and such loan shall be regarded as a directed investment
               with respect to a portion of such Participant's Accrued Benefit
               equivalent to the principal balance of such loan, as from time to
               time outstanding,

                                       40
<PAGE>

               and shall not share in the general valuation of Trust assets,
               but, rather, such Participant's Account shall be credited with
               all interest payments collected with respect to such loan.

          / /  (iii) Loans shall be permitted for the following purpose(s)
               [choose one or more of the following]:

               / /  (a) Expenses of college education for the Participant, his
                    spouse or children;

               / /  (b) Expenses of medical emergency, relating to the
                    Participant and/or a member of the Participant's family;

               / /  (c) Acquisition, construction, reconstruction or
                    substantial rehabilitation of any dwelling unit which within
                    a reasonable time is to be used as a principal residence of
                    the Participant or a member of the Participant's family;

               / /  (d) Existence of severe financial hardship after taking
                    into consideration other resources reasonably available to
                    the Participant or to immediate members of the Participant's
                    family; or

               /X/  (e) Other:  Any purpose.

          /X/  (iv) Loans shall be made in the following amounts:

               /X/  (a) Loans shall be in a minimum amount of
                    $1,000 and in increments of
                    $________________, subject to statutory limitations.

               / /  (b) Loans may be made in any amount, subject to the
                    statutorily imposed limitations.

          / /  (v) In the event of death, Disability Retirement, retirement or
               other termination of employment, or by reason of any other event
               permitting the receipt by the Participant of benefits under the
               Plan (other than a hardship withdrawal of Elective
               Contributions):

               / /  (a) The Participant's loan shall become immediately due
                    and payable.

                                       41
<PAGE>

               / /  (b) The Participant's loan will not become immediately due
                    and payable and the Participant may continue to pay the loan
                    in accordance with its terms.

          /X/  (vi) Defaults must be cured within the following time period:

               / /  (a) ______ days after the default [may not be greater than
                    time period allowed by law].

               /X/  (b) during such time period as may be specifically
                    permitted by Internal Revenue Service rules and regulations.

          / /  (vii) Participants shall not be permitted to obtain a loan from
               the Plan.

XII. Code Section 415 Overriding Aggregation Rules. [If the Employer maintains
or ever maintained another qualified plan in which any Participant in this Plan
is (or was) a participant or could become a participant, the Employer must
complete this section. The Employer must complete this section if it maintains a
welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(e), or an individual
medical benefit account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2), under which
amounts are treated as Annual Additions with respect to any Participant in this
Plan].

     A.   If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
          contribution plan maintained by the Employer, other than a master or
          prototype plan [choose one of the following]:

          /X/  (i) The provisions of Section 6.8.4 of the Prototype will apply
               as if the other plan were a master or prototype plan.

          / /  (ii) Other [provide the method under which the plans will limit
               total Annual Additions to the Maximum Permissible Amount, and
               will properly reduce any Excess Amounts, in a manner that
               precludes employer discretion].

          / /  (iii) Not applicable - The Employer does not and has not ever
               maintained another qualified plan, simplified employee pension,
               as defined in Code Section 408(k), welfare benefit fund, as
               defined in Code Section 419(e), or an individual medical benefit
               account, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2).
               _________________________________________________________________
               _________________________________________________________________

     B.   If the Participant is or has ever been a participant in a defined
          benefit plan maintained by the Employer [choose one of the following]:

                                       42
<PAGE>

          / /  (i) The provisions of Section 6.8.6 of the Prototype requiring
               the reduction of the Participant's Annual Additions under the
               Plan shall apply. [This election shall not apply if its
               application would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy Code Section
               401(a). In such a case, the Company shall be deemed to have
               elected subsection (iii) of this Item XII-B.]

          / /  (ii) The Employer will reduce the Participant's projected
               annual benefit under the defined benefit plan in which the
               Participant participates. [This election shall not apply if its
               application would cause the Plan to fail to satisfy Code Section
               401(a). In such a case, the Company shall be deemed to have
               elected subsection (iii) of this Item XII-B.]

          / /  (iii) The 415 limitation on participation in both a defined
               contribution plan and a defined benefit plan maintained by the
               Company and described in Section 6.8.6 of the Prototype shall not
               apply for Limitation Years beginning after_______________________

          /X/  (iv) Not applicable - The Employer does not and has not ever
               maintained a defined benefit plan.

Item XIII. Application of Anti-Alienation Rules With Respect to Certain
Judgments and Settlements.

          The exemption from the Anti-Alienation Rules of Section 17.2 of the
          Prototype for the offset of certain judgments and settlements as
          described in said Section:

          /X/  (i) Shall apply.

          / /  (ii) Shall not apply.

     Company and the Trustee, to evidence its acceptance of this Plan and Trust,
hereby sign this Adoption Agreement, this 14 day of June, 2002.

Name of Company:  Shire US Inc.
                  --------------------------------------------------------------

Signed:  By: William A. Nuerge
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         President and Chief Executive Officer
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Trustee(s):  FIRSTAR BANK N.A. (n/k/a/ US BANK)
                     -----------------------------------------------------------

                     -----------------------------------------------------------

Signed:  Ralph G. Paoluca
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------
         Senior Trust Officer
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       43
<PAGE>

RELIANCE ON NOTIFICATION LETTER: The adopting Company may rely on an opinion
letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as evidence that the plan is
qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code only to the extent
provided in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B.

The Company may not rely on the opinion letter in certain other circumstances or
with respect to certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the
opinion letter issued with respect to the plan and in Announcement 2001-77.

In order to have reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such
qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be made
to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

USE OF ADOPTION AGREEMENT: Failure to properly complete the elections in this
Adoption Agreement may result in the disqualification of the Company's Plan. If
the Company's Plan does not attain or retain its qualification, the Company can
no longer participate under the Prototype and its Plan will be considered an
individually designed plan.

Ulmer & Berne LLP will inform the adopting Company of any amendments made to the
Prototype or of the discontinuance or abandonment of the Prototype.

This Adoption Agreement is to be used only with the Ulmer & Berne LLP Defined
Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust Agreement Basic Plan Document #01.

SPONSOR: Ulmer & Berne LLP is the Sponsor of this Prototype Plan. Inquiries by a
Company regarding adoption of the Prototype Plan, the meaning of any Prototype
Plan provisions or the effect of an Opinion Letter should be directed to Ulmer &
Berne LLP, 1300 East Ninth Street, Suite 900, Cleveland, Ohio 44114, (216)
621-8400.

                                       44

<PAGE>

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                           ULMER & BERNE LLP PROTOTYPE
                   NONSTANDARDIZED PROFIT-SHARING/401(k) PLAN
                           ADOPTION AGREEMENT #01-001

     The undersigned, Shire US Inc. (the "Company"), hereby adopts this First
Amendment as of the date set forth below:

                                       I.

Application of Item IV-A(D), Vesting of Company Matching Contributions:

Section 9.1, Vesting Schedule for Company Matching Contributions, as set forth
below, shall apply as follows with respect to Participants who complete an Hour
of Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001
[choose one]:

     / /  only with respect to Accrued Benefits derived from Company Matching
          Contributions made with respect to Plan Years beginning after December
          31, 2001.

     /X/  with respect to all Accrued Benefits derived from Company Matching
          Contributions.

Vesting Schedule for Company Matching Contributions [choose one]:

     / /  Option 1. A Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Company
          Matching Contributions shall be fully and immediately vested.

     / /  Option 2. A Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Company
          Matching Contributions shall be nonforfeitable upon the Participant's
          completion of three Years of Service for vesting.

     /X/  Option 3. A Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Company
          Matching Contributions shall vest according to the following schedule:

           Years of Service for Vesting          Nonforfeitable Percentage
           ----------------------------          -------------------------
                            2                                25
                            3                                50
                            4                                75
                            5                               100

<PAGE>

                                       II.

Item IV-A(L), Catch-up Contributions (choose one):

     /X/  shall apply to contributions after January 1, 2003 [enter
          December 31, 2001 or a later date].

     / / shall not apply.

                                      III.

Item IV-A(M), Matching Contributions on Catch-up Contributions [choose one]:

     / /  shall apply.

     / /  shall apply as follows [indicate any limitations]:
          ________________________________________________________
          ________________________________________________________

     /X/ shall not apply.

                                       IV.

Application of Item V-A. - Direct Rollovers:

The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an eligible rollover distribution from
[check each that applies or none]:

     /X/  a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a),
          excluding after-tax employee contributions.

     / /  a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a),
          including after-tax employee contributions.

     /X/  an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), excluding
          after-tax employee contributions.

     / /  an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a
          state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
          instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.

                                       2
<PAGE>

Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans:

The Plan will accept a Participant contribution of an eligible rollover
distribution from [check each that applies or none]:

     /X/  a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) or 403(a).

     /X/  an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b).

     / /  an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a
          state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
          instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state.

Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs:

The Plan [choose one]:

     / /  will

     /X/  will not

accept a Participant rollover contribution of the portion of a distribution from
an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a) or
408(b) that is eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in
gross income.

Effective Date of Direct Rollover and Participant Rollover Contribution
Provisions:

Item V-A, Rollovers From Other Plans, shall be effective:

Janaury 1, 2002 [enter a date no earlier than January 1, 2002].

                                       V.

Application of Item IX-B. - Minimum Benefits for Employees Also Covered Under
Another Plan: [The Company should describe below the extent, if any, to which
the top-heavy minimum benefit requirement of Code Section 416(c) and Article 18
of the Plan shall be met in another plan. This should include the name of the
other plan, the minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan, and
the Employees who will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan.]

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                       VI.

Application of Item X - Treatment of Rollovers in Application of Involuntary
Cash-out Provisions:

The Company [choose one]:

     /X/  elects

     / /  does not elect

to exclude rollover contributions in determining the value of the Participant's
nonforfeitable account balance for purposes of the Plan's voluntary cash-out
rules.

If the Company has elected to exclude rollover contributions, the election shall
apply with respect to the distributions made after:

December 31, 2001 [enter a date no earlier than December 31, 2001].

with respect to Participants who Separated from Service after:

Any time [enter date, which date may be earlier than December 31,
2001].

                                      VII.

Application of Item X-I. - Suspension Period for Hardship Distributions [choose
one]:

     /X/  A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective Contributions
          in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from
          making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and
          all other plans of the Company for 6 months after receipt of the
          distribution or until January 1, 2002, if later.

     / /  A Participant who receives a distribution of Elective Contributions
          in calendar year 2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from
          making elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and
          all other plans of the Company for the period specified in the
          provisions of the Plan relating to suspension of elective deferrals
          that were in effect prior to this Amendment.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                      VIII.

Item X-J. - Distribution Upon Severance from Employment, shall apply for
distributions after December 31, 2001 [enter a date no earlier than
December 31, 2001].

[choose one]:

     /X/  regardless of when the severance from employment occurred.

     / /  for severances from employment occurring after [enter
          ________________date].

     Company and the Trustee, to evidence its acceptance of this Plan and Trust,
hereby sign this First Amendment to Adoption Agreement, this 14 day of June,
2002.

Name of Company: Shire US Inc.
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------

Signed:          By William A. Nuerge
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 President and Chief Executive Officer
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------

Name of Trustee(s):   FIRSTAR BANK, N.A. (n/k/a/ US BANK)
                      ----------------------------------------------------------

                      ----------------------------------------------------------

Signed:               By Ralph G. Paolucci
                      ----------------------------------------------------------
                      Senior Trust Officer
                      ----------------------------------------------------------

                                       5
<PAGE>

                                ULMER & BERNE LLP
             DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT
                             BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01

                                Table of Contents

Article 1  -      DEFINITIONS

        1.1           Account
        1.2           Accrued Benefit
        1.3           Adoption Agreement
        1.4           Anniversary Date
        1.5           Beneficiary
        1.6           Code
        1.7           Company
        1.8           Compensation
        1.9           Disability and Disability
                        Retirement
        1.10          Effective Date
        1.11          Eligibility Date
        1.12          Employee
        1.13          ERISA
        1.14          Fiduciary
        1.15          Fiscal Year
        1.16          Highly Compensated Employee and
                        Non-Highly Compensated Employee
        1.17          Hour of Service
        1.18          Inactive Participant
        1.19          Named Fiduciary
        1.20          Net Profits
        1.21          Normal Retirement Age and
                        Normal Retirement Date
        1.22          One-Year Break in Service
        1.23          Participant
        1.24          Plan
        1.25          Plan Administrator
        1.26          Plan Year
        1.27          Qualified Domestic Relations Order
        1.28          Representative
        1.29          Separation from Service
        1.30          Trust
        1.31          Trust Estate
        1.32          Trustee

                                       i
<PAGE>

        1.33          Valuation Date
        1.34          Year of Service
        1.35          Earned Income
        1.36          Owner-Employee
        1.37          Self-Employed Individual

Article 2   -     SPONSORSHIP AND PURPOSE OF PLAN

        2.1           Sponsorship and Establishment of Plan and Trust
        2.2           Rationale for Plan
        2.3           Prohibition Against Diversion of Funds

Article 3   -     ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

        3.1           Eligibility for and Timing of Participation
        3.2           Effect of Separation from Service
        3.3           Break in Service Rules
        3.4           Reemployment-Reparticipation Rule
        3.5           Employee Consent to Terms and Conditions of Plan and Trust
        3.6           Exclusion of Union Employees
        3.7           Special Rule With Respect to
                        Changes in Employment Status

Article 4   -     CONTRIBUTIONS

        4.1           Determination as to Contributions
        4.2           401(k) Elective Contribution Provisions
        4.3           Matching Contribution Provision
        4.4           Safe Harbors
        4.5           401(k) SIMPLE Provisions
        4.6           Payment of Contributions
        4.7           Rollover Contributions
        4.8           Nondeductible Voluntary Employee Contributions
        4.9           Deductible Voluntary Employee Contributions
        4.10          Contribution Limit on Owner-Employees

Article 5   -     PLAN ADMINISTRATION

        5.1           Designation of Plan Administrator
        5.2           Powers and Duties of Plan Administrator
        5.3           Limitation on Discretionary Actions
        5.4           Claims Procedure
        5.5           Matters Relating to Plan Administration
        5.6           Resignation or Removal of Plan Administrator

                                       ii
<PAGE>

Article 6   -     PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATION OF
                  CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES, AND VALUATION

        6.1           Establishment and Maintenance of Accounts
        6.2           Allocation of Contributions
        6.3           Circumstances Under Which Contribution Allocation
                        Made to Inactive Participant
        6.4           Overriding Rule as to Benefit Accruals for Certain
                        Participants and Inactive Participants for Code
                        Section 410(b) Compliance
        6.5           Corrective Adjustments
        6.6           Determination of Accrued Benefits Between Valuation Dates
        6.7           Treatment and Allocation of Forfeitures
        6.8           Limitation on Annual Additions
        6.9           Valuation of Trust and Adjustment of Accounts
        6.10          Statement to Participants and Inactive Participants
        6.11          Timing of Reports and Statements
        6.12          Timing of Acquisition by Participants of Rights in and to
                        Contributions, Forfeitures and Trust Income

Article 7  -      DISTRIBUTIONS ON RETIREMENT AND DISABILITY

        7.1           Retirement
        7.2           Disability Benefits

Article 8   -     DISTRIBUTION ON DEATH

        8.1           Death Benefit
        8.2           Distribution on Death
        8.3           Beneficiary Designation
        8.4           Lack of Beneficiary
        8.5           Death of Beneficiary

Article 9   -     DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

        9.1           Determination of Vested Interest
        9.2           Years of Service for Vesting Purposes
        9.3           Cashing-Out Rule
        9.4           Recoupment (Buy-Back) Rule
        9.5           Overriding Rule As To Determination
                        of Vested Interest

Article 10  -     METHOD AND MEDIUM OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

        10.1          Method of Payment of Benefits - Generally
        10.2          Distributions on Death

                                      iii
<PAGE>

        10.3          Rules Regarding Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and
                        Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
        10.4          Overriding Rule as to Commencement of Benefit Payments
        10.5          Overriding Rule as to Distribution at Early Retirement Age
        10.6          Value of Accrued Benefit for Distribution Purposes
        10.7          Undistributed Accounts Subject to
                        Trust Gains and Losses
        10.8           Medium of Payment of Benefits
        10.9          Portability of Benefits
        10.10         Effect of Completion of Benefit Distribution
        10.11         Restrictions on Withdrawal of Elective Contributions
        10.12         Permitted Withdrawals
        10.13         Suspension of Benefit Payments
        10.14         Direct Rollover Rules
        10.15         Restrictions on In-Service Distributions

Article 11  -     ADMINISTRATIVE AND INVESTMENT POWERS AND
                  DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE OR OTHER FIDUCIARIES

        11.1          Function of Trustee
        11.2          Fiduciary Duties and Responsibilities - Generally
        11.3          Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee - Specifically
        11.4          Investment Powers of Trustee - Generally
        11.5          Limitation on Powers with Respect to Prohibited
                        Transactions
        11.6          Limitation on Powers with Respect to
                        Purchase of Insurance Contracts
        11.7          Duty of Person Dealing with Trust
        11.8          Overriding Rule Respecting Investments in Employer
                        Securities and/or Employer Real Property
        11.9          Loans to Participants
        11.10         Power of Trustee to Seek Advice
        11.11         Power of Trustee to Promulgate Rules and Regulations
        11.12         Investment Direction By Participants
        11.13         Action by Multiple Trustees

Article 12  -     IMMUNITIES AND BONDING OF THE TRUSTEE
                  AND OTHER FIDUCIARIES

        12.1          Provisions Governing Duties and Responsibilities of
                        Trustee
        12.2          Fiduciary Liability
        12.3          Service in More than One Fiduciary Capacity Permitted
        12.4          Trustee Under No Obligation to Locate Benefit Recipients
        12.5          Circumstances Under which Trustee is Obligated to
                        Institute Legal Proceedings
        12.6          Requirement of Fiduciary Bond

                                       iv
<PAGE>

        12.7          Source of Funds from which Trustee Obligated to Make
                        Payments
        12.8          Extent of Trustee's Obligation to Verify Information
        12.9          Indemnification of Trustee and Plan Administrator
        12.10         Communication Binding Upon Trustee Only Upon Receipt
        12.11         Fiduciary Relieved of Liability to Extent Person Exercises
                        Control Over Own Account

Article 13  -     COMPENSATION OF A FIDUCIARY; EXPENSES
                  AND TAXES

        13.1          Fiduciary Compensation and Expenses
        13.2          Circumstances Giving Trustee Lien on Trust Estate

Article 14  -     RESIGNATION AND SUBSTITUTION OF, AND OTHER PROVISIONS
                  RELATING TO, THE TRUSTEE OR OTHER FIDUCIARIES

        14.1          Resignation, Removal and Substitution
        14.2          Replacement of Trustee
        14.3          Replacement of Investment Manager
        14.4          Trustee to Make Report
        14.5          Notice Requirement for Resignation or Removal May Be
                        Waived
        14.6          Fiduciary Not Precluded from Being
                        Participant or Beneficiary
        14.7          Change of Funding Medium Permitted

Article 15  -     AMENDMENTS

        15.1          Amendment by Company
        15.2          Amendment by Sponsor

Article 16  -     PLAN MERGER RULES, TERMINATION OF PLAN
                  AND/OR COMPLETE DISCONTINUANCE OF
                  CONTRIBUTIONS UNDER THE PLAN

        16.1          Plan Termination and Discontinuance of Contributions by
                        Company
        16.2          Right of Successor to Continue Plan
        16.3          Overriding Rule for Plan Merger or Consolidation
        16.4          Full Vesting Upon Termination
        16.5          Full Vesting Upon Partial Termination
        16.6          Full Vesting Upon Discontinuance of Contributions

Article 17  -     PROVISIONS RELATING TO INALIENABILITY
                  OF BENEFITS AND RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS

        17.1          Limitation of Participants' Rights
        17.2          Prohibition Against Alienation or Assignment of Benefits;
                        Exception for Qualified Domestic Relations Order

                                       v
<PAGE>

                        and Certain Judgments and Settlements
        17.3          Payment of Benefits to be Deemed in Full Satisfaction of
                        Claims for Same

Article 18  -     TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

        18.1          Application of Top-Heavy Rules
        18.2          Top-Heavy Definitions
        18.3          Minimum Allocation
        18.4          Nonforfeitability of Minimum Allocation
        18.5          Minimum Vesting Schedule
        18.6          Limitation on Multiple Plan Fraction

Article 19  -     LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

        19.1          Administration - Generally
        19.2          Permitted Purpose
        19.3          Loan Application Procedure
        19.4          Loan Amount
        19.5          Repayment of Loan and Term
        19.6          Rate of Interest and Nature of Investment
        19.7          Security
        19.8          Default
        19.9          Costs of Loan and Collection

Article 20  -     MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

        20.1          Governing Law
        20.2          Discretionary Actions
        20.3          Section Titles
        20.4          No Enlargement of Employment Rights
        20.5          No Guarantees Against Loss or Depreciation
        20.6          Limitation on Right of Recourse
        20.7          Restriction on Association With Plan and Trust
        20.8          Incompetency of Benefit Recipient
        20.9          Number, Gender
        20.10         Necessary Parties in Legal Proceeding
        20.11         Agent for Service of Process
        20.12         Executed Counterparts of Agreement
        20.13         Agreement Binding
        20.14         Use of Technology

                                       vi

<PAGE>

                                ULMER & BERNE LLP
             DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT
                             BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01

     THIS PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT is sponsored by Ulmer & Berne LLP in its
capacity as Prototype Plan Sponsor, and is adopted by the Company indicated in
the Adoption Agreement and is accepted by the Trustee.

                                    ARTICLE 1
                                   DEFINITIONS

     Wherever used herein, the following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

1.1 "Account" or "Accounts" means a Participant's participating interest in the
Trust Estate.

1.2 "Accrued Benefit" means the balance in a Participant's (or Inactive
Participant's) Account(s).

1.3 "Adoption Agreement" means the separate document executed by each Company
adopting the Ulmer & Berne LLP Defined Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust
Agreement Basic Plan Document #01 (the "Prototype Plan"), pursuant to which the
Company selects among certain options. The Adoption Agreement, as completed and
executed by the Company, along with the Prototype Plan, shall constitute the
Company's Plan.

                                      1-1
<PAGE>

1.4 "Anniversary Date" means the date elected in Item II(A) of the Company's
Adoption Agreement.

1.5 "Beneficiary" means the person or persons who, in accordance with the
provisions of Article 8 hereof, is entitled to receive any amounts as benefits
in the event of a Participant's death.

1.6 "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and references
to its sections shall be to the substance of such sections as they may be
renumbered from time to time.

1.7 "Company" means each employer who adopts this Plan by execution of the
Adoption Agreement and may include its predecessors, successors and assigns, if
the Company so elects in Item II(B) of the Adoption Agreement, and any
affiliated company which, with the Company's consent, elects to participate in
the Plan.

1.8 "Compensation" means, with respect to any particular Plan Year in which an
Employee is a Participant, except as otherwise elected in Item II(C)(i) of the
Adoption Agreement, the total salary or wages paid to such Participant in either
such Plan Year or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year, as
elected by the Company in Item II(C)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement, including
bonuses, commissions, overtime pay, and all amounts contributed by the Company
pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the
Employee's gross income under Code Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(e)(3),
402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b), but excluding contributions and benefits under this Plan
or to or under

                                      1-2
<PAGE>

any other pension, profit-sharing, group insurance, and other employee benefit
plan or trust now or hereafter adopted other than Elective Contributions made
pursuant to Section 4.2-A. hereof, and further excluding any nontaxable fringe
benefits. The definition of Compensation contained herein shall be effective as
of the date indicated in Item II(C)(ii) of the Adoption Agreement. The inclusion
of amounts contributed by the Company pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
and which are not includible in the Employee's gross income under Code Section
132(f)(4) shall be effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1,
1997, unless otherwise indicated by the Company in the Adoption Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the immediately preceding sentence to the
contrary, for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, Compensation in
excess of $160,000 (as the same may be adjusted from time to time by the
Secretary of the Treasury at the same time and in the same manner as under Code
Section 415(d)) shall be disregarded. The dollar increase in effect on January 1
of any calendar year is effective for years beginning in such calendar year. If
the Plan determines Compensation on a period of time that contains fewer than 12
calendar months, then the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the
annual compensation limit for the calendar year in which the compensation period
begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in
the period by 12. With respect to a Self-Employed Individual who is a
Participant, Compensation shall mean Earned Income for such Plan Year.

1.9 "Disability" means the total and permanent incapacity of a Participant by
reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be
expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months.

                                      1-3
<PAGE>

The Company shall elect in Item II(D) of the Adoption Agreement whether total
and permanent incapacity shall mean that such Disability 1) renders the
Participant unable to engage in any substantial gainful employment or 2) causes
the Participant's termination of employment with the Company. If elected in Item
II(D) of the Adoption Agreement, Disability also means the permanent loss or
loss of use of a member or function of the Participant's body without regard to
the period the Participant is absent from work or whether such Participant
continues in the employ of the Company. The permanence and degree of such
impairment shall be supported by medical evidence, and the written opinion of a
physician, which is and who is acceptable to the Plan Administrator, shall be
deemed final as to the existence of a Disability, unless such determination is
appealed by such Participant in accordance with Section 5.4 hereof. "Disability
Retirement" means the Disability of a Participant resulting in his cessation of
employment with Company or inability to engage in any substantial gainful
employment, as applicable in accordance with Item II(D) of the Adoption
Agreement.

1.10 "Effective Date" of the Plan shall be as indicated in Item I(C) of the
Adoption Agreement.

1.11 "Eligibility Date" means the date, on or after the Effective Date, upon
which the Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements hereinafter set forth,
for participation in the Plan.

1.12 "Employee" means any person in the employ of Company, or in the employ of
any other employer required to be aggregated with Company under Code Sections
414(b), 414(c), 414(m) and 414(o), between whom and the Company (or such other
employer so required to be aggregated with Company) the legal relationship of
"employee" and "employer" exists, which

                                      1-4
<PAGE>

term shall include a leased employee to the extent required to be so considered
within the meaning of Code Sections 414(n) and 414(o). Such term shall exclude
any person who is performing services for Company, or any other employer
required to be aggregated with Company hereunder, pursuant to an agreement,
contract or arrangement under which said individual is designated, characterized
or classified as an independent contractor, consultant or any category or
classification other than employee without regard to whether any determination
by an agency, governmental or otherwise, or court concludes that such
classification or characterization was in error, except to the extent
participation by any such individuals is necessary in order for the Plan to
satisfy Code Section 410(b)(1), in which case only so many of such individuals
as are necessary to satisfy said Code Section, determined in ascending order of
Compensation (as adjusted to reflect status as an employee), shall be included.
Such term shall include an Owner-Employee and/or a Self-Employed Individual with
respect to the Company.

     The term "leased employee" means any person (other than an employee of the
recipient) who pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other
person ("leasing organization") has performed services for the recipient (or for
the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section
414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year,
and such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the
recipient employer. Contributions or benefits provided a leased employee by the
leasing organization which are attributable to services performed for the
recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient employer.

                                      1-5
<PAGE>

     A leased employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient if:
(i) such employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan maintained by the
leasing organization providing: (1) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate
of at least 10 percent of compensation, as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3),
but including amounts contributed pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
are excludable from the employee's gross income under Code Sections 125, 132(f),
402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b); (2) immediate participation; and (3) full and
immediate vesting; and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20
percent of the recipient's nonhighly compensated workforce.

1.13 "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended.

1.14 "Fiduciary" means any person who exercises any power or control regarding
the management of the Trust Estate (or any portion thereof) or any discretionary
power or control over the administration of the Plan or a person who, for
compensation, gives, or has authority or responsibility to give, investment
advice as to the Trust Estate (or any portion thereof); however, a Participant,
Inactive Participant, or Beneficiary who exercises control over Trust assets
attributable solely to his Account shall not be deemed to be a Fiduciary.

1.15 "Fiscal Year" means the fiscal year of Company as used for income tax
purposes.

1.16 "Highly Compensated Employee" shall mean any employee who satisfies any of
the following:

     A.   Was at any time a 5-percent owner (within the meaning of Code Section
          416(i)(1)), during the determination year or the preceding year; or

     B.   For the preceding year:

                                      1-6
<PAGE>

          i.   Received compensation from the Company in excess of $80,000 (as
               such dollar amount may, from time to time, be adjusted by the
               Secretary of the Treasury), and

          ii.  If the Company so elects in Item II(E) of the Adoption Agreement,
               was in the top-paid 20% of the employees for such preceding year
               (as determined by Code Sections 414(q)(3) and (5)).

     A former employee shall be treated as a Highly Compensated Employee if such
employee was a Highly Compensated Employee for either his separation year or any
determination year ending on or after such employee's 55th birthday. In
determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than as a 5-percent
owner) the Company may utilize calendar year data if it so elects in Item II(E)
of the Adoption Agreement.

     A "Non-Highly Compensated Employee" means an employee who is not a Highly
Compensated Employee.

1.17 "Hour of Service" means:

     A.   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for
          the performance of duties for the Company. These hours shall be
          credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods in
          which the duties are performed; and

     B.   Each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by
          the Company on account of a period of time during which no duties are
          performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has
          terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including
          disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No
          more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited under this paragraph
          for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in
          a single computation period). Hours under this paragraph shall be
          calculated and credited pursuant to Section 2530.200b-2 of the
          Department of Labor Regulations which are incorporated herein by this
          reference; and

     C.   Each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages,
          is either awarded or agreed to by the Company. The same Hours of
          Service

                                      1-7
<PAGE>

          shall not be credited both under paragraph A. or paragraph B., as the
          case may be, and under this paragraph C. These hours shall be credited
          to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the
          award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in
          which the award, agreement or payment is made.

With respect to an Employee compensated on an hourly basis, such Employee's Hour
of Service shall be actually calculated based on records maintained by the
Company. With respect to an Employee compensated on other than an hourly basis,
such Employee's Hours of Service shall be calculated as indicated in Item II(F)
of the Adoption Agreement.

     Solely for purposes of determining whether a One-Year Break in Service, as
defined in Section 1.22 hereof, for participation and vesting purposes has
occurred in a computation period, an Employee who is absent from work for
maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit on the basis of those Hours
of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for
such absence, or in any case in which such Hours of Service cannot be
determined, on the basis of 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence;
provided, however, that credit shall only be given hereunder for that number of
Hours of Service (up to 501 Hours of Service) necessary to prevent the Employee
from incurring a One-Year Break in Service. For purposes of this paragraph, an
absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence due to the
Employee's pregnancy, the birth of the Employee's child, the placement with the
Employee of an adopted child, or the care of the Employee's child immediately
following the child's birth or placement. The Hours of Service credited under
this paragraph shall be credited in the computation period in which the absence
begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a One-Year Break in Service in
that period; otherwise, such Hours of

                                      1-8
<PAGE>

Service shall be credited to the immediately following computation period. This
paragraph shall apply to periods of absence which begin in the Plan Years
commencing after December 31, 1984.

1.18 "Inactive Participant" means a person who has been a Participant but who is
no longer an eligible Employee of Company and whose Account has not been
completely distributed to him or his Beneficiary.

1.19 "Named Fiduciary" means the Plan Administrator and the Trustee.

1.20 "Net Profits" means Company's net profits for any Fiscal Year as determined
by the Company on the basis of the accounting procedures customarily used by it,
provided that such determination shall be made before deducting federal income
taxes and Company's contributions under this Plan.

1.21 "Normal Retirement Age" shall be as defined by the Company in Item II(H) of
the Adoption Agreement. "Normal Retirement Date" means the date elected by the
Company in Item II(I) of the Adoption Agreement.

1.22 "One-Year Break in Service" means the following period during which an
Employee has not completed more than that number of Hours of Service elected by
Company in Item II(K) of the Adoption Agreement:

     A.   For vesting and benefit accrual purposes, the Plan Year;

     B.   For eligibility purposes, the 12 consecutive month computation period
          for determining eligibility.

1.23 "Participant" means an Employee qualified to participate in the Plan.

1.24 "Plan" means the retirement plan established or continued by the Company as
elected by the Company in Items I(B) and/or (I) of the Adoption Agreement, and
the accident and

                                      1-9
<PAGE>

health plan for participating Employees of Company if elected by the Company in
Item I(I) of the Adoption Agreement, as set forth herein, together with any and
all amendments and supplements thereto. The Adoption Agreement and the Prototype
Plan together shall constitute the Company's Plan.

1.25 "Plan Administrator" means such person(s) as may be designated by the
Company pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, to control and manage the operation and
administration of the Plan.

1.26 "Plan Year" means the period selected by the Company in Item I(E) of the
Adoption Agreement.

1.27 "Qualified Domestic Relations Order" means a domestic relations order which
creates or recognizes the existence of an alternate payee's right to, or assigns
to an alternate payee the right to, receive all or a portion of the benefits
payable with respect to a Participant under the Plan, and with respect to which
the requirements of Code Section 414(p) are satisfied. For this purpose, the
term "domestic relations order" means any judgment, decree, or order (including
approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of
child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights to a spouse, former
spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant, and is made pursuant to a
State domestic relations law (including a community property law). Except as
otherwise provided in Code Section 414(p) and regulations issued thereunder, a
domestic relations order meets the foregoing requirements only if such order
clearly specifies:

     A.   The name and the last known mailing address (if any) of the
          Participant and the name and mailing address of each alternate payee
          covered by the

                                      1-10
<PAGE>

          order (except that the current mailing address of either the
          Participant or the alternate payee need not be included if the Plan
          Administrator has reason to know such address independently of the
          order),

     B.   The amount or percentage of the Participant's benefit to be paid by
          the Plan to each alternate payee, or the manner in which such amount
          or percentage is to be determined,

     C.   The number of payments or periods to which such order applies, and

     D.   Each plan to which such order applies.

Further, a domestic relations order meets the requirements of this Section only
if such order does not require the Plan to provide any type or form of benefit,
or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan (except that such order
will not fail to meet the requirements hereof merely because it provides for
commencement of payments to the alternate payee on or after the date on which
the Participant attains his earliest retirement date under the Plan whether or
not the Participant actually retires on such date), does not require the Plan to
provide increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value), and
does not require the payment of benefits to an alternate payee which are
required to be paid to another alternate payee under another order previously
determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Notwithstanding the
foregoing sentence, to the extent elected in Item X(D)of the Adoption Agreement,
a Qualified Domestic Relations Order may require the payment of benefits to an
alternate payee before the Participant has separated from service or attained
his earliest retirement date under the Plan.

1.28 "Representative" means the executor, administrator, guardian or other
representative of the estate of the person with respect to whom such word is
used.

                                      1-11
<PAGE>

1.29 "Separation from Service" means discontinuance of employment by reason of
death, Disability, retirement, resignation, or discharge.

1.30 "Trust" means the trust of Company as set forth herein, together with any
and all amendments thereto, from which the Plan benefits and the accident and
health plan benefits provided for hereunder in accordance with the Company's
elections are to be paid. The Adoption Agreement and the Prototype Plan together
shall constitute the Trust.

1.31 "Trust Estate" means all of the assets of the Trust, of whatever kind,
nature and description.

1.32 "Trustee" means the Trustee or Trustees, initially indicated in Item I(G)
of the Adoption Agreement or subsequently appointed in accordance with Article
14 hereof, who may at any time be acting under this Agreement.

1.33 "Valuation Date" means the date indicated in Item II(J) of the Adoption
Agreement.

1.34 "Year of Service" means the following, unless otherwise indicated in the
Adoption Agreement:

     A.   For purposes of determining an Employee's eligibility to participate
          in the Plan such period shall be measured in accordance with the
          Company's election in Item III(B) of the Adoption Agreement.

     B.   For purposes of the vesting requirements hereunder, such period shall
          mean the 12-consecutive month period during which an Employee under
          consideration has not less than that number of Hours of Service
          indicated in Item VIII(E) of the Adoption Agreement measured by
          reference to the Plan Year.

     C.   For purposes of benefit accruals hereunder, such period shall mean the
          12 consecutive month period measured by reference to the Plan Year,
          during

                                      1-12
<PAGE>

          which an Employee under consideration has not less than 1000 Hours of
          Service unless otherwise indicated in Item IV(C) of the Adoption
          Agreement.

Except as otherwise provided in Articles 3, 6 and 9 hereof, for purposes of
crediting service hereunder in applying the eligibility and vesting provisions
hereof, an Employee who was previously employed by a corporation which is a
member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b))
with Company, by a trade or business (whether or not incorporated) with which
Company is under common control (as defined by Code Section 414(c)), by an
employer which is part of an affiliated service group (as defined in Code
Section 414(m)) with Company or by any other entity required to be aggregated
with Company pursuant to Code Section 414(o) and the regulations thereunder,
shall be credited with Years of Service completed with such prior employer.
Years of Service with a predecessor of Company shall be treated as service with
the Company for all purposes hereunder if Company has assumed a qualified plan
maintained by such predecessor. In addition, where Company has not assumed a
qualified plan, if any, maintained by a predecessor, Years of Service with such
predecessor shall be treated as service with the Company to the extent indicated
in Item II(B) of the Adoption Agreement.

     Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, contributions,
benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be
provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).

1.35 "Earned Income" means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or
business with respect to which the Plan is established, provided that personal
services of the

                                      1-13
<PAGE>

individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be
determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the
deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by
the Company to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404
and by the deduction for one-half of the Code Section 1401 taxes permitted by
Code Section 164(f).

1.36 "Owner-Employee" means a sole proprietor, if the Company is a sole
proprietorship (or a single member limited liability company treated as a sole
proprietorship for tax purposes), or a partner who owns either more than ten
percent (10%) of the capital interest or more than ten percent (10%) of the
profits interests, if the Company is a partnership (or a limited liability
company treated as a partnership for tax purposes). Any partner who owns a ten
percent (10%) interest or less shall not be considered an Owner-Employee.

1.37 "Self-Employed Individual" means an individual who has Earned Income for
the Plan Year from the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is
established; also, an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the
fact the trade or business had no net profits for the Fiscal Year and an
individual who has been a self-employed individual within the meaning of the
preceding sentence for any prior taxable year.

                                      1-14
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 2
                         SPONSORSHIP AND PURPOSE OF PLAN

2.1 Sponsorship and Establishment of Plan and Trust - Ulmer & Berne LLP, in its
capacity as Prototype Plan Sponsor, continues this Prototype Plan, intended to
comply with the applicable provisions of Code Sections 401(a), 401(k), 401(m),
501(a) and 105(c), or any comparable statutory provisions later enacted, and to
the extent applicable, with Title I of ERISA. A Company establishes or continues
its Plan and Trust under this Prototype Plan by executing an Adoption Agreement.
A Company may adopt this Plan as an amended and restated version of its existing
plan, in order to conform the Company's prior plan to the applicable
requirements pertaining to qualified plans, including those imposed by the
Uruguay Round Agreements Act, the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment
Act, the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996, the Taxpayer Relief Act of
1997 and the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998, to
continue said prior plan in amended and restated form, and to confirm, by way of
amendment and restatement, the Trust. In addition, a Company may adopt this Plan
to create and establish a Plan and Trust. A Company adopts the Plan for the
exclusive benefit of its Employees who are or who may become Participants as
hereinafter set forth, and for their Beneficiaries. By signing the Adoption
Agreement, the Trustee accepts the establishment or continuation of the Trust
and agrees to hold or continue holding the Trust Estate as from time to time
constituted, for the uses and purposes and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in the Plan and to administer the Trust. Ulmer & Berne LLP reserves
the right to discontinue its sponsorship of this Prototype Plan, or to
discontinue its sponsorship of this Prototype Plan with

                                      1-2
<PAGE>

respect to a particular Company or group of Companies, provided appropriate
notice is given to each affected Company.

2.2 Rationale for Plan - The purpose of the Plan is as follows: With respect to
a Company establishing a profit-sharing plan or a money purchase pension plan,
the purpose is to provide certain benefits to loyal Participants, thus rewarding
them for their continued loyalty and service and providing some measure of
security for their later years.

2.3 Prohibition Against Diversion of Funds - In no event shall any part of the
principal or income of the Trust be used for, or diverted to, any purpose
whatsoever, other than for the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their
Beneficiaries, except that, at the option of the Company, the fees and expenses
of the Trustee may be paid out of the Trust. However, it shall not be deemed a
violation of the foregoing rule for the Trustee to return to Company any
contribution made by Company hereunder which was made by a mistake in fact, but
such contribution shall be returned to Company within one (1) year after its
payment was made by Company; nor shall it be deemed a violation of such rule for
the Trustee to return to Company any contribution, or portion thereof, made by
Company hereunder under the circumstances described in Sections 4.1, 6.8 and
15.1.

     In the event a Company adopts this Prototype Plan as a new Plan and not an
amendment and restatement of a prior plan, and if the Internal Revenue Service
does not issue its initial determination that the Plan and Trust qualify under
Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a), or any statute of similar import, all
contributions made under the Plan shall be returned to Company by the Trustee
within one (1) year after the date of denial of qualification of the Plan;
provided,

                                      2-2
<PAGE>

however, that such contributions shall be returned to Company hereunder only if
the application for qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for
filing the Company's return for the taxable year in which the Plan is adopted,
or such later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe. Furthermore,
notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, no Participant,
Inactive Participant or Beneficiary shall have any right or claim to any asset
of the Trust or to any benefit under the Plan before the Internal Revenue
Service determines that the Plan and Trust qualify under the provisions of Code
Section 401(a), or any statute of similar import. Upon the return of all
contributions to Company as provided in the first sentence of this paragraph,
the Trust shall terminate and the Trustee shall be discharged from all further
obligations under the Trust.

                                      2-3
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 3
                          ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

3.1 Eligibility for and Timing of Participation - Each Employee shall be
eligible to participate in this Plan as indicated in Item III of the Adoption
Agreement; provided, however, that in the event this Plan is a
profit-sharing/401(k) plan and an Employee must complete more than one Year of
Service to satisfy the eligibility requirements, any Employee who completes at
least one (1) Year of Service shall be eligible to make Elective Contributions
to the Plan and, to the extent elected in Item III(A) of the Adoption Agreement,
to have Matching Contributions, if any, contributed on his behalf. If this Plan
is a restated plan, each Employee who was a Participant in the plan of which
this Plan is an amended and restated version on the day before the Effective
Date shall be a Participant in this Plan on the Effective Date. Each Employee
who meets the eligibility requirements shall commence participation in the Plan
on the Entry Date indicated in Item III(C) of the Adoption Agreement.

3.2 Effect of Separation from Service - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in Section 3.1 hereof, if an Employee experiences a Separation from
Service after the Eligibility Date but before the otherwise applicable
participation commencement date determined pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, and
such Employee has not returned to service with Company before such participation
commencement date, then such Employee shall not be entitled to participate in
the Plan.

3.3 Break in Service Rules - If the Company elects to condition eligibility on
more than one (1) Year of Service under Adoption Agreement Items III(A)(iii)
and/or (iv) then, for

                                      3-1
<PAGE>

purposes of Section 3.1 hereof, and if elected by the Company in Item III(D) of
the Adoption Agreement, in the case of any Employee who has a One-Year Break in
Service, if such Employee has not satisfied the service requirements thereof
before such break, service before such break shall not be taken into account.

     In addition, one or both of the following Break-in Service rules shall
apply for eligibility purposes if elected by the Company in Item III(D) of the
Adoption Agreement:

     A.   In the case of a Participant who has a One-Year Break in Service, for
          eligibility purposes, Years of Service before such break shall be
          disregarded unless the Employee has completed a Year of Service after
          such break.

     B.   In the case of a Participant who does not have any nonforfeitable
          right to the Account balance derived from Company contributions, Years
          of Service before a period of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service
          will not be taken into account in computing Years of Service for
          eligibility if the number of consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service in
          such period equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) or the aggregate
          number of Years of Service. Such aggregate number of Years of Service
          will not include any Years of Service disregarded under the preceding
          sentence by reason of prior breaks in service. If a Participant's
          Years of Service are disregarded pursuant to this paragraph B., such
          Participant will be treated as a new Employee for eligibility
          purposes. If a Participant's Years of Service may not be disregarded
          pursuant to this paragraph B., such Participant shall continue to
          participate in the Plan, or if terminated, shall participate
          immediately upon reemployment.

3.4 Reemployment-Reparticipation Rule - Unless one of the Break in Service rules
described in Section 3.3 hereof applies, when a former Participant hereunder
re-enters the employ of the Company as an Employee hereunder, such former
Participant shall again be considered a Participant hereunder as of his
reemployment date, provided he is then a member of a class of employees eligible
to participate hereunder.

                                      3-2
<PAGE>

3.5 Employee Consent to Terms and Conditions of Plan and Trust - An Employee,
upon becoming a Participant in the Plan, shall be deemed for all purposes to
have given his consent to be bound by all the terms and conditions of the Plan
and Trust and all amendments and supplements thereto, and such terms and
conditions shall govern over any Summary Plan Description, explanation, notice
or similar communication concerning the Plan or Trust.

3.6 Exclusion of Union Employees - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in Sections 3.1 through 3.5, inclusive, hereof, if the Company elects
in Item III(E) of the Adoption Agreement to exclude union Employees from
participation in the Plan, then no Employee shall be a Participant hereunder who
is included in a unit of employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement,
provided that retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith collective
bargaining between employee representatives and one or more employers -
regardless of whether an actual plan was established for such unit of employees
covered by such collective bargaining agreement.

3.7 Special Rule With Respect to Changes in Employment Status - In the event an
Employee, who is excluded from participation hereunder in accordance with
Section 1.12, Section 3.6 hereof and/or Item III(E) of the Adoption Agreement,
ceases to be a member of such excluded class, such Employee shall participate
hereunder immediately if he has satisfied the minimum age and service
requirements and would have previously become a Participant had he not been a
member of such excluded class. Further, in the event a Participant hereunder
becomes ineligible to participate hereunder because he became a member of such
excluded class, such Employee shall again participate hereunder immediately upon
ceasing to be a member of such

                                      3-3
<PAGE>

excluded class, provided he has not incurred any Break in Service described in
Section 3.3 hereof, if applicable; if such Employee has incurred such a Break in
Service, his eligibility to participate shall be determined pursuant to Section
3.1 hereof.

                                      3-4
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 4
                                  CONTRIBUTIONS

4.1 Determination as to Contributions - For each Fiscal Year that the Plan is in
effect, Company will contribute for the purpose of the Plan the following
amounts:

     A.   An amount determined in accordance with Item IV(A) of the Adoption
          Agreement; plus

     B.   Such amount as the Company may determine to contribute to the Plan to
          correct any qualification failure pursuant to the Employee Plan
          Compliance Resolution System or any successor program; plus

     C.   Such amount as may be required by the Trustee in order to comply with
          the provisions of Sections 9.4 and/or 12.4 hereof (relating to
          recoupment by a Participant of a previously forfeited portion of his
          Accrued Benefit), after taking into consideration forfeitures (to the
          extent not used to offset Company contributions) and Plan earnings, to
          the extent permitted.

In the event the Company elects, pursuant to Item I(I) of the Adoption Agreement
for a Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan, to have the 401(k) Elective Contribution
provisions apply, in addition to those amounts indicated in paragraphs A, B and
C above, the Company will contribute the amounts indicated in paragraph D below:

     D.   The total of the Elective Contributions made by Participants in
          accordance with their salary reduction agreements pursuant to Section
          4.2-A. hereof (as limited pursuant to Section 4.2-C. hereof) with
          respect to such Fiscal Year.

     In the event the Company elects, pursuant to Item IV-A(B) of the Adoption
Agreement for a Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan, to have the Matching Contribution
provisions herein apply, in addition to those amounts indicated in paragraphs A,
B, C and D above, the Company will contribute the amounts indicated in paragraph
E below:

                                      4-1
<PAGE>

     E.   The Company's Matching Contributions, pursuant to Section 4.3-A.
          hereof, provided, however, that within the time period specified in
          paragraph 4.4-B hereof, the Company may designate an amount of such
          Matching Contribution made to Non-Highly Compensated Employees, as a
          "Qualified Matching Contribution" subject to the vesting rights and
          withdrawal restrictions applicable to Elective Contributions in
          accordance with Sections 4.2-A. and 10.11 hereof, such that all or a
          portion of the Elective Contributions, if any, made by the Highly
          Compensated Employees hereunder, as provided pursuant to Section
          4.2-A. hereof, will be within the limitation on Elective Contributions
          contained in Section 4.2-C hereof.

     In the event the Company elects to make Fail-Safe Contributions pursuant to
Items IV-A(F)-(K) of the Adoption Agreement, the Company may contribute the
amounts indicated in paragraph F below:

     F.   In addition, within the time period specified in paragraph 4.4-B. the
          Company may designate an amount of the contribution made in accordance
          with paragraph 4.1-A. hereof, if any, as the Company's "Fail-Safe
          Contribution", subject to the vesting rights and withdrawal
          restrictions applicable to Elective Contributions in accordance with
          paragraph 4.2-A. and Section 10.11 hereof, such that all or a portion
          of the Elective Contributions, if any, made by the Highly Compensated
          Employees hereunder, as provided pursuant to paragraph 4.2-A. hereof,
          will be within the limitations on Elective Contributions contained in
          paragraph 4.2-C hereof or such that all or a portion of the Matching
          Contributions, if any, made by the Company hereunder, as provided
          pursuant to paragraph 4.3-A hereof, will be within the limitations on
          Matching Contributions contained in paragraph 4.3-C hereof.

Notwithstanding the foregoing and excluding amounts contributed in accordance
with paragraphs B. and/or C. above, except to the extent necessary to provide
the minimum allocations under Section 18.3 hereof if the top-heavy provisions of
Article 18 apply, the Company's contributions for any Fiscal Year shall not
exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction from the income of Company
under the provisions of Code Section 404(a)(3)(A) with respect to profit-

                                      4-2
<PAGE>

sharing plans or Code Section 404(a)(1) with respect to money purchase pension
plans, as the case may be, and as further limited, to the extent applicable
under Code Section 404(a)(7) if the Plan is maintained along with a defined
benefit pension plan, or any comparable provisions set forth in any Section of
the Code later enacted.

     To the extent a deduction is denied Company for a contribution, or portion
thereof, made by it hereunder, the Trustee may return to Company, within one (1)
year after the disallowance of such deduction, so much of such contribution as
was disallowed as a deduction.

4.2 401(k) Elective Contribution Provisions. If the Company elects, pursuant to
Item I(I) of the Adoption Agreement for a Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan, to have
the 401(k) Elective Contribution provision herein apply, the following
provisions shall apply:

     A. Elective Contributions. For each Plan Year, each Participant may make an
election, by execution of a salary reduction agreement in the form provided by
Company, to forego a portion of his current Compensation (otherwise payable in
cash) not to exceed the amount indicated in Item IV-A(A)of the Adoption
Agreement, in exchange for Company's promise to make a contribution to the Plan
in an amount corresponding to that which such Participant has elected to forego;
provided, however, that in no event shall such elective deferral by any
Participant exceed $9,500 (as the same may be adjusted from time to time by the
Secretary of the Treasury) for any calendar year. The Elective Contribution
provisions of the Plan may be made effective as of the first day of the Plan
Year in which the Elective Contribution provisions are adopted.

     If elected by the Company in Item IV-B(G)(i)of the Adoption Agreement, in
the event a Participant fails to make an initial election to defer a specific
percentage of his Compensation or not to defer any percentage of his
Compensation, such Participant shall be

                                      4-3
<PAGE>

deemed to have elected to defer that percentage of his current Compensation
(otherwise payable in cash) designated in the Adoption Agreement, in exchange
for Company's promise to make a contribution to the Plan in an amount
corresponding to that which such Participant has been deemed to have elected to
forego. In addition, if elected by the Company in Item VI-B(G)(ii) of the
Adoption Agreement, effective for the first pay period indicated in Item
VI-B(G)(ii) of the Adoption Agreement, each Participant who does not have an
election in effect to defer a specific percentage of his Compensation or not to
defer any percentage of his Compensation shall be deemed to have elected to
defer that percentage of his current Compensation (otherwise payable in cash)
designated in the Adoption Agreement, in exchange for Company's promise to make
a contribution to the Plan in an amount corresponding to that which such
Participant has been deemed to have elected to forego.

     The amount of such Participant's Compensation which he has thereby elected
or deemed to have elected to defer hereunder is hereinafter referred to as such
Participant's "Elective Contribution" and, for purposes of the Plan, is deemed
made by the Company. For purposes of the restrictions contained in Sections
4.2-B and 4.2-C hereof, a Participant's Elective Contribution shall include any
Company contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to any salary
reduction simplified employee pension described in Code Section 408(k)(6), any
SIMPLE IRA Plan described in Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred
compensation plan under Code Section 457, any plan described under Code Section
501(c)(18) and any Company contributions made on behalf of a Participant for the
purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) pursuant to a salary
reduction agreement. Upon receipt of a Participant's Elective Contribution by
the Trustee, such Participant shall be fully vested in, and

                                      4-4
<PAGE>

have a nonforfeitable right to, such Elective Contribution, as adjusted from
time to time to reflect any earnings, gains, losses and/or costs attributable
thereto. The Trustee shall maintain a separate Account for a Participant's
Elective Contributions (together with sub-accounts for any Qualified Matching
Contributions and Fail-Safe Contributions treated as Elective Contributions in
accordance with Section 4.1 hereof) in accordance with Article 6 hereof.

     A separate salary reduction agreement may be required for each Plan Year
with respect to which a Participant desires to make an Elective Contribution,
which agreement, if required, shall be completed and executed before the end of
the Plan Year to which it relates in conformity with procedures established by
the Company and the Plan Administrator. Further, a Participant shall be
permitted to modify or suspend his rate of Elective Contributions with respect
to a particular Plan Year at such times and in such manner, if any, as may be
established by the Company and the Plan Administrator. Any existing salary
reduction agreement on file with the Plan Administrator shall remain operative
until modified, suspended or cancelled by the Participant.

     Except as otherwise provided, Elective Contributions with respect to a
Participant will cease as of the date such Participant ceases to be an eligible
Employee, whether or not he has incurred a Separation from Service. If a
Participant is on a paid leave of absence, Elective Contributions will be
continued during the period of the leave, or such part thereof with respect to
which such Participant is entitled to receive pay. If a Participant is granted a
leave of absence without pay, no Elective Contribution will be made with respect
to such period of leave.

     The Company and the Plan Administrator shall adopt such additional rules
and procedures as they may deem to be necessary or appropriate to implement the
salary reduction

                                      4-5
<PAGE>

elections provided for herein; provided, however, that such rules and procedures
and the provisions hereof shall be deemed modified if and to the extent they are
not in conformity with Treasury Regulations which may be promulgated from time
to time.

     B. Return of Excess Elective Deferrals - For any calendar year if with
respect to a Participant:

     i.   The sum of:

          a.   The total Elective Contribution of such Participant hereunder for
               such calendar year, plus

          b.   Any other elective deferral under a qualified cash or deferred
               arrangement (as defined in Code Section 401(k)) to the extent not
               includible in the gross income of such Participant for such
               calendar year, plus

          c.   Such other amounts described in Code Section 402(g)(3) for such
               calendar year,

          is in excess of $9,500 (as the same may be adjusted from time to time
          by the Secretary of the Treasury) (the "Excess Deferral"); and

     ii.  In a manner satisfactory to the Plan Administrator and consistent with
          Treasury Regulations such Participant gives written notice to the Plan
          Administrator not later than the first March 1 following the close of
          such calendar year, which notice requests a distribution from the
          Plan:

          a.   Of a specific amount of such Participant's Elective Contribution
               for such calendar year; and

          b.   The amount of which distribution is not greater than the lesser
               of such Participant's total Elective Contributions for such
               calendar year or such Participant's Excess Deferral;

                                      4-6
<PAGE>

then the Plan Administrator may instruct the Trustee to distribute to the
Participant such amount plus any income or less any loss allocable thereto in
accordance with Code Section 402(g)(2) and the regulations thereunder by the
first April 15 following the close of such calendar year.

     Excess Deferrals shall be adjusted for any income or loss up to the date of
distribution. The Plan may use any reasonable method for computing the income or
loss allocable to Excess Deferrals provided such method is used consistently for
all participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for the
Plan Year.

     C. Limitation on Elective Contributions - For each Plan Year, the average
Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees participating
hereunder shall not exceed whichever of the following is greater:

     i.   1.25 times the average Actual Deferral Percentage for the prior Plan
          Year of the Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          participating hereunder during the prior Plan Year; or

     ii.  2 times the average Actual Deferral Percentage for the prior Plan Year
          of the Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees
          participating hereunder during the prior Plan Year to a maximum of 2
          percentage points higher than the average Actual Deferral Percentage
          of such Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan Year.

     Such computation shall be made in a manner consistent with Code Section
401(k)(3) and the regulations thereunder. For this purpose, "Actual Deferral
Percentage" means the amount of each Participant's Elective Contributions for
the Plan Year (or the prior Plan Year in the case of Participants who are
Non-Highly Compensated Employees during such Plan Year) (including any amounts
treated as Qualified Matching Contributions in accordance with paragraph 4.1-E.
hereof and any amounts treated as Fail-Safe Contributions in accordance with

                                      4-7
<PAGE>

paragraph 4.1-F. hereof and excluding any Elective Contributions used to satisfy
the tests contained in Section 4.3-B. hereof) as a percentage of his
Compensation. Excess Elective Contributions of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee
are disregarded for purposes of this Section 4.2-C. The Company will maintain
records to demonstrate compliance with the nondiscrimination requirements of
Code Section 401(k). Such records shall also indicate the extent to which
Qualified Matching Contributions and Fail-Safe Contributions are taken into
account. For purposes of determining Actual Deferral Percentage, Elective
Contributions, Fail-Safe Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions must
be made before the last day of the twelve-month period immediately following the
Plan Year to which such contributions relate.

     If elected by the Company in Item IV-B(E)(i) of the Adoption Agreement, for
the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make Elective
Contributions and, provided that this Plan is not a successor Plan, for purposes
of the foregoing tests, the prior year's Non-Highly Compensated Employees'
Actual Deferral Percentage shall be three percent (3%) unless the Company has
elected in Item IV-B(E)(ii) of the Adoption Agreement to use the Plan Year's
Actual Deferral Percentage for such Non-Highly Compensated Participants.

     If and as elected by the Company in Item IV-B(C) of the Adoption Agreement,
the Actual Deferral Percentage tests shall be applied by comparing the current
Plan Year's Actual Deferral Percentage for Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees with the current Plan Year's Actual Deferral Percentage
for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees. Once made, these
elections can only be changed if the Plan satisfies the requirements for
changing the prior year testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or superseding
guidance).

                                      4-8
<PAGE>

     If, for any Plan Year, the Plan Administrator determines that the average
Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees participating
hereunder would exceed the limitation described herein, the Plan Administrator
shall direct the Trustee to distribute to such Highly Compensated Employees
prior to the expiration of 12 months following the Plan Year in question the
aggregate amount of Elective Contributions to the Plan on behalf of all Highly
Compensated Employees for such Plan Year over the maximum amount of such
Elective Contributions for such Plan Year which would otherwise be allowable
pursuant to such limitation ("Excess Contribution"). Such distribution shall be
made to those Highly Compensated Employees in order of the amount of their
Elective Contributions, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the
greatest dollar amount of Elective Contributions, by reducing (to the extent
necessary) the amount required to cause that Highly Compensated Employee's
undistributed Elective Contributions to equal the dollar amount of the Elective
Contributions for the benefit of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next
highest dollar amount of Elective Contributions and continuing in descending
order until the average Actual Deferral Percentage of the Highly Compensated
Employees participating hereunder no longer exceeds such limitation. In
addition, any such distribution shall include any income or loss allocable
thereto up to the date of distribution in accordance with Code Section 401(k)(8)
and the regulations thereunder. The Plan Administrator need not obtain the
consent of a Participant or the spouse of a Participant prior to the
distribution of an Elective Contribution to a Participant pursuant to this
Section 4.2-C. In the event the Company fails to distribute contributions in
excess of the amount permitted under the test described in this Section 4.2-C.
or to recharacterize such contributions within 2 1/2 months following the end of
the Plan Year, Code Section 4979

                                      4-9
<PAGE>

imposes a tax on the Company of 10% of the sum of any Excess Contributions under
the Plan for the Plan Year ending in such taxable year plus any "Excess
Aggregate Contributions" as defined in Section 4.3-B. hereof.

     If, in any Plan Year, a Highly Compensated Employee is eligible to have
Elective Contributions (including Qualified Matching Contributions and/or
Fail-Safe Contributions) allocated to his Account under two or more Plans or
arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) maintained by the Company all such
contributions shall be treated as if they were made under this Plan for purposes
of determining such Participant's Actual Deferral Percentage hereunder for such
Plan Year. If a Highly Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash or
deferred arrangements that have different Plan Years, all cash or deferred
arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a
single arrangement.

     In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k),
401(a)(4) or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if one
or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such Code sections only if
aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by determining the
Actual Deferral Percentage of Employees as if all such plans were a single plan.
Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section 401(k) only if they
have the same Plan Year.

     For purposes hereof, a Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a
particular Plan Year if he or she meets the definition of a Highly Compensated
Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-Highly
Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not meet the
definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

                                      4-10
<PAGE>

4.3 Matching Contribution Provisions -- If the Company elects, pursuant to Item
IV-A(B) of the Adoption Agreement to have the Matching Contribution provisions
herein apply, the following provisions shall apply:

     A. Matching Contributions - As an incentive to Participants to encourage
their Elective Contributions hereunder, each year Company may make a
contribution to the Plan for the benefit of each of those Participants who makes
an Elective Contribution with respect to such Fiscal Year, which matching amount
hereunder is hereinafter referred to as the Company's "Matching Contribution".
Such Matching Contribution will be equal to an amount indicated in Item IV-A(B)
of the Adoption Agreement as limited therein; provided, however, that the
Matching Contribution with respect to a Highly Compensated Employee may be
reduced in accordance with Section 4.3-B. hereof. Notwithstanding the above, a
different Matching Percentage and/or Matching Ceiling may be established by the
Company provided that in each case it is communicated to Participants in advance
of the effective date of the change. Matching Contributions (excluding Qualified
Matching Contributions) will be allocated to a Participant's Non-Elective
Contribution Account and shall vest in accordance with the provisions of Item
IV-A(D) of the Adoption Agreement.

     B. Limitation on Matching Contributions - For each Plan Year the average
Actual Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees participating
hereunder for such Plan Year shall not exceed whichever of the following is
greater:

          i.   1.25 times the average Actual Contribution Percentage for the
               prior Plan Year of the Participants who were Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees during the prior Plan Year participating
               hereunder; or

          ii.  2 times the average Actual Contribution Percentage for the prior
               Plan Year of the Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated
               Employees during the prior Plan Year participating hereunder to a

                                      4-11
<PAGE>

               maximum of 2 percentage points higher than the average Actual
               Contribution Percentage of such Participants who were Non-Highly
               Compensated Employees during such prior Plan Year.

     Such computation shall be made in a manner consistent with Code Section
401(m) and the regulations thereunder. For this purpose, "Actual Contribution
Percentage" means the sum of the Matching Contributions, nondeductible voluntary
employee contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions (to the extent not
taken into account for purposes of the Actual Deferral Percentage test) paid
under the Plan for a Participant for the Plan Year plus such portions of a
Participant's Elective Contribution and/or any Fail-Safe Contribution as the
Company so elects in accordance with Treasury Regulations, as a percentage of
his Compensation. Such Actual Contribution Percentage shall not include Matching
Contributions that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate
Contributions or because the contributions to which they relate are Excess
Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions. Average
Actual Contribution Percentage shall mean the average of the Actual Contribution
Percentage of the Participants in a group. Notwithstanding anything contained
herein to the contrary, the use of the limitation contained in paragraph
4.3-B-ii. shall be coordinated with the use of the limitation contained in
paragraph 4.2-C.-ii. hereof so that it complies with the requirements contained
in Code Section 401(m)(9) and paragraph 4.3-C hereof prohibiting the multiple
use of said limitation.

     If elected by the Company in Item IV-B(F)(i) of the Adoption Agreement, for
the first Plan Year this Plan permits any Participant to make nondeductible
voluntary employee contributions, provides for Matching Contributions, or both,
and this is not a successor plan, for purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior
year's Non-Highly Compensated Employees' Actual

                                      4-12
<PAGE>

Contribution Percentage shall be three percent (3%), unless the Company has
elected in Item IV-B(F)(ii) of the Adoption Agreement to use the Plan Year's
Actual Contribution Percentage for such Participants.

     If elected by the Company in Item IV-B(D) of the Adoption Agreement, the
Actual Contribution Percentage tests shall be applied by comparing the current
Plan Year's Actual Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Highly
Compensated Employees for each Plan Year with the current Plan Year's Actual
Contribution Percentage for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
Employees. Once made, this election can only be changed if the Plan satisfies
the requirements for changing to prior year testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or
superseding guidance).

     If, for any Plan Year, the Plan Administrator determines (after determining
Excess Deferrals and Excess Contributions) that the average Actual Contribution
Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees participating hereunder would
exceed such limitation ("Excess Aggregate Contributions"), the Plan
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute to such Highly Compensated
Employees prior to the expiration of 12 months following the Plan Year in
question the aggregate amount of Matching Contributions (plus any other
contributions taken into account in determining a Participant's Actual
Contribution Percentage) actually made on behalf of all Highly Compensated
Employees for such Plan Year over the maximum amount of such Matching
Contributions (plus any other contributions taken into account in determining a
Participant's Actual Contribution Percentage) allowable pursuant to such
limitation. Such distribution shall be made to those Highly Compensated
Employees beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with the greatest
dollar amount of Matching Contributions by reducing

                                      4-13
<PAGE>

(to the extent necessary) the Matching Contribution of such Highly Compensated
Employee(s) to equal the dollar amount of the Matching Contribution made by or
for the benefit of the Highly Compensated Employee with the next highest dollar
amount of Matching Contributions and, if necessary, continuing such reduction in
a similar manner in descending order until such limitation is met. For purposes
of the preceding sentence, the "greatest dollar amount" is determined after
distribution of any Excess Aggregate Contributions. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, any distribution to be made according to the foregoing which is
attributable to contributions which are forfeitable hereunder shall not be
distributed to such Highly Compensated Employees but instead shall be treated as
forfeitures pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof. In addition, any such distribution
shall include any income or loss allocable thereto as of the date of
distribution in accordance with Code Section 401(m)(6) and the regulations
thereunder.

     Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions may be reallocated to the
accounts of Non-Highly Compensated Employees, applied to reduce employer
contributions, or be treated as forfeitures pursuant to Section 6.7 hereof, as
elected by the Company in Item IV-A(E) of the Adoption Agreement.

     Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to a Participant shall be
forfeited, if forfeitable, or distributed on a pro-rata basis from the
Participant's Nondeductible Voluntary Employee Contribution Account, Matching
Contribution Account and (if applicable) Qualified Matching Contribution
Account, Fail Safe Contribution Account and/or Elective Contribution Account.

     If, in any Plan Year, a Highly Compensated Employee is eligible to make
nondeductible voluntary contributions or Elective Contributions or to have
Matching

                                      4-14
<PAGE>

Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions or Fail-Safe Contributions
allocated to his Account under two or more Plans or arrangements described in
Code Section 401(k) maintained by the Company, all such contributions shall be
treated as if they were made under this Plan for purposes of determining such
Participant's Actual Contribution Percentage hereunder for such Plan Year.

     In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of Sections 401(m),
401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code only if aggregated with one or more other plans,
or if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the
Code only if aggregated with this Plan, then this section shall be applied by
determining the Actual Contribution Percentage of Participants as if all such
plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Non-Highly Compensated Employee
Actual Contribution Percentage for the prior year will be made in accordance
with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Company has elected in
the Adoption Agreement to use the current year testing method. Plans may be
aggregated in order to satisfy Section 401(m) of the Code only if they have the
same Plan Year and use the same Actual Contribution Percentage testing method.

     For purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage test, nondeductible
employee voluntary contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan
Year in which contributed to the Trust. Matching Contributions and Fail-Safe
Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than the
end of the 12-month period beginning on the day after the close of the Plan
Year. The Company shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction
of the Actual Contribution Percentage test and the amount of Fail Safe or
Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in such test.

                                      4-15
<PAGE>

     A Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year
if he meets the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that
Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee for a
particular Plan Year if he does not meet the definition of a Highly Compensated
Employee in effect for that Plan Year.

     C. Multiple Use Limitation - To the extent the Plan is subject to the
"multiple use" limitation by application of law, if one or more Highly
Compensated Employees participate in both a cash or deferred arrangement and a
plan subject to the Actual Contribution Percentage test maintained by the
Company and the sum of the Actual Deferral Percentage and the Actual
Contribution Percentage of those Highly Compensated Employees subject to either
or both tests exceeds the "Aggregate Limit," then the Actual Contribution
Percentage of those Highly Compensated Employees who also participate in a cash
or deferred arrangement will be reduced in the manner described in Section 4.3-B
hereof so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each Highly
Compensated Employee's Contribution Percentage Amounts is reduced shall be
treated as an Excess Aggregate Contribution. The Actual Deferral Percentage and
Actual Contribution Percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees are
determined after any corrections required to meet the Actual Deferral Percentage
and Actual Contribution Percentage tests and are deemed to be the maximum
permitted under such tests for the Plan Year. Multiple use does not occur if
either the Actual Deferral Percentage or the Actual Contribution Percentage of
the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25 multiplied by the Actual
Deferral Percentage or the Actual Contribution Percentage, respectively, of the
Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

                                      4-16
<PAGE>

     "Aggregate Limit" shall mean the sum of (i) 125 percent of the greater of
the Actual Deferral Percentage of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the
prior Plan Year or the Actual Contribution Percentage of Non-Highly Compensated
Employees under the Plan subject to Code Section 401(m) for the Plan Year
beginning with or within the prior Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement
and (ii) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of such Actual Deferral
Percentage or Actual Contribution Percentage. "Lesser" is substituted for
"greater" in "(i)", above, and "greater" is substituted for "lesser" after "two
plus the" in "(ii)" if it would result in a larger Aggregate Limit. If the
Company has elected in Items IV-B(C) and/or (D) of the Adoption Agreement to use
current year testing, then, in calculating the Aggregate Limit for a particular
Plan Year, the Non-Highly Compensated Employees Actual Deferred Percentage and
Actual Contribution Percentage for that Plan Year, instead of the prior Plan
Year, is used.

4.4 Safe Harbors. If the Company elects, pursuant to Items IV-B(A) and IV-B(B)
of the Adoption Agreement, the following Section 4.4A and/or 4.4B will apply:

4.4A. Actual Deferral Percentage Safe Harbor. If the Company has elected the
Actual Deferral Percentage Safe Harbor option in Item IV-B(A) of the Adoption
Agreement, the provisions of this Section shall apply for the Plan Year and any
provisions relating to the Actual Deferral Percentage test described in
ss.401(k)(3) of the Code do not apply. To the extent that any other provision of
the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section, the provisions of
this Section shall govern.

4.4A.1 Definitions - For purposes of applying the Actual Deferral Percentage
Safe Harbors of this Section 4.4A, the following words and phrases shall have
the following meaning:

          A.   "ADP Test Safe Harbor" is the method described in Section 4.4A.2
               of this Article for satisfying the ADP test of Code Section
               401(k)(3);

                                      4-17
<PAGE>

          B.   "ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions" are Matching Contributions
               and nonelective contributions described in Section 4.4A.2 of this
               Section;

          C.   "Compensation" is defined in Item II(C) of the Adoption
               Agreement, except, for purposes of this Section, no dollar limit,
               other than the limit imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17), applies
               to the compensation of a Non-Highly Compensated Employee;

          D.   "Eligible Employee" means an Employee eligible to make Elective
               Contributions under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year or who
               would be eligible to make Elective Contributions but for a
               suspension due to a hardship distribution described in Item X(I)
               of the Adoption Agreement or due to statutory limitations, such
               as Code Sections 402(g) and 415. Such term shall include
               Non-Highly Compensated Employees and, if elected by the Company
               in Item IV-B(A)(vi) of the Adoption Agreement, Highly Compensated
               Employees;

          E.   "Matching Contributions" are contributions made by the Company on
               account of an Eligible Employee's Elective Contributions.

4.4A.2 ADP Test Safe Harbor

     A. ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions - If elected by the Company in Item
IV-B(A) of the Adoption Agreement, the Company shall make one of the following
Safe Harbor Contributions to the Plan for the Plan Year(s) indicated in Item
IV-B(A) of the Adoption Agreement:

          i.   Enhanced Matching Contributions to the Plan;

          ii.  A Safe Harbor Matching Contribution to the Plan on behalf of each
               Eligible Employee equal to (1) 100 percent of the amount of the
               Eligible Employee's Elective Contributions that do not exceed
               three percent (3%) of the Employee's Compensation for the Plan
               Year, plus (2) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the
               Employee's Elective Contributions that exceed three percent (3%)
               of the Employee's Compensation but that do not exceed five
               percent (5%) of the Employee's Compensation ("Basic Matching
               Contributions");

                                      4-18
<PAGE>

          iii. Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions to the Plan on behalf of
               each Eligible Employee of at least three percent (3%) of the
               Eligible Employee's Compensation.

     Notwithstanding the requirement in i., ii. and iii. above that the Company
make the ADP Test Safe Harbor Contributions to this Plan, if the Company so
provides in Item IV-B(A)(v) of the Adoption Agreement, the ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions will be made to the defined contribution plan indicated in Item
IV-B(A)(v) of the Adoption Agreement. However, such contributions will be made
to this Plan unless (1) each Employee eligible under this Plan is also eligible
under the other plan, and (2) the other plan has the same Plan Year as this
Plan.

     The Participant's accrued benefit derived from ADP Test Safe Harbor
Contributions is nonforfeitable and may not be distributed earlier than
separation from service, death, disability, an event described in Code Section
401(k)(10), or, in the case of a profit-sharing plan, the attainment of age 59
1/2 (if such distributions are otherwise permitted under the Plan). In addition,
such contributions must satisfy the ADP Test Safe Harbor without regard to
permitted disparity under Code Section 401(l).

     B. Notice Requirement - At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before
the beginning of the Plan Year, the Company will provide each Eligible Employee
a comprehensive written notice of the Employee's rights and obligations under
the Plan. If an Employee becomes eligible after the 90th day before the
beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice for that reason, the
notice must be provided no more than 90 days before the employee becomes
eligible but not later than the date the Employee becomes eligible.
Notwithstanding the immediately preceding two sentences, a Plan that provides
that it will satisfy

                                      4-19
<PAGE>

the current year Actual Deferral Percentage (and, if applicable, Actual
Contribution Percentage) testing method for a Plan Year and elects to satisfy
the ADP Test Safe Harbor by making Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions, the
Notice Requirement may be satisfied as follows:

          i.   An initial notice must be provided at least thirty (30) days, but
               not more than ninety (90) days, before the beginning of the Plan
               Year, and must indicate that (a) the Plan may be amended during
               the Plan Year to provide that the Company will make a safe harbor
               nonelective contribution of at least three percent (3%) to the
               Plan for the Plan Year, and (b) if the Plan is so amended, a
               supplemental notice will be given to Eligible Employees thirty
               (30) days prior to the last day of the Plan Year informing them
               of such an amendment, and

          ii.  A supplemental notice must be provided to all Eligible Employees
               no later than thirty (30) days prior to the last day of the Plan
               Year stating that a three percent (3%) safe harbor nonelective
               contribution will be made for the Plan Year.

     C. Election Periods - In addition to any other election periods provided
under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a deferral election
during the 30-day period immediately following receipt of the notice described
in Section 4.4A.2-B. hereof.

4.4B Actual Contribution Percentage Test Safe Harbor - In addition to the ADP
Test Safe Harbor Contributions described in Section 4.4A of this Article, if the
Company has elected the Actual Contribution Percentage Safe Harbor option in
Item IV-B(B) of the Adoption Agreement, the Company will make the ACP Test Safe
Harbor Matching Contributions, if any, indicated in Item IV-B(B) of the Adoption
Agreement for the Plan Year.

4.4B.1 Definitions - For purposes of applying the ACP Test Safe Harbor of this
Section 4.4B, the following words and phrases shall have the following meaning:

          A.   "ACP Test Safe Harbor" is the method described in Section 4.4B.2
               of this Article for satisfying the Actual Contribution Percentage
               Test of Code Section 401(m)(2).

                                      4-20
<PAGE>

          B.   "ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions" are Matching
               Contributions described in this Section 4.4B.

4.4B.2 Vesting - ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching Contributions will be vested as
indicated in Item IV-B(B)(iv) of the Adoption Agreement, but, in any event, such
contributions shall be fully vested at Normal Retirement Age, upon the complete
or partial termination of the Plan, or upon the complete discontinuance of
Company contributions. Forfeitures of nonvested ACP Test Safe Harbor Matching
Contributions will be used as indicated in Item VII(C) of the Adoption
Agreement.

4.5 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions.

4.5.1 General - If the Company has elected in Item IV-C(A) of the Adoption
Agreement to have the 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions apply, then the provisions of
this Section shall apply for a Year only if (i) the Company is an Eligible
Employer and (ii) no contributions are made, or benefits accrued for services
during the Year, on behalf of any Eligible Employee under any other plan,
contract, pension or trust described in ss.219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by
the Company. To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent
with the provisions of this Section, the provisions of this Section govern.

4.5.2 Definitions - For purposes of applying this Section 4.5, the following
words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

          A.   "Compensation" means, for purposes of Sections 4.5.2-B, 4.5.3-A
               and 4.5.3-B of this Section, the sum of the wages, tips, and
               other compensation from the Company subject to federal income tax
               withholding (as described in Code Section 6051(a)(3)) and the
               Employee's salary reduction contributions made under this or any
               other Section 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals
               under a Section 408(p) SIMPLE IRA Plan, a SARSEP, or a Section
               403(b) annuity contract and compensation deferred under a Section
               457 plan, required to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 (as
               described in Code Section 6051(a)(8)). For self-employed
               individuals, compensation means net earnings from self-employment

                                      4-21
<PAGE>

               determined under Code Section 1402(a) prior to subtracting any
               contributions made under this Plan on behalf of the individual.
               The provisions of the Plan implementing the limit on compensation
               under Code Section 401(a)(17) apply to the compensation under
               this Section.

          B.   An "Eligible Employer" means, with respect to any Year, an
               employer that had no more than 100 employees who received at
               least $5,000 of compensation from the employer for the preceding
               Year. In applying the preceding sentence, all employees of
               controlled groups of corporations under Code Section 414(b), all
               employees of trades or businesses (whether incorporated or not)
               under common control under Code Section 414(c), all employees of
               affiliated service groups under Code Section 414(m), and leased
               employees required to be treated as the Company's Employees under
               Code Section 414(n), are taken into account.

               An Eligible Employer that elects to have the 401(k) SIMPLE
               Provisions apply to the Plan and that fails to be an Eligible
               Employer for any subsequent Year, is treated as an Eligible
               Employer for the 2 Years following the last Year the Company was
               an Eligible Employer. If the failure is due to any acquisition,
               disposition, or similar transaction involving an Eligible
               Employer, the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions
               of Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied.

          C.   "Eligible Employee" means, for purposes of the 401(k) SIMPLE
               provisions, any Employee who is entitled to make Elective
               Contributions under the terms of the Plan.

          D.   "Year" means the calendar year.

4.5.3 Contributions.

     A. Salary Reduction Contributions - Each Eligible Employee may make a
salary reduction election to have his or her Compensation reduced for the Year
in any amount selected by the Employee subject to the applicable limitation
described herein. The Company will make a salary reduction contribution to the
Plan, as an Elective Contribution, in the amount by which the Employee's
Compensation has been reduced. The total salary reduction contribution for the
Year cannot exceed $6,000 for any Employee. To the extent permitted by

                                      4-22
<PAGE>

law, this amount will be adjusted to reflect any annual cost-of-living increases
announced by the IRS.

     B. Other Contributions - As elected by the Company in Item IV-C(B) of the
Adoption Agreement, each year the Company will make one of the following
contributions:

          i.   Each Year, the Company will contribute a Matching Contribution to
               the Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes a salary reduction
               election under Section 4.5.3. The amount of the Matching
               Contribution will be equal to the Employee's salary reduction
               contribution up to a limit of three percent (3%) of the
               Employee's Compensation for the full Year; or

          ii.  For any Year, instead of a Matching Contribution, the Company may
               elect to contribute a nonelective contribution of two percent
               (2%) of Compensation for the full Year for each Eligible Employee
               who received at least $5,000 of Compensation (or such lesser
               amount as elected by the Company in Item IV-C(B) of the Adoption
               Agreement) for the Year.

     C. Limitation on Other Contributions - No Company or Employee contributions
may be made to this Plan for the Year other than salary reduction contributions
described in Section 4.5.3-A, matching or nonelective contributions described in
Section 4.5.3-B and rollover contributions described in Treasury Regulation
Section 1.402(c)-2, Q&A-1(a).

     D. The provisions of the Plan implementing the limitations of Code Section
415 apply to contributions made pursuant to Sections 4.5.3-A and 4.5.3-B.

4.5.4 Election and Notice Requirements.

     A. Election Period - In addition to any other election periods provided
under the Plan, each Eligible Employee may make or modify a salary reduction
election during the 60-day period immediately preceding each January 1. For the
Year an Employee becomes eligible to make salary reduction contributions under
the 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions, the 60-day election period requirement is deemed
satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a salary reduction

                                      4-23
<PAGE>

election during a 60-day period that includes either the date the employee
becomes eligible or the day before. Each Employee may terminate a salary
reduction election at any time during the Year.

     B. Notice Requirements - The Company will notify each Eligible Employee
prior to the 60-day election period described in Section 4.5.4-A that he or she
can make a salary reduction election or modify a prior election during that
period. The notification will indicate whether the Company will provide a three
percent (3%) Matching Contribution described in Section 4.5.3-B-i or a two
percent (2%) nonelective contribution described in Section 4.5.3-B-ii.

4.5.5 Vesting Requirements - All benefits attributable to contributions
described in Section 4.5.3-A and 4.5.3-B are nonforfeitable at all times, and
all previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable as of the
beginning of the Year the 401(k) SIMPLE Provisions apply.

4.5.6 Top-Heavy Rules - The Plan is not treated as a top-heavy plan under Code
Section 416 for any Year for which this Section applies.

4.5.7 Nondiscrimination Tests - The ADP and ACP tests described in Sections
4.2-C and 4.3-B of the Plan are treated as satisfied for any Year for which this
Section applies.

4.6 Payment of Contributions - Any contribution made by the Company hereunder
shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as possible during, at, or after the end of
the Fiscal Year, subject to the following limitations:

          A.   Elective Contributions for each Plan Year shall be made not later
               than 12 months (or within such other period of time prescribed by
               Treasury Regulations) after the Plan Year for which they are
               deemed to be paid; provided, however, that Elective Contributions
               shall be paid to the Trustee as soon as

                                      4-24
<PAGE>

               the amount can be reasonably identified and separated from the
               Company's other assets and in no event shall be made later than
               as soon as possible after the Participant would otherwise have
               received the amount withheld from his pay on account of the
               Elective Contribution.

          B.   Company's Matching Contributions, Qualified Matching
               Contributions, Fail-Safe Contributions and/or discretionary
               contributions for each Fiscal Year shall be made not later than
               the last day permitted for the deduction of such contributions
               for federal income tax purposes for the Fiscal Year with respect
               to which the contributions are made under the provisions of the
               Code then in force and effect, including any permitted extensions
               thereto.

4.7 Rollover Contributions - If elected pursuant to Item V of the Adoption
Agreement, any Participant may, with the Trustee's approval, make a rollover
contribution (as defined in Code Sections 402(c), 402(e), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8),
and 408(d)(3)) at any time. The Trustee shall establish a separate rollover
account for such Participant and shall credit such account with the fair market
value of the rollover contribution as of the date such rollover contribution is
made. Said rollover contribution by a Participant and earnings thereon will be
fully and immediately vested in the Participant. Unless otherwise elected
pursuant to Item VI of the Adoption Agreement, the Trustee shall not be
empowered to accept with respect to any Participant any direct or indirect
transfers from a defined benefit pension plan, money purchase pension plan
(including a target benefit pension plan), stock bonus plan or profit-sharing
plan.

4.8 Nondeductible Voluntary Employee Contributions - Unless elected by the
Company in Item V(B) of the Adoption Agreement, no nondeductible voluntary
employee contributions shall be permitted hereunder. With respect to
nondeductible voluntary employee contributions made for taxable years of a
Participant prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, or if otherwise permitted
by the Plan, such contributions shall continue to be held in a separate Account
hereunder. Said contributions by a Participant and earnings thereon will be
fully and immediately vested in the Participant. In the event a Participant has
proved to the Plan

                                      4-25
<PAGE>

Administrator the existence of financial necessity and has obtained the express,
written approval of the Plan Administrator, such Participant shall, upon 30
days' written notice to the Trustee, be entitled to withdraw from the Trust an
amount not to exceed his nondeductible voluntary contributions plus the gains or
earnings and minus the losses or costs properly allocable thereto; provided that
for the purposes of such withdrawal the value of such nondeductible voluntary
contributions plus the gains or earnings and minus the losses or costs properly
allocable thereto shall be the value as of the Valuation Date immediately
preceding the date on which said 30 days' notice is given. No forfeitures will
occur solely as a result of a Participant's withdrawal of nondeductible
voluntary employee contributions.

4.9 Deductible Voluntary Employee Contributions - No deductible voluntary
employee contributions shall be permitted hereunder. With respect to deductible
voluntary employee contributions made for taxable years of a Participant
beginning prior to December 31, 1986, such contributions shall continue to be
held in a separate Account hereunder and shall not be invested in life insurance
contracts. Said contributions by a Participant and earnings thereon will be
fully and immediately vested in the Participant and be nonforfeitable. In
addition, no distributions of amounts attributable to a Participant's
accumulated deductible voluntary employee contributions shall be made hereunder
except for the following reasons:

          A.   Such Participant's attainment of 59 1/2years of age or at any
               time thereafter;

          B.   Such Participant's death;

          C.   Such Participant's Disability Retirement;

          D.   Such Participant's Separation from Service;

          E.   Termination of the Plan;

                                      4-26
<PAGE>

          F.   Such Participant's submission to the Plan Administrator of a
               written request, in a form satisfactory to the Plan
               Administrator, to withdraw a designated amount of such
               Participant's accumulated deductible voluntary employee
               contributions, provided no prior withdrawals of such nature have
               been made by such Participant within such calendar year, which
               request shall contain a declaration of such Participant's
               intention as to the disposition of the amount sought to be
               withdrawn, and provided further that such request is approved by
               the Plan Administrator.

                  Except as otherwise hereinabove provided, amounts attributable
to a Participant's accumulated deductible voluntary employee contributions shall
be distributed to such Participant by the Trustee only in accordance with the
provisions of Article 10 hereof.

4.10 Contribution Limit on Owner-Employees - Contributions on behalf of any
Owner-Employee may be made only with respect to the Earned Income of such
Owner-Employee which is derived from the trade or business with respect to which
the Plan is established.

                                      4-27
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 5
                               PLAN ADMINISTRATION

5.1 Designation of Plan Administrator - The Company shall designate a Plan
Administrator who shall administer the Plan and shall have such powers and
duties as shall be necessary to accomplish the purposes thereof.

5.2 Powers and Duties of Plan Administrator - The powers and duties of the Plan
Administrator shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

          A.   The Plan Administrator shall be empowered to construe the terms
               of this Plan, and may make rules and regulations and prescribe
               procedures for the administration and interpretation of this
               Plan, provided that the same are not inconsistent with the terms
               and provisions hereof.

          B.   The Plan Administrator shall have authority to determine any and
               all questions which may arise as to the eligibility or rights of
               any person hereunder, and any finding made in good faith shall be
               final and binding on all persons and parties whomsoever, except
               as may be otherwise provided by this Article 5.

          C.   The Plan Administrator shall notify each Employee of his
               eligibility to participate in the Plan.

          D.   The Plan Administrator may determine and advise the Trustee, in
               writing, how all or any portion of the Trust Estate shall be
               invested and reinvested, and, to the extent the Plan
               Administrator exercises such investment authority it shall have
               the rights and be subject to the duties relative to investments
               to which the Trustee is subject in accordance with Article 11
               hereof.

          E.   The Plan Administrator shall keep records containing all relevant
               data pertaining to the operation and administration of the Plan,
               and the Plan Administrator, annually, at or prior to the time of
               payment of Company's contribution for a Fiscal Year pursuant to
               Section 4.4 hereof, shall prepare and deliver to the Trustee a
               list of Employees who were Participants for such Fiscal Year.
               Such list shall set forth and certify the Compensation received
               by each such Employee for such Fiscal Year, the Years of Service
               completed by each Employee at the close of such Fiscal Year, the
               share of each Participant in Company's Contributions (including
               Elective and Non-Elective Contributions if Company elects to have
               the 401(k) provisions

                                      5-1
<PAGE>

               hereof apply) in accordance with the provisions of Articles 4 and
               6 hereof, amount of a Participant's rollover contributions, if
               any, and such other information as may be requested by the
               Trustee from the Plan Administrator.

          F.   The Plan Administrator shall authorize the Trustee (i) to make
               any interim valuation of the Trust Estate, in accordance with
               Section 6.9 hereof, (ii) to provide that benefit payments be made
               from the Trust to persons entitled thereto, and (iii) as
               required, to pay fees and expenses from the Trust Estate.

          G.   The Plan Administrator may authorize the Trustee to compromise
               and adjust any and all claims in favor of or against the Trust,
               whether such claims shall be in litigation or not, upon such
               terms as the Plan Administrator shall consider advisable and the
               Trustee shall be fully protected by reason of any action taken
               pursuant to such authorization.

          H.   The Plan Administrator shall at the appropriate times furnish to
               an Employee, Participant or Inactive Participant, as the case may
               be, such of the following as may be appropriate:

               i.   If the Company elects to have the 401(k) provisions hereof
                    apply, Salary Reduction Agreement and, if applicable, notice
                    as to the Matching Percentage and Matching Ceiling to be
                    effective with respect thereto.

               ii.  Beneficiary Designation form.

               iii. Explanation of Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and
                    related election forms.

               iv.  Explanation of Qualified Joint & Survivor Annuity and
                    related election forms.

               v.   Summary Plan Description.

               vi.  Explanation of procedure for determining whether a domestic
                    relations order constitutes a Qualified Domestic Relations
                    Order.

               vii. Explanation of claim denial and review procedure.

               viii. Any other form or document required to be provided by the
                    Plan Administrator to any one of such persons hereunder,
                    such as the Summary Annual Report.

                                      5-2
<PAGE>

     I.   The Plan Administrator shall file such reports, statements, notices,
          schedules, and documents with the appropriate governmental agencies as
          may be required by law.

     J.   The Plan Administrator may appoint an investment manager or managers
          (each of whom shall be registered as an Investment Adviser under the
          Investment Advisers Act of 1940, an insurance company qualified to
          perform investment services under the laws of more than one State of
          the United States, or a bank, and each of whom shall acknowledge in
          writing that he is a Fiduciary hereunder) to manage (including the
          power to acquire and dispose of) the Trust Estate, or any portion
          thereof, subject to the same powers and duties to which the Trustee is
          subject; and Trustee shall not be liable for the acts or omissions of
          such investment manager or managers.

     K.   The Plan Administrator may employ one or more persons to render advice
          with regard to any responsibility of the Plan Administrator under the
          Plan, including consultation with counsel (who may be counsel for
          Company) selected by it. The opinion of such counsel shall be full and
          complete authority and protection in respect of any action taken,
          suffered or omitted by the Plan Administrator in good faith in
          accordance therewith.

5.3 Limitation on Discretionary Actions - Any discretionary actions to be taken
under the terms and provisions of this Plan by the Plan Administrator shall be
uniform in their nature and application to all those similarly situated, and no
discretionary acts shall be taken which shall be discriminatory under the
provisions of the Code relating to qualified employees' retirement trusts as
such provisions now exist or may from time to time be amended. It is the
intention of the Company that the Plan and Trust shall at all times be
components of a program satisfying the provisions of Code Sections 401(a) (and
401(k), if the Company elects to have the 401(k) provisions hereof apply, and
105(c), if the Company elects to have the 105(c) accident and health plan
provisions hereof apply), or any substantially similar provisions of any later
Internal Revenue Code.

5.4 Claims Procedure - Any claim by a Participant, Inactive Participant,
Beneficiary, or the authorized representative of any of the foregoing (all of
whom are hereafter collectively

                                      5-3
<PAGE>

referred to in this Section 5.4 as "Claimant") for a Plan benefit shall be in
writing and delivered to the Plan Administrator.

     If the Plan Administrator denies the claim in whole or in part, it shall
furnish written notice of such decision to Claimant not later than 90 days from
the time the claim is received; provided, however, if special circumstances
warrant, the Plan Administrator may extend the time for processing the claim by
so notifying Claimant in writing within said 90 days, specifying the special
circumstances requiring the extension of time and the date by which a final
decision is expected. In no event may the extension period exceed 90 days from
the end of the initial 90-day period.

     The written notice of denial of claim shall set forth the specific
reason(s) for denial; the pertinent Plan provision(s) on which the denial is
based; a description of any additional material or information necessary for
perfection of the claim and an explanation of why such material or information
is necessary; and information for instituting the review procedure.

     If no notice of denial is furnished to Claimant within 90 days from the
date the claim is received by the Plan Administrator, as extended as provided
above, the claim shall be deemed denied and Claimant may proceed to the review
procedure.

     Claimant shall have 60 days after receipt of the notice of denial of the
claim to make a written request to the Company's Board of Directors if Company
is a corporation or such committee or person as will have been appointed by the
Company (such Board of Directors, committee or person, hereinafter referred to
as the Review Committee) for a review of the claim. In connection with such
request, Claimant shall be entitled to review pertinent documents and

                                      5-4
<PAGE>

submit written issues and comments. If no request for review is made within said
60 days, the determination of the Plan Administrator shall be final and
conclusive.

     The Review Committee's written decision on review shall be made and
furnished to Claimant within 60 days after receipt of the request for review
unless special circumstances require an extension for processing the claim, in
which case Claimant shall be so notified in writing prior to the commencement of
the extension. In no event shall the Review Committee render its decision later
than 120 days after receipt of a request for review.

     The written decision on review shall set forth the specific reason(s) for
the decision as well as pertinent Plan provision(s) on which the decision is
based. If a decision on review is not furnished within the prescribed time
period, the claim shall be deemed denied on review.

     A Claimant shall not pursue any other legal remedies he may have with
respect to the denial of a Plan benefit unless and until Claimant has exhausted
all procedures set forth in this Section 5.4.

5.5 Matters Relating to Plan Administration - Any member of a formally
established administrative committee, appointed by the Company as the Plan
Administrator, shall not have any right to decide any matter relating solely to
himself or to any of his rights or benefits under this Plan; these decisions
shall be made by the other members of such committee or by an individual
appointed by the Company.

5.6 Resignation or Removal of Plan Administrator - The Plan Administrator, or
any member of an administrative committee acting as Plan Administrator, may
resign by giving written notice to the Company not less than fifteen (15) days
before the effective date of his resignation; provided, however, that such
notice requirement may be waived by the Company.

                                      5-5
<PAGE>

The Plan Administrator, or any member of an administrative committee acting as
Plan Administrator, may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the
Company, and the Company shall fill the vacancy as soon as is reasonably
possible after the vacancy occurs. Until a new appointment is made, the Company
shall have full authority to act as the Plan Administrator.

                                      5-6
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 6

                      PARTICIPANTS' ACCOUNTS, ALLOCATION OF
                  CONTRIBUTIONS AND FORFEITURES, AND VALUATION

6.1 Establishment and Maintenance of Accounts.

     A. Profit-Sharing (Non-401(k)) and Money Purchase Pension Plans. The
Trustee shall maintain a separate Account for each Participant and, if
applicable, additional Accounts for non-deductible voluntary contributions,
deductible voluntary employee contributions and/or rollover contributions of a
Participant, and shall credit to such Account(s) the amounts certified under
paragraph 5.2-E. hereof, but the Trustee shall not be required to establish a
separate trust for each Participant or to allocate the assets of the Trust to
such separate Accounts. Annually thereafter, upon receipt of the annual
contribution by Company, and of any rollover contributions, the Trustee shall
open new Accounts for new Participants (including a new Account for any
additional benefits earned by a former Participant who again becomes a
Participant hereunder after experiencing 5 consecutive One-Year Breaks in
Service and forfeiting all or a portion of his prior Accrued Benefit hereunder)
and shall credit the Accounts of the Participants with the amounts certified
under paragraph 5.2-E. hereof. To the extent that the provisions of Section
11.12 hereof apply, the Trustee shall also maintain sub-accounts reflecting the
participation of such Account(s) in the various investments pursuant to the
designations filed by such Participants.

     B. Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plans - The Trustee shall maintain a separate
Non-Elective Contribution Account (with sub-accounts to reflect discretionary
contributions, if any, and Matching Contributions, if any) for each Participant
and, if applicable, additional Accounts

                                      6-1
<PAGE>

for Elective Contributions (including sub-accounts to reflect Qualified Matching
Contributions and Fail-Safe Contributions), non-deductible voluntary
contributions, deductible voluntary employee contributions and/or rollover
contributions of a Participant, and shall credit to such Account(s) the amounts
certified under paragraph 5.2-E. hereof, but the Trustee shall not be required
to establish a separate trust for each Participant or to allocate the assets of
the Trust to such separate Accounts. Annually thereafter, upon receipt of the
annual Elective and Non-Elective Contribution by Company, and of any rollover
contributions, the Trustee shall open new Accounts for new Participants
(including a new Account for any additional benefits earned by a former
Participant who again becomes a Participant hereunder after experiencing 5
consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service and forfeiting all or a portion of his
prior Accrued Benefit hereunder) and shall credit the Accounts of the
Participants with the amounts certified under paragraph 5.2-E. hereof. To the
extent that the provisions of Section 11.12 hereof apply, the Trustee shall also
maintain sub-accounts reflecting the participation of such Account(s) in the
various investments pursuant to the designations filed by such Participants.

6.2 Allocation of Contributions

     A. Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plans.

     i. Allocation of Elective Contributions - With respect to each Plan Year,
the Trustee shall credit to the Elective Contribution Account (including
sub-accounts to reflect Qualified Matching Contributions and Fail-Safe
Contributions) of each Participant those amounts contributed by Company with
respect to such Participant pursuant to Section 4.1 and Section 4.2-A. hereof
(as limited by Sections 4.2-B. and 4.2-C. hereof).

                                      6-2
<PAGE>

     ii. Allocation of Non-Elective Contributions - With respect to each Plan
Year, the Trustee shall credit to the Non-Elective Contribution Account
(including sub-accounts to reflect the types of Non-Elective Contributions,
being discretionary contributions, if applicable, and Matching Contributions) of
each Participant (or Inactive Participant) the following:

          a.   The amount of the Company's Matching Contribution made with
               respect to such Participant pursuant to paragraph 4.1-E. and
               Section 4.3-A. hereof, not including those amounts designated as
               Qualified Matching Contributions in accordance with paragraph
               4.1-E. hereof; plus

          b.   If a Participant is entitled to an adjustment of his Account(s)
               pursuant to Section 4.1-B hereof, that portion of the Company's
               contribution as is necessary for such Participant to be credited
               with his rightful interest, in accordance with Section 6.5
               hereof, shall be allocated to such Participant's Account.

          c.   If a Participant is entitled to recoup any previously forfeited
               portion of his Accrued Benefit pursuant to Sections 9.4 or 12.4
               hereof (unadjusted by any subsequent gains and losses), that
               portion of the Company's contribution necessary for such
               Participant to recoup his previously forfeited Accrued Benefit
               shall be allocated to such Participant's Account.

          d.   As of the end of each Plan Year for which Company makes any
               discretionary contribution hereunder pursuant to paragraph 4.1-A.
               hereof, if Company has designated any amount of such contribution
               as a "Fail-Safe Contribution" in accordance with paragraph 4.1-D.
               hereof, such amount designated as a Fail-Safe Contribution shall
               be allocated among the Non-Highly Compensated Employees such
               that, when considered along with any distributions made to Highly
               Compensated Employees pursuant to Section 4.2-C. hereof, all or a
               portion of the Elective Contributions, if any, made by the Highly
               Compensated Employees hereunder, as provided pursuant to Section
               4.2-A. hereof, will be within the limitation on Elective
               Contributions contained in Section 4.2-C. hereof.

                                      6-3
<PAGE>

          e.   As of the end of each Plan Year for which Company makes any
               discretionary contribution hereunder pursuant to paragraph 4.1-A.
               hereof, and after taking into account the amount of such
               contribution treated as a Fail-Safe Contribution in accordance
               with paragraph 4.1-D. and paragraph 6.2-A-ii-d. hereof, if such
               Participant is, or Inactive Participant is deemed to be (pursuant
               to Sections 6.3 or 6.4 hereof), a Participant on the last day of
               the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service with respect to
               such Plan Year (except to the extent as may be provided
               hereinafter, by Sections 6.3 or 6.4 hereof, or pursuant to Items
               IV(B) and IV(C) of the Adoption Agreement), an amount determined
               in accordance with Item IV(D) of the Adoption Agreement.

     B. Profit-Sharing (Non-401(k)) Plans - As of the end of each Plan Year for
which Company makes a contribution hereunder, the Trustee shall credit to the
Account of each Participant (or Inactive Participant) the following:

     i.   If a Participant is entitled to an adjustment of his Account(s)
          pursuant to Section 4.1-B hereof, because that portion of the
          Company's contribution as is necessary for such Participant to be
          credited with his rightful interest, in accordance with Section 6.5
          hereof, shall be allocated to such Participant's Account.

     ii.  If a Participant is entitled to recoup any previously forfeited
          portion of his Accrued Benefit pursuant to Sections 9.4 or 12.4 hereof
          (unadjusted by any subsequent gains and losses), that portion of the
          Company's discretionary contribution necessary for such Participant to
          recoup his previously forfeited Accrued Benefit shall be allocated to
          such Participant's Account.

     iii. As of the end of each Plan Year for which Company makes any
          discretionary contribution hereunder pursuant to paragraph 4.1-A.
          hereof, if such Participant is, or Inactive Participant is deemed to
          be (pursuant to Sections 6.3 or 6.4 hereof or pursuant to Item IV(B)
          of the Adoption Agreement), a Participant on the last day of the Plan
          Year and has completed a Year of Service with respect to such Plan
          Year (except to the extent as may be provided hereinafter, by Sections
          6.3 or 6.4 hereof or pursuant to Items IV(B) or IV(C) of the Adoption
          Agreement), an amount determined in accordance with Item IV(D) of the
          Adoption Agreement.

                                      6-4
<PAGE>

     C. Money Purchase Pension Plans - As of the end of each Plan Year, the
Trustee shall credit its contribution to the Account of each Participant (or
Inactive Participant), as follows:

     i.   First, if such Participant is, or Inactive Participant is deemed to be
          (pursuant to Sections 6.3 or 6.4 hereof), a Participant on the last
          day of the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service with respect
          to such Plan Year (except to the extent as may be provided
          hereinafter, by Sections 6.3 or 6.4 hereof or pursuant to Item IV(B)
          or IV(C) of the Adoption Agreement), an amount determined in
          accordance with Item IV(A) of the Adoption Agreement, provided that no
          amounts shall be credited in excess of the amounts actually deemed
          paid by Company for such Plan Year.

     ii.  Second, if a Participant is entitled to an adjustment of his
          Account(s) pursuant to Section 4.1-B hereof, that amount of additional
          Company contribution to be made in accordance with Section 4.1-B. as
          is necessary for such Participant to be credited with his rightful
          interest, in accordance with Section 6.5 hereof, shall be allocated to
          such Participant's Account.

     iii. Third, if a Participant is entitled to recoup any previously forfeited
          portion of his Accrued Benefit pursuant to Sections 9.4 or 12.4 hereof
          (unadjusted by any subsequent gains and losses), that amount of
          additional Company contribution to be made in accordance with Section
          4.1-C. necessary for such Participant to recoup his previously
          forfeited Accrued Benefit shall be allocated to such Participant's
          Account.

6.3 Circumstances Under Which Contribution Allocation Made to Inactive
Participant - Except as otherwise provided in Section 6.4 hereof, an Inactive
Participant shall not be credited with a share of the contribution made by
Company for the Plan Year in which he is or became inactive if he is not a
Participant on the last day of such Plan Year and has not completed a Year of
Service with respect to such Plan Year, unless otherwise elected in Item IV(B)
of the Adoption Agreement.

                                      6-5
<PAGE>

6.4 Overriding Rule as to Benefit Accruals for Certain Participants and Inactive
Participants for Code Section 410(b) Compliance - If, with respect to any
particular Plan Year, this Plan intends to satisfy the minimum coverage
requirements imposed by Code Section 410(b)(1)(A) or 410(b)(1)(B) and the
regulations promulgated thereunder (hereinafter referred to as the "410(b)
Rules"), and this Plan should fail to satisfy such 410(b) Rules, then the 1,000
Hours of Service requirement for benefit accrual purposes contained in Section
1.34-C. hereof shall be deemed modified with respect to such Plan Year to
include for benefit accrual purposes that number of Non-Highly Compensated
Employees in the employ of Company at the end of such Plan Year and
participating hereunder, determined in descending order by reference to their
completed number of Hours of Service with respect to such Plan Year, as is
required in order for this Plan to so satisfy such 410(b) Rules with respect to
such Plan Year.

     If the modification provided for in the first paragraph of this Section 6.4
is insufficient to so satisfy such 410(b) Rules, then, in addition thereto,
Section 6.3 hereof shall be deemed modified to permit a benefit accrual
hereunder by that additional number of former Non-Highly Compensated Employees
who were participating hereunder prior to their Separation from Service in such
Plan Year, determined in ascending order by reference to their completed number
of Hours of Service (in excess of 500 Hours of Service) with respect to such
Plan Year, as is required in order for this Plan to so satisfy such 410(b)
Rules.

6.5 Corrective Adjustments - If, in any Plan Year:

          A.   A qualification failure is detected that the Company determines
               to correct pursuant to the Employee Plan Compliance Resolution
               System, or any successor program, the Company will make the
               appropriate correction.

                                      6-6
<PAGE>

          B.   Any person who should not have been included as a Participant
               hereunder or whose Account(s) hereunder should have been credited
               with a lesser allocation of any amounts hereunder is erroneously
               included or credited with amounts and discovery of such erroneous
               inclusion or allocation is not made until after the allocations
               with respect to such Plan Year have been made, then the Company,
               at its sole discretion, shall advise the Plan Administrator
               either: (i) to return to Company that portion of such allocation
               as is attributable to the contribution of Company made by reason
               of a mistake in fact (to the extent permitted pursuant to Section
               2.3 hereof) and to treat any balance as a forfeiture with respect
               to the Plan Year in which such discovery is made; (ii) to treat
               such entire amount as such a forfeiture with respect to the Plan
               Year in which such discovery is made; or (iii) to reallocate such
               entire amount for the Plan Year at issue.

6.6 Determination of Accrued Benefits Between Valuation Dates.

     A. Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plans - Between Valuation Dates, the Accrued
Benefit of each Participant (or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant) shall be
his Account(s) as adjusted at the last Valuation Date, plus any Elective
Contributions (and Matching Contributions, if applicable pursuant to Section 4.3
hereof and Item IV-A(B) of the Adoption Agreement) and any additional
contributions made by such Participant, less any distributions made to him or
his Beneficiary, since the last Valuation Date.

     B. Profit-Sharing (Non-401(k)) and Money Purchase Pension Plans - Between
Valuation Dates, the Accrued Benefit of each Participant (or Beneficiary of a
deceased Participant) shall be his Account(s) as adjusted at the last Valuation
Date, plus any additional contributions made by such Participant, less any
distributions made to him or his Beneficiary, since the last Valuation Date.

6.7 Treatment and Allocation of Forfeitures - As of the end of each Plan Year,
the Trustee shall determine the total amount of forfeitures from the Accounts of
Participants in accordance with Item VII(A) of the Adoption Agreement, and those
forfeitures pursuant to

                                      6-7
<PAGE>

paragraph 4.3-B. hereof and shall allocate such amounts in accordance with Item
VII(B) and VII(C) of the Adoption Agreement.

6.8 Limitation on Annual Additions - Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Article 6, the following limitations shall apply:

6.8.1 In no event shall the Annual Additions to a Participant's Account with
respect to any Limitation Year exceed the "Maximum Permissible Amount", which is
the lesser of:

          A.   $30,000, or

          B.   25% of such Participant's Compensation. This 25% of Compensation
               limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical
               benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 401(h) or
               419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition
               under Code Section 415(1)(1) or 419A(d)(2).

     The Maximum Permissible Amount shall be automatically adjusted to reflect
any changes thereto subsequently permitted or prescribed by law. Prior to
determining the Participant's actual compensation for the Limitation Year, the
Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the
basis of a reasonable estimate of the Participant's Compensation for the
Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.
As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year,
the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year shall be determined on
the basis of the Participant's actual Compensation for the Limitation Year. If a
short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation
Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the dollar limit with respect
to the Maximum Permissible Amount to be applied with respect to such short
Limitation Year shall not exceed $30,000 (as such dollar limit may,

                                      6-8
<PAGE>

from time to time, be automatically adjusted) multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of months in the short Limitation Year and the
denominator of which is 12.

6.8.2 For purposes of applying the limitations of Code Section 415, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

     A.   "Annual Additions" means the increase to a Participant's Account(s)
          for the particular Limitation Year under consideration by reason of:

          i.   Contributions made by Employer (including, in the case of a
               401(k) plan, Elective and Non-Elective Contributions, including
               Excessive Deferrals, Excess Contributions including
               recharacterized amounts and Excess Aggregate Contributions);
               provided, however, that amounts credited to a Participant's
               Account(s) pursuant to paragraph 6.2-A(ii)(b), 6.2-B(i) or
               6.2-C(ii) hereof shall be excluded, except that such amounts so
               credited pursuant to paragraph 4.1-B. hereof shall be included
               with respect to the Limitation Year to which it relates;

          ii.  Forfeitures;

          iii. Employee contributions;

          iv.  Amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual medical
               account, as defined in Code Section 415(l)(2) which is part of a
               pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer;

          v.   Allocations under a simplified employee pension;

          vi.  Amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December
               31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are
               attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the
               separate account of a Key Employee (as defined in Code Section
               4l9A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
               Section 419(e)) maintained by the Company; and

          vii. Any Excess Amount applied, under Section 6.8.5 hereof, in the
               Limitation Year to reduce Company contributions will be
               considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year.

                                      6-9
<PAGE>

          For purposes of subparagraph (iii) hereof, Employee contributions are
          determined without regard to any contributions to a qualified
          cost-of-living arrangement (as defined in Code Section 415(k)(2)); or
          any transfers of funds from one qualified plan to another; or any
          rollover contributions (as defined in Code Sections 402(c), 402(e),
          403(a)(4), 403(b)(8) and 408(d)(3)); or any repayments of loans made
          by a Participant hereunder; or any repayments of distributions in
          accordance with the buy-back rules of Code Section 411(a)(7)(C); or
          any repayments of withdrawn mandatory contributions pursuant to Code
          Section 411(a)(3)(D); or any employee contributions to a simplified
          employee pension allowed as a deduction under Code Section 219(a).

     B.   "Compensation" means, for purposes of this Section 6.8, wages,
          salaries, and fees for professional services and other amounts
          received (without regard to whether or not an amount is paid in cash)
          for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment
          with the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts
          are includible in gross income (including, but not limited to,
          commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the basis of a
          percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
          bonuses, fringe benefits, reimbursements, and expense allowances), and
          effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1997, including
          any elective deferrals as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3), and any
          amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the
          election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross
          income of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125, 132(f) or 457.
          Compensation for purposes of this Section 6.8 shall exclude the
          following:

          i.   Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which
               are not includible in the employee's gross income for the taxable
               year in which contributed (other than those described above), or
               employer contributions under a simplified employee pension plan
               to the extent such contributions are deductible by the employee,
               or any distributions from a plan of deferred compensation;

          ii.  Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock
               option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the
               employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer
               subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

          iii. Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of
               stock acquired under a qualified stock option; and

                                      6-10
<PAGE>

          iv.  Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
               contributions made by the Employer (whether or not under a salary
               reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an annuity described
               in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the amounts are actually
               excludible from the gross income of the employee).

     For any self-employed individual compensation will mean earned income.

          For Limitation Years beginning after December 31, 1991, for purposes
          of applying the limitations of this article, compensation for a
          Limitation Year is the compensation actually paid or includible in
          gross income during such Limitation Year. Notwithstanding the
          preceding sentence, compensation for a Participant in a defined
          contribution plan who is permanently and totally disabled (as defined
          in Code Section 22(e)(3)) is the compensation such Participant would
          have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had been paid
          at the rate of compensation paid immediately before becoming
          permanently and totally disabled; for Limitation Years beginning
          before January 1, 1997, such imputed compensation for the disabled
          Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a
          Highly Compensated Employee and contributions made on behalf of such
          Participant are nonforfeitable when made.

     C.   "Defined benefit fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of which is
          the sum of the Participant's projected annual benefits under all the
          defined benefit plans (whether or not terminated) maintained by the
          employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of
          the dollar limitation determined for the Limitation Year under Code
          Sections 415(b) and (d) or 140 percent of the highest average
          compensation, including any adjustments under Code Section 415(b). For
          this purpose, highest average compensation means the average
          compensation for the three consecutive calendar years of service with
          the Employer that produces the highest average.

          Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a participant as of
          the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December
          31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained by the
          employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the denominator of
          this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the
          annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had accrued as
          of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1,
          1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the plan
          after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the defined
          benefit plans individually and in the

                                      6-11
<PAGE>

          aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code Section 415 for all
          Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

     D.   "Defined contribution fraction" means a fraction, the numerator of
          which is the sum of the Annual Addition as to the Participant's
          account under all the defined contribution plans (whether or not
          terminated) maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior
          Limitation Years (including the Annual Additions attributable to the
          Participant's nondeductible employee contributions to all defined
          benefit plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer,
          and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds, as
          defined in Code Section 419(e), individual medical benefit accounts,
          as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), and simplified employee
          pensions, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by the
          Employer), and the denominator of which is the sum of the maximum
          aggregate amounts for the current and all prior Limitation Years of
          service with the Employer (regardless of whether a defined
          contribution plan was maintained by the Employer). The maximum
          aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125 percent
          of the dollar limitation determined under Code Sections 415(b) and (d)
          or 35 percent of the Participant's compensation for such year.

          If the Employee was a participant as of the end of the first day of
          the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or
          more defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer which were
          in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction will be
          adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit fraction
          would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the
          adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (1) the excess of the
          sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (2) the denominator of this
          fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this
          fraction. The adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they
          would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning
          before January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms and
          conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the Section
          415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or
          after January 1, 1987.

          The Annual Addition for any Limitation Year beginning before January
          1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all employee contributions
          as annual additions.

     E.   "Employer" means the Company and all members of a controlled group of
          corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b), as modified by Code
          Section 415(h)); all commonly controlled trades or businesses whether
          or not incorporated (as defined in Code Section 414(c), as modified by
          Code

                                      6-12
<PAGE>

          Section 415(h)); all affiliated service groups (as defined in Code
          Section 414(m)) of which Company is a part; or any other entity
          required to be aggregated with Company pursuant to Code Section 414(o)
          and the regulations thereunder.

     F.   "Limitation Year" means the calendar year, or the 12 consecutive month
          period elected by the Company in Item I(F) of the Adoption Agreement.
          To the extent required by law, all qualified plans maintained by the
          Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is
          amended to a different 12 consecutive month period, the new Limitation
          Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the
          amendment is made.

     G.   "Excess Amount" means the excess of the Participant's Annual Additions
          for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount.

     H.   "Projected Annual Benefit" means the annual retirement benefit
          (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity (such
          straight life annuity being an annuity payable in equal installments
          for the life of the Participant that terminates upon the Participant's
          death) if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a straight
          life annuity or qualified joint and survivor annuity) to which the
          Participant would be entitled under the terms of the plan assuming:

          i.   The Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement
               Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and

          ii.  The Participant's Compensation for the current Limitation Year
               and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under
               the Plan will remain constant for all future Limitation Years.

6.8.3 If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in,
another qualified plan, a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section
419(e), an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), or
a simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by
the Employer, which provides an Annual Addition, the amount of Annual Additions
which may be credited to the Participant's Account for any Limitation Year shall
not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation
contained in the Plan. If the Company contribution that would otherwise be

                                      6-13
<PAGE>

contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account would cause the Annual
Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the
amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions for
the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount.

6.8.4 If the Participant is covered under another qualified master or prototype
defined contribution plan, a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section
419(e), an individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), or
a simplified employee pension, as defined in Code Section 408(k), maintained by
the Employer during the Limitation Year, which provides an Annual Addition, the
Annual Additions which may be credited to a Participant's Accounts under such
aggregated plans for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the Maximum
Permissible Amount. If a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such
other plans would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Annual
Additions attributable to a simplified employee pension, welfare benefit fund,
or individual medical account will be deemed to have been allocated first (in
the order such plans are so listed) and the Annual Additions attributable to a
plan subject to Code Section 412 shall be deemed to have been next allocated,
regardless of the actual allocation dates. Thereafter, the Excess Amount shall
be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated; provided, however,
that if an Excess Amount is allocable to a Participant on an allocation date of
the Plan which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the Excess
Amount attributed to this Plan will be the product of paragraph A. multiplied by
paragraph B., as follows:

     A.   The total Excess Amount allocated as of such date;

     B.   The ratio of:

                                      6-14
<PAGE>

          i.   The Annual Additions allocable to the Participant for the
               Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to

          ii.  The total Annual Additions allocable to the Participant for the
               Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan and all the other
               such plans.

If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined contribution plan
maintained by the Employer which is not a master or prototype plan, Annual
Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for
any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with this Section 6.8.4 as
though the other plan were a master or prototype plan unless the Employer
provides other limitation in Item XII(A) of the Adoption Agreement.

6.8.5 If there is an Excess Amount under subsection 6.8.3 or subsection 6.8.4,
or as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, such Excess Amount shall be
disposed of as follows:

     A.   Any nondeductible voluntary employee contributions will be returned to
          the Participant, along with any earnings attributable thereto;

     B.   If after the application of paragraph A. an Excess Amount still
          exists, then unless otherwise indicated in Item XII(A)(ii) of the
          Adoption Agreement, any Elective Contributions (plus attributable
          earnings), to the extent they would reduce the Excess Amount, will be
          distributed to the Participant;

     C.   If after the application of paragraph B. an Excess Amount still
          exists, then so much of the forfeitures and/or Company contribution as
          created such Excess Amount shall not be allocated to the Participant's
          Account, but, instead, forfeitures (and any earnings thereon) shall be
          reallocated first and then, if necessary, Company contributions (and
          any earnings thereon) shall be reallocated to the Accounts of other
          Participants, who are entitled to share in such forfeitures and
          contributions, respectively, in the same manner as prescribed by
          paragraphs 6.2-A.(ii)(e), 6-2-B.(iii) or 6.2-C.(i) and Section 6.7
          hereof, except that such Participant shall not be deemed to be a
          Participant for purposes of such reallocation.

     D.   If after the application of paragraph C. an Excess Amount still
          exists, the Excess Amount remaining shall be held unallocated in a
          suspense account and shall be applied to reduce future Company
          contributions (including

                                      6-15
<PAGE>

          allocation of any forfeitures) with respect to all remaining
          Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding
          Limitation Year, if necessary; provided, however, that any suspense
          account so created shall not participate in the allocation of any
          Trust earnings or gains and losses or costs. If a suspense account is
          in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all
          amounts in the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to
          Participant's Accounts before any Employer or Employee contributions
          may be made to the Plan for that Limitation Year. Excess amounts may
          not be distributed to Participants or former Participants.

     E.   In the event of the termination of the Plan, any funds remaining in
          the suspense account which may not then be allocated to any
          Participant's Account shall revert to the Company.

Such Excess Amount will be considered an Annual Addition in the Limitation Year
in which such Excess Amount is applied to reduce Company contributions.

6.8.6 If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a qualified defined
benefit plan covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's
Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction shall not
exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year, and, to the extent necessary, the
Participant's Annual Additions otherwise allocable hereunder shall be limited or
eliminated, as the case may be, to reduce the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction
such that when added to the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction their sum does not
exceed 1.0 with respect to the Limitation Year. Unless otherwise indicated in
Item XII(B) of the Adoption Agreement, this Section 6.8.6 shall not apply for
Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000.

6.8.7 The limitations contained herein are intended to comply with the
provisions of Code Section 415 pertaining to plans of this type.

6.9 Valuation of Trust and Adjustment of Accounts - The Trustee, as of the end
of each Plan Year but prior to the allocation of Company contributions and
forfeitures, and at such

                                      6-16
<PAGE>

other times as elected in Item II(J) of the Adoption Agreement, shall revalue
the Trust, including all net income received during the Plan Year or since the
latest effective Valuation Date prior thereto. With respect to those Accounts
for which Participants do not direct investments, to reflect the value thus
determined, the Trustee shall adjust such Account(s) of each Participant and
Inactive Participant in the same proportion that the balance of each such
Account bears to the total of all such Account balances as of such latest prior
effective Valuation Date; provided, however, in the event the Company has
elected in Item XI(D) of the Adoption Agreement to permit the Trustee to make
loans to Participants, in accordance with Section 11.9 and Article 19 hereof, if
any Participant or Inactive Participant has a loan from the Plan outstanding
during such Plan Year that portion of such Participant's or Inactive
Participant's Accrued Benefit equivalent to the principal balance of such loan,
as from time to time outstanding, shall be treated in the manner indicated in
Item XI(D) of the Adoption Agreement. With respect to those Accounts for which
Participants do direct investments, each such Account shall be adjusted as of
each Valuation Date to reflect the earnings, gains, losses and/or costs, as well
as any appreciation or depreciation in market value, properly allocable thereto.
All assets of the Trust shall be valued at their fair market value on the
Valuation Date.

6.10 Statement to Participants and Inactive Participants - The Trustee or Plan
Administrator may furnish to each Participant and Inactive Participant a
statement showing the Accrued Benefit in his Account(s) at the close of each
Plan Year or at any time the Plan Administrator deems appropriate, as adjusted
in accordance with the provisions of this Article 6. In addition, as to each
Participant, such statement may also indicate his nonforfeitable percentage as
of the close of such Plan Year under consideration as determined pursuant to
Article 9 hereof

                                      6-17
<PAGE>

and the Annual Addition to his Account and its components. Upon the request of a
Participant, the Plan Administrator shall also furnish such Participant with
such of the following information as may be requested: the Compensation upon
which the allocation was made to his Account and the Years of Service upon which
his vested interest was determined. A Participant, Inactive Participant and
Beneficiary shall have the right to request the Plan Administrator to provide a
statement reflecting his Accrued Benefit and vested rights not more frequently
than once per Plan Year.

6.11 Timing of Reports and Statements - All reports and statements required to
be furnished by Company, the Plan Administrator or the Trustee hereunder shall
be furnished as soon as administratively practicable.

6.12 Timing of Acquisition by Participants of Rights in and to Contributions,
Forfeitures and Trust Income - No Participant shall acquire any vested interest
in any income, forfeitures, contributions of Company, or other increment prior
to the allocation thereof and then only to the extent provided for hereunder.

                                      6-18
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 7

                           DISTRIBUTIONS ON RETIREMENT
                                 AND DISABILITY

7.1 Retirement - Upon reaching his Normal Retirement Date, a Participant may
retire. In the event such Participant remains in the employ of Company after
having reached his Normal Retirement Date, such Participant shall continue to be
a Participant for all the purposes hereof through the Plan Year of actual
retirement.

     In addition, if the Company so elects pursuant to Item II(G) of the
Adoption Agreement, a Participant who has satisfied the Early Retirement
requirements may retire from the employ of Company as of the first day of any
month following attainment of Early Retirement Age and cease to be a Participant
before his Normal Retirement Date.

     Upon the Participant's attainment of his Normal Retirement Age or Early
Retirement Age, if applicable, such Participant shall have a fully vested
interest in, and a nonforfeitable right to, his entire Accrued Benefit. Such
vested amount shall be distributed to such Participant by the Trustee only in
accordance with the provisions of Article 10 hereof.

7.2 Disability Benefits - In the event of the Disability Retirement of a
Participant, such Participant shall be entitled to the entire Accrued Benefit in
his Account(s), unless otherwise indicated in Item VIII(C) of the Adoption
Agreement. If the Company elects to define Disability to include the permanent
loss or loss of use of a member or function of his body, as indicated in Item
II(D) of the Adoption Agreement, such Participant shall become vested in and
entitled to such percentage of his Accrued Benefit (other than amounts
attributable to Elective

                                      7-1
<PAGE>

Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions and Fail-Safe Contributions, if
applicable) as determined by the following schedule:

                                                          Disability Amount
         For Loss or Loss of Use Of                       of Accrued Benefit
         --------------------------                       ------------------

         One Hand                                                   25%
         One Foot                                                   25%
         Sight in One Eye                                           25%
         Hearing in One Ear                                         25%
         One Hand and One Foot                                      35%
         One Hand and Sight in One Eye                              35%
         One Foot and Sight in One Eye                              35%
         One Hand and Hearing in One Ear                            35%
         One Foot and Hearing in One Ear                            35%
         Sight in One Eye and Hearing in One Ear                    35%
         Both Hands                                                 45%
         Both Feet                                                  45%
         Sight in Both Eyes                                         45%
         Hearing in Both Ears                                       45%

In the event that a Participant should suffer an injury of a similar nature to
those scheduled or other condition caused by injury or illness that results in a
substantially comparable degree of severe permanent impairment and which has a
significant adverse impact on the Participant's quality of life (such as the
loss of four fingers of one hand, impaired breathing due to lung cancer,
permanent paralysis from Parkinson's Disease, etc.), then the Participant shall
become vested in and entitled to that percentage of such of his Accrued Benefit
as equates to the benefit for a scheduled loss to which such impairment is
substantially comparable or, if none is comparable, to 45% of such Accrued
Benefit. In no event shall a disabled Participant be entitled to more than his
entire Accrued Benefit. The amount to be distributed to a Participant by the
Trustee as a Disability Retirement benefit shall be made in accordance with the
provisions of Article 10 hereof. The amount to be distributed to a Participant
by the Trustee due to the

                                      7-2
<PAGE>

permanent loss or loss of use of a member or function of the Participant's body
shall be made as soon as administratively practicable and without regard to
whether the Participant experiences a Separation from Service. Nothing contained
in this Section 7.2 shall be construed as reducing the vesting percentage
otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof and Item VIII(A) of the
Adoption Agreement with respect to a Participant qualifying for a distribution
under this Section 7.2.

                                      7-3
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 8
                              DISTRIBUTION ON DEATH

8.1 Death Benefit - Upon the death of a Participant prior to satisfying the
requirements for retirement contained in Article 7 hereof, all amounts credited
to such Participant's Account(s) shall become fully vested and be
nonforfeitable, unless otherwise indicated in Item VIII(B) of the Adoption
Agreement.

8.2 Distribution on Death.

     A. Profit-Sharing Plans and 401(k) Plans - Upon the death of a Participant
or Inactive Participant, any undistributed portion of his nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit (reduced by that portion of any security interest, held by the Trustee
with respect to any loan(s) outstanding (if applicable) to such Participant,
necessary to satisfy such indebtedness) shall be payable in full to his
surviving spouse, or, if there is no surviving spouse or the surviving spouse
provides a valid consent, to a designated Beneficiary which distribution shall
be in accordance with the provisions of Sections 10.1 and 10.2 hereof. For
purposes of the preceding sentence, a spousal consent will be deemed valid only
if it is in writing, acknowledges the effect thereof, and is witnessed by the
Plan Administrator (or his representative) or a notary public.

     B. Money Purchase Pension Plans - Upon the death of a Participant or
Inactive Participant, any undistributed portion of his nonforfeitable Accrued
Benefit (reduced by that portion of any security interest held by the Trustee
with respect to any loan(s) outstanding (if applicable) to such Participant,
necessary to satisfy such indebtedness) shall be payable in accordance with
Sections 10.2 and 10.3 hereof.

                                      8-1
<PAGE>

8.3 Beneficiary Designation - Any Participant or Inactive Participant may from
time to time designate in a writing delivered to the Plan Administrator, upon a
form or forms provided by the Plan Administrator for such purpose, the
Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary who is to receive his interest in his
Account(s) on the event of his death. With respect to a Profit-Sharing Plan
and/or a 401(k) Plan, a designation of Beneficiary made by a Participant or
Inactive Participant who is married shall not be valid after December 31, 1984,
unless his spouse makes a valid consent thereto in the manner described in
Section 8.2 hereof, which consent may expressly and irrevocably permit
designations by the Participant or Inactive Participant without any requirement
of further consent of such spouse; provided, however, that such Beneficiary
designation does not require spousal consent if he has designated his spouse as
his sole primary Beneficiary. With respect to a Money Purchase Pension Plan, a
designation of Beneficiary made by a Participant or Inactive Participant who is
married shall not be valid unless his spouse makes a valid consent thereto in
the manner described in paragraph 10.3.3-a. hereof; provided, however, that such
Beneficiary designation does not require spousal consent if he has designated
his spouse as his sole primary Beneficiary. Each Beneficiary designation may be
amended, revoked or changed by the Participant or Inactive Participant at any
time by written notice delivered to the Plan Administrator while an Employee of
Company or after Separation from Service.

8.4 Lack of Beneficiary - If any part of the amount to which a Participant or
Inactive Participant is entitled at the time of his death is payable to a
Beneficiary or a contingent Beneficiary not then living, or if at the time of
the death of such Participant or Inactive Participant no valid designation of a
Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary as to any part of such amount is then in
effect or has been made, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay

                                      8-2
<PAGE>

from the balance in the Account(s) of such deceased Participant or Inactive
Participant that part of the amount as to which there is then no living
Beneficiary or contingent Beneficiary or as to which no valid designation is in
effect in the following order of priority to:

     A.   The surviving spouse of such deceased Participant or Inactive
          Participant;

     B.   The surviving children (including adopted children) of such deceased
          Participant or Inactive Participant in equal shares;

     C.   The surviving parents of such deceased Participant or Inactive
          Participant in equal shares;

     D.   The surviving grandchildren (including adopted grandchildren) of such
          deceased Participant or Inactive Participant in equal shares;

     E.   The surviving siblings (including adopted siblings) of such deceased
          Participant or Inactive Participant in equal shares;

     F.   The Representative of such deceased Participant or Inactive
          Participant.

Such distributions hereunder shall be made in accordance with the provisions of
Article 10 hereof.

8.5 Death of Beneficiary - If any Beneficiary shall die prior to the time when
the entire amount to which he is entitled shall have been fully distributed to
him, the Trustee shall distribute any balance remaining thereof, in accordance
with the provisions of Article 10 hereof, to the person selected to be the
recipient of such balance by the Beneficiary upon a form provided by the Plan
Administrator for that purpose, and if such person be not living on the death of
such Beneficiary or if no valid designation of such person shall have been made
by the Beneficiary, then such amount shall be paid to the Representative of the
deceased Beneficiary. Any such designation by a Beneficiary may be made,
revoked, amended or changed by him at any time by filing written notice with the
Plan Administrator.

                                      8-3
<PAGE>

                                    ARTICLE 9
                    DISTRIBUTION ON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT

9.1 Determination of Vested Interest - Except as otherwise provided in
paragraphs 4.1-E. and 4.1-D. hereof (relating to full vesting of Qualified
Matching Contributions and Elective and Fail-Safe Contributions respectively, if
applicable), and in Section 9.5 hereof, in the event of termination of
employment of a Participant for any reason other than death, retirement or
Disability Retirement, such Participant shall have a vested interest
(nonforfeitable right) in his Accrued Benefit derived from contributions made by
Company, including Matching Contributions, if applicable, as indicated in Item
IV-A(D) (with respect to Matching Contributions), including Actual Contribution
Percentage Safe Harbor Contributions, if applicable as indicated in Item IV-B(B)
of the Adoption Agreement and Item VIII of the Adoption Agreement.

     Such vested interest shall be distributed to such Participant by the
Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 hereof and Item X of the
Adoption Agreement. Subject to the applicability of Sections 9.3 and 9.4 hereof,
that amount of a Participant's Account (Non-Elective Contribution Account with
respect to a 401(k) Plan) which is not so vested shall be deemed forfeited and
shall be treated in the manner prescribed by Article 6 hereof.

     In the event that in-service withdrawals are permitted in accordance with
Item X(H) of the Adoption Agreement, if a Participant or Inactive Participant
who is not fully vested in his Accrued Benefit receives a distribution from his
Account (Non-Elective Contribution

                                      9-1
<PAGE>

Account with respect to a 401(k) Plan) hereunder pursuant to a withdrawal
privilege, if permitted in accordance with Section 10.11 and Item X(H) of the
Adoption Agreement, pursuant to the Disability Schedule set forth in Section 7.2
hereof and Item II(D) of the Adoption Agreement, or pursuant to the required
minimum distribution rules of Code Section 401(a)(9) at a time when it is
possible for him to earn additional vesting credit with respect to his Accrued
Benefit by reason of continued employment, then, until such time as he either
becomes fully vested in his Accrued Benefit or he forfeits any further interest
in his Accrued Benefit, his nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit derived from Company
contributions shall be determined at any relevant time by application of the
following formula:

     X = VP(AB + D) - D

where: X is the vested amount at the relevant time; VP is his vested percentage
at the relevant time; AB is the Account balance at the relevant time; and D is
the amount of the distribution. 9.2 Years of Service for Vesting Purposes - In
computing the period of service under the Plan for purposes of determining the
nonforfeitable percentage under Section 9.1 hereof, all of an Employee's Years
of Service with Company shall be taken into account, except those Years of
Service indicated in Item VIII(D) of the Adoption Agreement shall be
disregarded. In determining those Years of Service which are considered for
vesting purposes, all service with the Company, whether or not such service was
performed as a member of the eligible class of employees, shall be considered.

9.3 Cashing-Out Rule - Notwithstanding anything in Section 9.2 to the contrary,
for purposes of determining the Employee's Accrued Benefit under the Plan,
service performed by such Employee with respect to which he has received a
distribution shall be disregarded if such distribution was paid to him under
either of the following circumstances:

                                      9-2
<PAGE>

     A.   The payment was due to the termination of such Employee's
          participation in the Plan, constituted the present value of his entire
          nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit and that portion of the payment
          attributable to voluntary employee contributions, if any, and
          contributions made by Company did not exceed:

          i.   In Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997, $3,500; or

          ii.  In Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, $5,000, or such
               larger amount with respect to which a Participant may be cashed
               out under the Code as subsequently constituted.

     B.   The payment was due to the termination of such Employee's
          participation in the Plan or due to other circumstances as provided by
          Treasury Regulation and constituted the present value of his
          nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit attributable to such service which he
          elected to receive with appropriate spousal consent, if applicable.

A Participant who terminates employment with no vested interest in the Plan
shall be deemed cashed out as of the date of such termination of employment.
That portion of the Accrued Benefit of such Employee which was not distributed
to such Employee as nonforfeitable under this Section 9.3 shall be deemed a
forfeiture, subject to recoupment under Section 9.4 hereof, and shall be treated
in accordance with Section 6.7 hereof.

9.4 Recoupment (Buy-Back) Rule - An
Employee may avoid the application of Section 9.3 hereof if such Employee
satisfies all of the following conditions:

     A.   Received a distribution in any Plan Year which was less than the
          present value of his Accrued Benefit.

     B.   Re-enters the employ of the Company (which employment is covered under
          the Plan).

     C.   Repays the full amount of such distribution prior to the following:

          i.   In the case of a distribution on account of Separation from
               Service, before the earlier of five (5) years after the
               resumption of employment with the Company or experiencing five
               (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Service, commencing after the
               date of such distribution.

                                      9-3
<PAGE>

          ii.  In the case of any other distribution from an Account that is not
               fully vested, five (5) years after the date of distribution.

          Notwithstanding the above, with respect to Plan Years beginning prior
          to January 1, 1985, such repayment must have been accomplished prior
          to a single One-Year Break in Service.

If such Employee has satisfied the prerequisites of this Section 9.4 above
listed, such Employee's Accrued Benefit shall be recomputed by taking into
account the service so disregarded under Section 9.3 hereof, so that the portion
of the Employee's Accrued Benefit which was forfeited at the time the
distribution of his nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit was made shall be deemed
recouped and added back (unadjusted by any subsequent gains and losses) to the
nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit which such Employee repaid in order to arrive at
the present value of such Employee's Accrued Benefit. In addition to the
foregoing, if an Employee, who was deemed to receive a distribution pursuant to
Section 9.3 hereof, resumes employment covered under this Plan before incurring
five (5) consecutive One-Year Breaks in Services, such Employee's
Company-derived Account will be restored to the amount on the date of the deemed
distribution.

9.5 Overriding Rule as to Determination of Vested Interest - Notwithstanding
anything in Sections 9.1 and 9.2 hereof to the contrary:

     A.   The vested percentage of a Participant in his Accrued Benefit derived
          from Company contributions shall in no event be reduced below such
          Participant's vested percentage earned at any point in time.

     B.   If at any point in time the vesting schedule is amended, the
          nonforfeitable percentage of a Participant having not less than 3
          Years of Service (5 Years of Service with respect to Plan Years
          beginning prior to January 1, 1989) shall be computed under that
          schedule which at all points in time provides such Participant with
          the greatest nonforfeitable percentage in his Accrued Benefit;
          provided, however, that in the event it is not possible to determine
          which schedule will be most favorable with respect to a particular
          Participant, such Participant having not less than 3 Years of Service
          (5 Years of Service with respect to Plan Years beginning prior to
          January 1, 1989) may, within a reasonable period of time after such

                                      9-4
<PAGE>

          amendment, elect to have his nonforfeitable percentage computed
          pursuant to the vesting schedule as it existed prior to amendment. The
          period during which the election may be made shall commence with the
          date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be adopted and shall end on
          the latest of:

          i.   60 days after the amendment is adopted;

          ii.  60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

          iii. 60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
               amendment by the Company or the Plan Administrator.

                                      9-5
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 10
                    METHOD AND MEDIUM OF PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

10.1 Method of Payment of Benefits - Generally - Except as otherwise provided in
this Article 10, the distributions provided in Articles 7 and 9 hereof to be
made to a Participant or Inactive Participant (hereinafter, for purposes of
Sections 10.1 through 10.3 hereof, referred to as "Participant") and in Article
8 hereof to be made to Beneficiaries shall be made by the Trustee at the
direction of the Plan Administrator in the manner described in Item X of the
Adoption Agreement. In the event the Plan provides for optional forms of
benefits and options relating to the timing of distributions, such that the
provisions of Section 10.3 hereof apply, the Plan Administrator shall notify the
Participant and the Participant's spouse of the right to defer any distribution
until the Participant attains (or would have attained if not deceased) the later
of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. Such notification shall include a general
description of the material features, and an explanation of the relative values
of, the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan in a manner that
would satisfy the notice requirements of Code Section 417(a)(3), and shall be
provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the first day of
the first period for which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form. In
such instances, the spouse must consent to any optional form of distribution
chosen prior to the later of the Participant's Normal Retirement Age or age 62;
provided, however, that only the Participant need consent to the commencement of
a distribution in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity during the
period prior to the Participant's attainment of the later of age 62 or Normal
Retirement Age.

     Notwithstanding the immediately preceding paragraph and the Company's
election in Item X(E) of the Adoption Agreement, with respect to any Participant
who terminates

                                      10-1
<PAGE>

employment with Company and elects to receive a distribution in a form other
than a lump sum, or any Participant who remains in the employ of Company and who
is required to receive a distribution in accordance with the provisions of
Section 10.4 hereof, such distribution shall be made over a fixed term
designated by the Participant which satisfies both the minimum distribution
rules and the minimum distribution incidental benefit rules of Code Section
401(a)(9) and which does not exceed the joint and last survivor life expectancy
of the Participant and a designated beneficiary. For this purpose, life
expectancy and joint and last survivor life expectancy are computed by use of
the return multiples specified in U.S. Treasury Regulation Section 1.72-9. Life
expectancy will be calculated as indicated in Item X-A(B) of the Adoption
Agreement. Notwithstanding the immediately-preceding three sentences, minimum
distributions shall be made in accordance with the regulations under Code
Section 401(a)(9) that were proposed on January 17, 2001, as elected in Item
X-A(C) of the Adoption Agreement; this election shall continue in effect until
the end of the last calendar year beginning before the effective date of final
regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) or such other date as may be specified
in guidance published by the Internal Revenue Service. Upon the earlier of the
Participant's death, Disability Retirement or actual retirement, the balance of
such Participant's Accrued Benefit shall be distributed to such Participant or
his Beneficiary in accordance with the other provisions of this Article 10 and
Item X of the Adoption Agreement. Neither the consent of the Participant nor the
consent of the Participant's spouse shall be required to the extent a
distribution is required to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9).

                                      10-2
<PAGE>

     If a benefit is to be paid in the form of an annuity, the terms of any
annuity contract purchased and distributed by the Plan to a Participant or
spouse shall comply with the requirements of this Plan. Any annuity contract
distributed herefrom must be nontransferable.

10.2 Distributions on Death - If the Participant dies after distribution of his
nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit has commenced, the remaining portion thereof will
continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution being used prior to the Participant's death. If the Participant
dies before distribution of his nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit has commenced,
the Participant's entire interest will be distributed no later than December 31
of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death
except to the extent that an election, if permitted pursuant to Item X(E) of the
Adoption Agreement, is made to receive distributions in accordance with either
of the following paragraphs:

     A.   If any portion of the Participant's interest is payable to a
          designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made in substantially
          equal installments over the life or life expectancy of the designated
          Beneficiary commencing no later than 1 year after the Participant's
          death.

     B.   If the designated Beneficiary is the Participant's surviving spouse,
          the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with
          paragraph A. above shall not be later than the date on which the
          Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, and, if the spouse dies
          before payments begin, subsequent distributions shall be made as if
          the spouse had been the Participant.

For purposes of the second sentence of this Section 10.2, payments will be
calculated by use of the return multiples specified in U.S. Treasury Regulation
Section 1.72-9. Life expectancy will be calculated at the time payment first
commences without further recalculation. Further, any amount paid to a child of
the Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving spouse
if the amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the child reaches the
age of

                                      10-3
<PAGE>

majority. Upon the Beneficiary's written request, if permitted pursuant to Item
X(A) of the Adoption Agreement, the Plan Administrator shall accelerate payment
of all, or any portion, of the Participant's unpaid Accrued Benefit.

10.3 Rules Regarding Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity - The provisions of this Section 10.3 shall take
precedence over any conflicting provision in this Plan with respect to any
Participant, except that these provisions shall not apply with respect to any
Participant in a plan which is a profit-sharing plan and/or a
profit-sharing/401(k) plan which is not subject to the minimum funding standards
of Code Section 412 and with respect to whom the following conditions are
satisfied:

     A.   On the death of the Participant, the Participant's nonforfeitable
          Accrued Benefit (reduced by that portion of any security interest,
          held by the Trustee with respect to any loan(s) outstanding to such
          Participant, if any, necessary to satisfy such indebtedness) will be
          paid to the Participant's surviving spouse, or, if there is no
          surviving spouse or the surviving spouse has already consented in a
          manner conforming to a Qualified Election, to a designated
          Beneficiary;

     B.   The Participant does not elect a payment of benefits in the form of a
          life annuity and benefits will not be paid in the form of a life
          annuity; and

     C.   With respect to the Participant, the Plan is not a direct or indirect
          transferee (in a transfer after December 31, 1984) of a defined
          benefit plan, money purchase pension plan (including a target benefit
          plan), stock bonus plan or profit-sharing plan which is subject to the
          survivor annuity requirements of Code Section 401(a)(11) and Code
          Section 417. In the event the Plan is a direct or indirect transferee
          of a plan as described in the immediately preceding sentence, the
          provisions of this Section 10.3 shall apply with respect to all of a
          Participant's Plan benefits; provided, however, that if the Plan
          separately accounts for such transferred assets and any income
          therefrom, then this Section 10.3 shall apply only with respect to the
          transferred assets (and any income therefrom).

                                      10-4
<PAGE>

For purposes of applying this Section 10.3, the Plan Administrator shall treat a
former Spouse as the Participant's Spouse or surviving spouse to the extent
provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. 10.3.1 Unless an optional
form of benefit is selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 90-day
period ending on the date benefit payments would commence, a married
Participant's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit will be paid in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. In the case of an unmarried Participant,
unless such Participant selects an optional form of benefit payment within a
ninety (90) day period ending on the date benefit payments would commence, such
Participant's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the form of a
single life annuity, to the extent required by law. The Plan Administrator shall
provide each married Participant, no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days
prior to the first day of the first period for which an amount is paid as an
annuity or any other form (the "annuity starting date"), a written explanation
of:

     A.   The terms and conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity;

     B.   The Participant's right to make, and the effect of, an election to
          waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit;

     C.   The rights of a Participant's Spouse; and

     D.   The right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of a previous
          election to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

     The annuity starting date for a distribution in a form other than a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity may be less than 30 days after receipt of
the written explanation described in the preceding paragraph provided:

     (1)  The Participant has been provided with information that clearly
          indicates that the Participant has at least 30 days to consider
          whether to waive the

                                      10-5
<PAGE>

          Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and elect (with spousal consent)
          to a form of distribution other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor
          Annuity;

     (2)  The Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution
          election at least until the annuity starting date or, if later, at any
          time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day
          after the explanation of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity is
          provided to the Participant; and

     (3)  The annuity starting date is a date after the date that the written
          explanation was provided to the Participant.

10.3.2 Unless an optional form of benefit has been selected within the
applicable Election Period pursuant to a Qualified Election, if a married
Participant dies before benefits have commenced, the Participant's
nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit shall be paid in the form of a Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity. The Plan Administrator may not postpone
distribution of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity beyond a reasonable
time after the Participant's death. For purposes of this subsection, the
applicable "Election Period" is the period which begins on the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the date of the
Participant's death; provided, however, that if the Participant incurs a
Separation from Service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35
is attained, with respect to the nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit as of the date
of Separation from Service, the election period shall begin on the date of
Separation from Service. The Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant,
within the Applicable Period with respect to such Participant, a written
explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in
such manner as would be comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the
requirements of subsection 10.3.1 hereof applicable to a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity. For purposes of this subsection, the term

                                      10-6
<PAGE>

"Applicable Period" means, with respect to a Participant, whichever of the
following periods ends last:

     A.   The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the
          Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year
          preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35.

     B.   A reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a Participant.

     C.   A reasonable period ending after the Plan ceases to fully subsidize
          the costs of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

     D.   A reasonable period ending after the provisions of Section 10.3 hereof
          are applicable with respect to a Participant.

     E.   In the case of a Participant who separates before attaining age 35,
          the period beginning one year before the Separation from Service and
          ending one year after such separation. If such Participant thereafter
          returns to employment with the Company, the Applicable Period shall be
          redetermined.

For purpose of B., C. and D. hereof, "reasonable period" means the end of the
one-year period beginning with the date the applicable event occurs, and the
Applicable Period for such event begins one year prior to the occurrence of the
enumerated events. In the case of an individual who was a Participant in the
Plan on August 23, 1984, and as of that date had attained age 34, the Plan will
be deemed to have satisfied these requirements if it provided the explanation
not later than December 31, 1985.

     With respect to a Participant whose nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit is paid
in the form of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, any death benefit
(other than a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement
Survivor Annuity) payable to any beneficiary shall be reduced by the amount
payable to the surviving spouse pursuant to this

                                      10-7
<PAGE>

Section. Such reduction shall be made on the basis of the respective present
values of such death benefits and the amount so payable to the surviving spouse.

10.3.3 For purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 10.3, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

     A.   "Qualified Election" means a waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
          Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, which waiver
          must be in writing and, for waivers made after December 31, 1984, must
          be consented to by the Participant's Spouse in writing, which Spouse's
          consent must acknowledge the effect of such waiver and be witnessed by
          the Plan Administrator (or his representative) or a notary public and
          acknowledge the effect of such election. With respect to Plan Years
          beginning after October 22, 1986, a waiver must designate a
          beneficiary (or a form of benefits) which may not be changed without
          spousal consent (or the consent of the Spouse expressly permits
          designations by the Participant without any requirement of further
          consent by the Spouse). A Participant's waiver of a Qualified Joint
          and Survivor Annuity and the Spouse's consent made prior to the first
          Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1986, is not required to
          specify the optional form of benefit. In addition, a Participant's
          waiver of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and the Spouse's
          consent thereto are not required to specify the optional form of any
          preretirement benefit. Notwithstanding this consent requirement, if
          the Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan
          Administrator (or his representative) that such written consent may
          not be obtained because there is no Spouse or the Spouse cannot be
          located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified Election. Any consent
          necessary hereunder will be valid only with respect to the Spouse who
          signs the consent, or in the event of a deemed Qualified Election, the
          designated Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the
          Participant without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse
          made on or after October 22, 1986 must acknowledge that the Spouse has
          the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific
          form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily
          elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. Further, a
          revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the
          consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits
          and the number of revocations shall not be limited.

     B.   "Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity" means an immediate annuity for
          the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for the life of
          the Spouse which is 50 percent of the amount of the annuity which is
          payable during

                                      10-8
<PAGE>

          the life of the Participant and which is the actuarial equivalent of a
          single annuity for the life of the Participant which can be purchased
          with the Participant's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit; provided,
          however, that if elected pursuant to Item X(E) of the Adoption
          Agreement, a Participant may elect to receive a smaller annuity
          benefit with continuation of payments to the surviving spouse at a
          designated rate greater than 50% (but not greater than 100%) of the
          rate payable during such Participant's life. Any security interest
          held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant
          shall be taken into account in determining the amount of the Qualified
          Joint and Survivor Annuity.

     C.   "Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity" means an annuity for the
          life of the surviving Spouse of the Participant which is actuarially
          equivalent to the nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of such Participant
          as of the date of death. Any security interest held by the Plan by
          reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into
          account in determining the amount of the Qualified Preretirement
          Survivor Annuity.

     D.   "Spouse (or surviving spouse)" means the spouse or surviving spouse of
          the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the
          spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as
          the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a
          Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

10.3.4 Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 hereof,
the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay the Participant's
nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit in a lump sum, in lieu of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, as the case may
be, if the Participant's nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit, excluding amounts
attributable to accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning
of Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), is not greater than $3,500 for Plan Years beginning
before August 6, 1997 and $5,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after August 6,
1997 (or such greater amount as may be permitted by law) ascertained in
accordance with Section 10.5 hereof.

                                      10-9
<PAGE>

10.3.5 Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections 10.3.1 and 10.3.2 hereof,
the Plan Administrator need not provide the notification therein described if
the Plan fully subsidizes the costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, as the case may be, and the Plan does
not allow the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or
the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity, as the case may be, and does not
allow a married Participant to designate a non-Spouse beneficiary. For purposes
of the foregoing, the Plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if under the
Plan the failure to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or Qualified
Preretirement Survivor Annuity, as the case may be, would not result in a
decrease in any Plan benefits with respect to the Participant and would not
result in increased contributions from such Participant, or if Treasury
regulations otherwise determine that the Plan fully subsidizes the costs of such
benefits.

10.3.6 Any increased costs resulting from providing a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity under this Section
10.3 shall be taken into account by the Trustee in such equitable manner as may
be permitted by law.

10.4 Overriding Rule as to Commencement of Benefit Payments - Unless a
Participant otherwise elects, if permitted in accordance with Item X(A) of the
Adoption Agreement, to postpone receipt of benefits under the Plan until a time
permitted under applicable law which is later than the time hereinafter provided
in this Section 10.4, the payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant
shall begin not later than the 60th day after the end of the last occurring Plan
Year of those Plan Years in which occur the following:

     1.   The earlier of the Normal Retirement Date or the date on which such
          Participant attains the age of 65,

                                     10-10
<PAGE>

     2.   The 10th anniversary of the year in which such Participant commenced
          participation in the Plan,

     3.   Such Participant's termination of service with Company.

The election by a Participant to postpone the receipt of benefits under the Plan
in accordance with the first sentence of this Section 10.4, if permitted
pursuant to Item X(A) of the Adoption Agreement, may not be made if such
election will cause benefits payable under the Plan with respect to such
Participant in the event of his death to equal or exceed 50% of the present
value of the total benefits payable; furthermore, to be effective, such
election, if permitted pursuant to Item X(A) of the Adoption Agreement, must be
made by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written statement, signed by such
Participant, which describes the benefit and the date on which payment of such
benefit shall commence. However, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in the first two sentences of this Section 10.4, in no event shall a
distribution of benefits hereunder be permitted to commence to a 5-percent owner
(as defined in Code Section 416(i)) later than April 1st following the calendar
year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 (distributions in subsequent
years must occur by December 31 of that distribution calendar year); provided,
however, if such Participant has attained age 70 1/2 prior to January 1, 1988
and was not a 5-percent owner (as described in Code Section 416(i)) during the
Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year when such Participant attained
age 66 1/2, or in any subsequent Plan Year, such distribution of benefits may
commence upon such Participant's Separation from Service if later; provided
further, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing limitations of this
sentence, a written election made by a Participant prior to January 1, 1984,
which has not been subsequently revoked, providing for the commencement of
benefits at a time later than otherwise permitted in accordance with this
sentence, which election satisfies the transitional rule

                                     10-11
<PAGE>

requirements contained in Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
Responsibility Act of 1982, and rules promulgated thereunder, shall govern the
timing and manner of distribution of such Participant's benefits hereunder.

     With respect to a Participant who is not a 5-percent owner, distributions
must commence as of one of the following, as elected by the Company in Item
X-A(A) of the Adoption Agreement:

     A.   April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
          Participant attains age 70 1/2.

     B.   April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
          Participant attains age 70 1/2, except that benefit distributions to
          such Participant with respect to benefits accrued after the later of
          the adoption or effective date of the amendment to the Plan must
          commence by the later of April 1 of the calendar year following the
          calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or retires.

     C.   The later of April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year
          in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2or retires. In such event
          as elected in Item X-A(A)(iii) of the Adoption Agreement:

          i.   Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2in years after 1995 may elect
               by April 1 of the calendar year following the year in which the
               Participant attained age 70 1/2 (or by December 31, 1997 in the
               case of a Participant attaining age 70 1/2in 1996) to defer
               distributions until the calendar year following the calendar year
               in which the Participant retires. If no such election is made,
               the Participant will begin receiving distributions by the April 1
               of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant
               attained age 70 1/2(or by December 31, 1997 in the case of a
               participant attaining age 70 1/2in 1996).

          ii.  Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years prior to 1997 may
               elect to stop distributions and recommence by the April 1 of the
               calendar year following the year in which the Participant
               retires. There is either (as elected by the Company in Item
               X-A(iii) of the Adoption Agreement):

               (1)  A new annuity starting date upon recommencement, or

                                     10-12
<PAGE>

               (2)  No new annuity starting date upon recommencement.

          iii. The preretirement age 70 1/2distribution option is only
               eliminated with respect to employees who reach age 70 1/2in or
               after a calendar year that begins after the later of December 31,
               1998, or the adoption date of the amendment. The preretirement
               age 70 1/2distribution option is an optional form of benefit
               under which benefits payable in a particular distribution form
               (including any modifications that may be elected after benefit
               commencement) commence at a time during the period that begins on
               or after January 1 of the calendar year in which an employee
               attains age 70 1/2and ends April 1 of the immediately following
               calendar year.

     If a Participant who terminates his participation in the Plan has a
nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit of which more than $5,000 ($3,500 for Plan Years
beginning prior to August 6, 1997) (or such larger amount with respect to which
a Participant may be cashed out under the Code as subsequently constituted),
ascertained in accordance with Section 10.6 hereof is attributable to
contributions made by Company and/or the Employee, excluding amounts
attributable to accumulated deductible employee contributions within the meaning
of Code Section 72(o)(5)(B), the Plan Administrator may not distribute the
entire amount of such nonforfeitable Accrued Benefit to such Participant in a
lump sum at the time of such termination without the consent of such Participant
and, for any such distribution to which the provisions of subsection 10.3.1
hereof apply, without the written consent of such Participant's spouse
acknowledging the effect thereof and witnessed by the Plan Administrator (or his
representative) or a notary public.

10.5 Overriding Rule as to Distribution at Early Retirement Age - If the Company
elects to permit early retirement pursuant to Item II(G) of the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant having any nonforfeitable right to an Accrued Benefit,
who has a Separation from Service after having satisfied the service, but not
the age, requirement for Early Retirement Age contained in

                                     10-13
<PAGE>

Item II(G) of the Adoption Agreement, shall be entitled upon satisfaction of
such age requirement to receive such vested portion of his Accrued Benefit in
accordance with Section 10.1 hereof.

10.6 Value of Accrued Benefit for Distribution Purposes - Except to the extent
that a Participant exercises investment control over his Account(s) in
accordance with Section 11.12 hereof and Item XI(C) of the Adoption Agreement,
the amount of any distribution to be paid to any Participant, Inactive
Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, shall be computed upon the
value, determined in accordance with the provisions of Article 6 hereof, of such
Participant's or Inactive Participant's Account(s) as of the date indicated in
Item X(G) of the Adoption Agreement.

10.7 Undistributed Accounts Subject to Trust Gains and Losses - Except to the
extent that a Participant exercises investment control over his Account(s) in
accordance with Section 11.12 hereof and Item XI(C) of the Adoption Agreement,
any undistributed share of an Inactive Participant remaining in the Trust prior
to complete distribution shall participate proportionately in the earnings or
losses of the Trust on the appropriate Valuation Dates, but shall not
participate in any further contributions to the Trust or in forfeitures, all as
provided in Article 6 hereof.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph of this Section 10.7, the Trustee,
upon direction of the Plan Administrator, may place such funds in a segregated
account by deposit in a federally insured interest-bearing account. Any such
segregated account shall not participate in the earnings or losses of the Trust.

                                     10-14
<PAGE>

10.8 Medium of Payment of Benefits - Except as may be otherwise required by the
provisions of this Article 10 dealing with Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuities and Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuities, any distribution to be
made to any Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may
be, by the Trustee shall be made in the form indicated in Item X(F) of the
Adoption Agreement; provided, however, in the event distributions are permitted
to be made in kind, or partly in kind, any such distribution in kind or partly
in kind shall be valued at its then fair market value and the valuation of such
distribution shall be deemed final, unless such valuation is appealed by such
Participant in accordance with Section 5.4 hereof.

10.9 Portability of Benefits - If a Participant, entitled to receive benefits
hereunder upon termination of his employment with Company, subsequently enters
the employ of another employer maintaining an employees' trust qualified under
Code Section 401(a), and exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a), the Plan
Administrator, at the Participant's direction, may direct the Trustee to
transfer the vested portion of such Participant's Accrued Benefit, in such
manner as to constitute a lump sum distribution, directly to the trustee of the
plan maintained by such Participant's new employer, provided that the trustee
under such other plan shall be authorized to accept such transfer and shall
furnish to the Trustee a letter certifying that such transferred assets shall
not be forfeitable or reduce in any way the obligation of the new employer to
make contributions under such other plan for the benefit of such Participant.

10.10 Effect of Completion of Benefit Distribution - When any distribution to
which a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary, as the case may be, is
entitled hereunder has been completed in accordance with the provisions of this
Article 10, the Company, the Plan

                                     10-15
<PAGE>

Administrator and the Trustee shall be fully and finally discharged of all
duties, responsibilities and liabilities hereunder with respect to such
Participant or any person claiming through or under such Participant.

     The following provision shall apply to a 401(k) plan if elected pursuant to
Item X(I) of the Adoption Agreement:

10.11 Restrictions on Withdrawal of Elective Contributions - Except as
hereinbelow provided, no distribution from a Participant's Elective Contribution
Account will be permitted prior to the earliest of the Participant's retirement,
death, Disability Retirement, other Separation from Service, or the attainment
of age 59 1/2. In addition, distribution of a Participant's Elective
Contribution Account shall be permitted on the termination of the Plan without
the establishment of a successor plan, the sale to an unrelated entity of
substantially all the assets of a trade or business of the Company or the sale
of a subsidiary of the Company if the Company continues to maintain the Plan and
the Participant continues employment with the purchaser of such assets or
subsidiary. However, if elected pursuant to Item X(I) of the Adoption Agreement,
in cases of financial hardship where the Participant has an immediate and heavy
financial need and a withdrawal of all or a portion of his Elective Contribution
Account (reduced by amounts therein attributable to Qualified Matching
Contributions and/or Fail-Safe Contributions together with any income allocable
thereto after December 31, 1988) is necessary to satisfy such financial need, a
Participant may be permitted to withdraw all or a portion of the value of his
Elective Contribution Account (reduced by amounts therein attributable to
Qualified Matching Contributions and Fail-Safe Contributions together with any
income allocable thereto after December 31, 1988) valued as of the latest prior
Valuation Date adjusted to exclude any gains,

                                     10-16
<PAGE>

earnings, losses and/or costs attributable thereto after December 31, 1988. A
withdrawal will be deemed to be one due to an immediate and heavy financial need
if it is requested on account of:

     A.   Medical expenses described in Code Section 213(d) incurred by the
          Participant, his spouse, or a dependent of the Participant as defined
          in Code Section 152.

     B.   The purchase of a principal residence by the Participant, not
          including the making of mortgage payments.

     C.   The payment of tuition expenses for the next twelve (12) months of
          post secondary education for the Participant, his spouse, children or
          dependents as defined in Code Section 152.

     D.   The cost of preventing the eviction of the Participant from his
          principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on said principal
          residence.

     E.   Such other costs or expenses as may be deemed to be immediate and
          heavy financial needs in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section
          1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(ii)(B).

A distribution will not be treated as necessary to satisfy an immediate and
heavy financial need to the extent that such need may be satisfied from other
resources that are reasonably available to the Participant. The Plan
Administrator shall determine based upon all the relevant facts and
circumstances whether the distribution is necessary to satisfy an immediate and
heavy financial need of a Participant. Unless the Plan Administrator has reason
to believe otherwise, he may rely on the Participant's representations that the
financial need cannot be satisfied from other resources, such as:

     (1)  Through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise;

     (2)  By reasonable liquidation of the Participant's assets to the extent
          such liquidation would not itself cause an immediate and heavy
          financial need;

     (3)  By cessation of Elective Contributions by the Participant under the
          Plan; or

                                     10-17
<PAGE>

     (4)  By any other distribution to the Participant and nontaxable loans, if
          available, to the Participant from the Plan or any other qualified
          plan maintained by the Company, or by borrowing from commercial
          sources on reasonable commercial terms.

The Participant's other resources shall be deemed to include those assets of his
spouse and minor children that are reasonably available to the Participant and
the distribution to the Participant hereunder may not exceed the amount of the
immediate and heavy financial need.

     Distributions pursuant to this Section 10.11 may not be made without the
written consent of the Participant and, for any such distribution to which the
provisions of subsection 10.3.1. hereof apply, without the written consent of
such Participant's spouse acknowledging the effect thereof and witnessed by the
Plan Administrator (or his representative) or a notary public.

     In the event a Participant receives a distribution pursuant to this Section
10.11 in order to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need, the
Participant's Elective Contribution under the Plan (and under any other Plan
maintained by Company which provides Elective Contributions) shall be suspended
for 12 months after receipt of the distribution. In addition, the Employee will
not be permitted to make Elective Contributions under any Plan maintained by
Company for the Employee's taxable year immediately following the taxable year
of the hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code
Section 402(g) for such taxable year, less the amount of such Employee's
Elective Contributions for the taxable year of the hardship distribution.

10.12 Permitted Withdrawals - If elected pursuant to Item X(H) of the Adoption
Agreement, in the event a Participant has: attained the age specified in Item
X(H) of the Adoption Agreement or, with respect to a Plan other than a money
purchase pension plan, satisfied any vesting requirement and/or proven to the
Plan Administrator the existence of

                                     10-18
<PAGE>

financial necessity as specified in Item X(H) of the Adoption Agreement;
obtained the express, written approval of the Plan Administrator (or the Review
Committee, if in accordance with Section 5.4 hereof); and, if married, obtained,
within the 90 day period preceding the date of the withdrawal, and provided to
the Plan Administrator the written consent of such Participant's spouse, then
such Participant shall, upon written notice to the Trustee, be entitled to
withdraw from the Trust an amount not in excess of his vested interest in his
Account(s) (Non-Elective Contribution Account(s) with respect to a 401(k) Plan),
valued as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the date on which said
notice is given. For purposes of this Section 10.12, "financial necessity" shall
have the meaning elected by the Company in Item X(H) of the Adoption Agreement.

10.13 Suspension of Benefit Payments - Except as may be otherwise required with
respect to the minimum distributions pursuant to Section 10.4 hereof, if the
payment of any nonforfeitable Accrued Benefits due a Participant or Inactive
Participant hereunder is being made in installments pursuant to Section 10.1
hereof and Item X(E) of the Adoption Agreement and such recipient re-enters the
employ of Company after such payments have commenced, such payment of Accrued
Benefits shall be suspended for such period as such Employee remains in the
employ of Company; however, such Accrued Benefits derived from contributions
made by Company shall not be treated as forfeitable as a result of such
suspension. For purposes of this Section 10.13, a person shall not be deemed to
have re-entered the employ of Company with respect to any calendar month unless
such person actually performs more than 40 Hours of Service during such month.

                                     10-19
<PAGE>

10.14 Direct Rollover Rules - Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this Article
10, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the
Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution
paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee in a
direct rollover.

10.14.1 For purposes of applying this Section 10.14, the following words and
phrases shall have the following meanings:

     A.   "Eligible rollover distribution": An eligible rollover distribution is
          any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the credit of
          the distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does
          not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially
          equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
          the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives
          (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's
          designated beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or
          more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required
          under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in
          Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) received after December 31, 1998; the
          portion of any distribution that is not includible in gross income
          (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized
          appreciation with respect to employer securities); and any other
          distribution that is reasonably expected to total less than $200
          during a year.

     B.   "Eligible retirement plan": An eligible retirement plan is an
          individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an
          individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an
          annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust
          described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee's
          eligible rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible
          rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement
          plan is an individual retirement account or individual retirement
          annuity.

     C.   "Distributee": A distributee includes an Employee or former Employee.
          In addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse and
          the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse who is the
          alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined
          in

                                     10-20
<PAGE>

          Code Section 414(p), are distributees with regard to the interest of
          the spouse or former spouse.

     D.   "Direct rollover": A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
          eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

10.14.2 If a distribution is one to which Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do
not apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice
required under Treasury Regulation Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided
that:

     A.   The Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
          Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
          receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to
          elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
          option), and

     B.   The Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a
          distribution.

10.15 Restrictions on In-Service Distributions - Notwithstanding any provision
of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional form of benefit
under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee's retirement,
death, Disability, or Separation from Service, and prior to Plan termination,
the optional form of benefit is not available with respect to benefits
attributable to assets (including the post-transfer earnings thereon) and
liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code Section 414(1), to
this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a)
(other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to
voluntary employee contributions).

                                     10-21
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 11
                      ADMINISTRATIVE AND INVESTMENT POWERS
                 AND DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE OR OTHER FIDUCIARIES

11.1 Function of Trustee - The Trustee shall receive any contributions paid to
it by Company, and all contributions so received, together with the income
therefrom, shall be held, managed and administered in trust pursuant to the
terms of this Agreement. The Trustee hereby accepts the Trust created hereunder
and agrees to perform the duties under this Agreement on its part to be
performed.

11.2 Fiduciary Duties and Responsibilities - Generally - In general, a Fiduciary
shall discharge his duties with respect to the Trust Estate, in accordance with
the provisions of the Plan and Trust, solely in the interest of the Participants
(and the Beneficiaries of such Participants) and with the care, skill, prudence
and diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent man acting
in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an
enterprise of like character and with like aims, and shall, except for Accounts
with respect to which the Participants are directing the investment in
accordance with the provisions of Section 11.12 hereof and Item XI(C) of the
Adoption Agreement, diversify the investments of the Trust so as to minimize the
risk of large losses, unless under the circumstances it is clearly prudent not
to do so.

11.3 Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee - Specifically - The Trustee shall
be charged with and shall perform the following duties and responsibilities:

     A.   It shall be responsible for the safekeeping of all property, at any
          time and from time to time, comprising the Trust Estate.

                                      11-1
<PAGE>

     B.   It shall carry out all directions and instructions given it, at any
          time and from time to time, by the Plan Administrator which are
          required and permitted to be given by this Agreement.

     C.   It shall keep and maintain accounts and records as required under this
          Agreement and such other accounts and records as it shall deem
          necessary and proper to record its transactions with respect to, and
          its administration of, this Trust. Company and/or the Plan
          Administrator shall have the right to examine such accounts and
          records at all reasonable times.

11.4 Investment Powers of Trustee - Generally - With respect to the Trust
Estate, subject to the provisions of Sections 11.2, 11.5, 11.6, 11.8 and 11.12,
if applicable, hereof, and to the extent not otherwise instructed by the Plan
Administrator, the Trustee is authorized and empowered:

     A.   To invest and reinvest all or any part of the Trust Estate, without
          distinction between principal and income, in such stocks, bonds,
          notes, securities, insurance or annuity contracts, mutual fund shares
          or other property, of every kind and nature, as the Trustee may deem
          suitable for the Trust Estate.

     B.   To the extent allowed by law, to hold deposits in an account in the
          commercial department of a bank and to retain in cash and keep
          unproductive of income such reasonable amount of the Trust Estate as
          it may deem advisable for the meeting of maturing obligations. The
          Trustee shall not be required to pay interest on cash balances or cash
          in its hands pending investment unless the same shall have been
          deposited by the Trustee to the credit of a savings account.

     C.   To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, or dispose of any property,
          whether real or personal, at any time held by it, and any sale may be
          made by private contract or at public auction, as the Trustee may deem
          best, and no person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to
          the application of the purchase money or to inquire into the validity,
          expediency or propriety of any such sale or other disposition.

     D.   To acquire any real estate or other property as a result of any
          foreclosure, liquidation or other salvage of any investment made by
          it; to hold such real estate or other property pending liquidation of
          the same at such time, in such manner, and upon such terms as the
          Trustee may deem advisable, and to manage and operate, repair,
          improve, mortgage or lease for any term or

                                      11-2
<PAGE>

          terms any such real estate or other property upon such terms and
          conditions as the Trustee deems proper, using other assets of the
          Trust Estate for any of such purposes if deemed advisable.

     E.   To compromise, compound and settle any debt or obligation due to or
          from it as Trustee hereunder, and to reduce the rate of interest on or
          to extend or otherwise modify or to foreclose upon default or
          otherwise enforce any such obligation.

     F.   To vote in person or by proxy any stocks, bonds or other securities
          held by it; to exercise any options appurtenant to any such stocks,
          bonds or other securities for the conversion thereof into other
          stocks, bonds or securities, or to exercise any rights to subscribe
          for additional stocks, bonds or other securities, and to make any and
          all necessary payments therefor; to join in or to dissent from and to
          oppose the reorganization, recapitalization, consolidation,
          liquidation, sale or merger of corporations or other properties in
          which it may be interested as Trustee upon such terms and conditions
          as it may deem wise.

     G.   To make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all deeds, leases,
          assignments and instruments necessary or proper to enable it to carry
          out any authorities or powers granted to it by this Section 11.4.

     H.   To borrow or raise monies for the purposes of the Trust from any
          person or persons, and for any sum so borrowed to issue its promissory
          note and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all or any part
          of the Trust Estate; and no person loaning money to the Trustee shall
          be bound to see to the application of the money loaned or to inquire
          into the validity, expediency or propriety of any such borrowing.

     I.   To cause any investments from time to time held by it to be registered
          in or transferred into its name as Trustee or the name of its nominee
          or nominees, or to retain them in unregistered form or in form
          permitting transfer by delivery, but the books and records of the
          Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are part of
          the Trust Estate. Trustee shall be liable for the wrongful acts of its
          nominee with respect to any property held in the name of such nominee.

     J.   To invest and reinvest all or any part of the Trust Estate in units of
          any common or general trust fund heretofore or hereafter created by
          any bank or trust company. So long as the Trustee holds any such units
          hereunder, the instrument establishing such common or general trust
          fund (including all amendments thereto) shall be deemed to have been
          adopted and made a part of this Trust Agreement.

                                      11-3
<PAGE>

     K.   To invest and reinvest all or any part of the Trust Estate in a master
          trust heretofore or hereafter created by the Company and/or a related
          entity for the commingling of assets from more than one qualified
          retirement plan established by the Company and/or other employers that
          are required to be aggregated with Company under Code Sections 414(b),
          (c), (m) or (o). So long as the Trustee holds any investment in such
          master trust, the instrument establishing such master trust (including
          all amendments thereto) shall be deemed to have been adopted and made
          a part of this Trust Agreement.

     L.   To do all such acts, execute all such instruments, take all such
          proceedings and exercise all such rights and privileges with relation
          to any property constituting a part of the Trust Estate as are
          necessary or proper to carry out the purposes of this Agreement.

11.5 Limitation on Powers with Respect to Prohibited Transactions -
Notwithstanding any provision of the foregoing Section 11.4 hereof to the
contrary, and except as otherwise provided pursuant to an applicable individual
or class exemption obtained in accordance with Code Section 4975(c)(2) and/or
ERISA Section 408(a), no Fiduciary shall have any power to enter into any
transaction which is a prohibited transaction under either of the following:

     A.   Code Section 4975(c) as limited by Code Section 4975(d), because such
          Fiduciary is or would have to deal with a disqualified person, as that
          term is defined by Code Section 4975(e)(2).

     B.   Section 406, as limited by Section 408, of subtitle B of Title I of
          ERISA, because such Fiduciary is or would have to deal with a Party in
          Interest, as that term is defined by Section 3(14) of subtitle A of
          Title I of ERISA, or because of any other reason therein stated.

Further, no Fiduciary shall have any power to enter into any transaction or do
any act which may now or hereafter result in the disqualification of this Plan
and Trust under Code Section 401(a), or any statute of similar import.

11.6 Limitation on Powers with Respect to Purchase of Insurance Contracts -
Notwithstanding the powers granted in paragraph A. of Section 11.4 hereof, the
purchase of life

                                      11-4
<PAGE>

insurance under the Plan shall only be permitted if elected pursuant to Item
XI(A) of the Adoption Agreement. Any purchase of life insurance contracts, if
permitted, with respect to a Participant shall be so limited that at all times
the aggregate of premiums paid will be:

     A.   In the case of ordinary life insurance, less than 50% of the aggregate
          amount allocated to such Participant's Account and attributable to
          contributions made by Company.

     B.   In the case of term or universal life insurance, less than 25% of the
          aggregate amount allocated to such Participant's Account and
          attributable to contributions made by Company.

     C.   In the case of both ordinary and term life insurance, less than 25% of
          the aggregate amount allocated to such Participant's Account and
          attributable to contributions made by Company; provided, however, that
          only the term premium plus one-half of the ordinary premium shall be
          considered in aggregating premiums.

If a Participant dies prior to the purchase of a policy of life insurance
intended to be purchased on his life the initial premium shall be deemed to be
the proceeds of such policy. In the event of any conflict between the terms of
the Plan and the terms of any insurance contracts hereunder, the Plan provisions
shall control. At or before the commencement of benefits to a Participant, any
such life insurance contract on his life shall be distributed to the Participant
or converted to cash or an annuity at the Participant's option; provided,
however, that any policy so distributed shall provide for methods of payment
consistent with Article 10 hereof. Any dividends or credits earned on insurance
contracts will be allocated to the Account derived from Company contributions of
the Participant for whose benefit the contract is held.

     The Trustee, if the Plan is trusteed, or custodian, if the Plan has a
custodial account, shall apply for and will be the owner of any insurance
contract purchased under the terms of this Plan. A Participant's spouse will be
the designated beneficiary of the proceeds in all circumstances unless a
qualified election has been made in accordance with Section 8.3 of the

                                      11-5
<PAGE>

Plan. Under no circumstances shall the Trust (or custodial account) retain any
part of the proceeds.

11.7 Duty of Person Dealing with Trust - No person dealing with the Trust or the
Trustee shall be required to inquire as to the authority of the Trustee to do
any act or to see to the application of funds or other property paid or
delivered to the Trustee.

11.8 Overriding Rule Respecting Investments in Employer Securities and/or
Employer Real Property - Notwithstanding the powers granted in paragraph A. of
Section 11.4 hereof and subject to the provisions of the second sentence of this
Section 11.8, a Fiduciary shall not have any power to acquire for the Trust any
qualifying employer security or qualifying employer real property (as such terms
are defined by Sections 407(d)(5) and (4), respectively, of subtitle B of Title
I of ERISA), unless otherwise elected pursuant to Item XI(B) of the Adoption
Agreement. In the event the purchase of qualifying employer securities or
qualifying employer real property is permitted pursuant to Item XI(B) of the
Adoption Agreement, then subject to the limitation set forth in Item XI(B) of
the Adoption Agreement, the acquisition or sale of qualifying employer
securities, or the acquisition, sale or lease of qualifying employer real
property, by a Fiduciary on behalf of the Trust, may be by transaction involving
a Party in Interest (as such term is defined by ERISA Section 3(14)) or a
disqualified person (as such term is defined by Code Section 4975 (e)(2)), if
both of the following conditions are satisfied:

     A.   If such acquisition, sale or lease is for adequate consideration (or
          in the case of a marketable obligation, at a price not less favorable
          to the Trust than the price determined under Section 407(e)(1) of
          subtitle B of Title I of ERISA).

     B.   If no commission is charged with respect thereto.

                                      11-6
<PAGE>

11.9 Loans to Participants - The Company shall elect in Item XI(D) of the
Adoption Agreement whether or not the Trustee may make loans to Participants in
accordance with the provisions of Article 19 hereof.

11.10 Power of Trustee to Seek Advice - The Trustee may employ one or more
persons to render advice with regard to any responsibility of Trustee under the
Plan, including consultation with counsel (who may be counsel for Company)
selected by it. The opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authority
and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by the
Trustee in good faith in accordance therewith.

11.11 Power of Trustee to Promulgate Rules and Regulations - The Trustee may
promulgate such rules and regulations as it may deem necessary or advisable for
the efficient and proper performance of its duties hereunder; provided that such
rules and regulations shall not contradict any provisions of the Trust.

11.12 Investment Direction by Participants - If elected in accordance with Item
XI(C) of the Adoption Agreement, each Participant, Inactive Participant and
Beneficiary entitled to receive a benefit hereunder shall either be permitted to
or be required to designate the portion of such of his Account(s) of the type
designated by the Plan Administrator to be invested as provided in Item XI(C) of
the Adoption Agreement. If a Participant fails to give any required investment
direction hereunder, or if such investment direction is ambiguous, the Trustee
may determine how such funds are to be invested until such time as an effective
investment direction is received from such Participant and can be effectuated.

     The timing and manner of the designation to be made by Participants,
Inactive Participants and Beneficiaries pursuant to the first paragraph of this
Section 11.12, including the

                                      11-7
<PAGE>

frequency of permitted changes in fund designations, shall be accomplished in
accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, in
consultation with the Trustee, and applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory
manner; provided, however, that any such designation or change in designation
shall be in writing signed by the Participant, Inactive Participant or
Beneficiary, as the case may be, and delivered to the Plan Administrator.

     The Trustee shall maintain sub-accounts reflecting the amounts of such
Account(s) of a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary, as the case
may be, invested in the particular investment or investment funds and shall
value such sub-accounts in accordance with Section 6.9 hereof.

     To the extent that a Participant is permitted to withdraw funds from his
Elective Contribution Account, pursuant to Section 10.11 hereof, to withdraw
funds from his Company contribution Account, pursuant to Section 10.12 hereof,
or to borrow funds from his Account(s), pursuant to Section 11.9 and Article 19
hereof, such funds shall be distributed to the Participant from such
sub-account(s) of such Participant as designated by the Plan Administrator in
consultation with the Participant. The Trustee will account for a Participant's
loans in such manner as it determines to be appropriate, and shall charge loan
costs against the Participant's Account(s) and shall credit his interest
payments to the Participant's Account(s).

11.13 Action by Multiple Trustees - If, at any time, more than one person is
serving as Trustee hereunder, then, except as any rules and regulations of the
Trustees may otherwise provide, all actions and decisions taken by the Trustees
hereunder shall be done by them unanimously. The Trustee may authorize any one
or more of the Trustees to prepare, issue and/or execute any document on behalf
of all the Trustees, in which event the Trustee shall notify

                                      11-8
<PAGE>

Company and the Plan Administrator in writing of such action and the name or
names of the Trustee or Trustees so designated. The Plan Administrator, Company
and any Participant shall, and any other party may, accept and rely upon any
document so executed by such Trustee or Trustees as representing action by the
Trustee, until the Trustee shall file with Company and the Plan Administrator a
written revocation of such designation.

                                      11-9
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 12
           IMMUNITIES AND BONDING OF THE TRUSTEE AND OTHER FIDUCIARIES

12.1 Provisions Governing Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee - The duties
and responsibilities of the Trustee hereunder shall be determined solely by the
express provisions of the Plan and Trust and by applicable statutes and
government regulations, and no other duties or responsibilities shall be
implied.

12.2 Fiduciary Liability - A Fiduciary who breaches any of the fiduciary
responsibilities, obligations, or duties imposed under Section 12.1 hereof shall
be personally liable to make good to the Trust any losses of the Trust resulting
from such breach, and to restore to the Trust Estate any profits of such
Fiduciary which have been made through use by such Fiduciary of Trust assets,
and shall be subject to such other equitable or remedial relief as a court may
deem appropriate. However, no Fiduciary shall be liable with respect to a
fiduciary duty if such breach was committed before he became a Fiduciary or
after he ceased to be a Fiduciary. Furthermore, a Fiduciary shall be liable for
a breach of fiduciary responsibility of another Fiduciary under the
circumstances set forth in Section 405 of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA.

12.3 Service in More than One Fiduciary Capacity Permitted - Any person or group
of persons may serve in more than one fiduciary capacity with respect to the
Plan.

12.4 Trustee Under No Obligation to Locate Benefit Recipients - The Trustee
shall not be required to make any investigation to determine the identity or
mailing address of any person entitled to benefits hereunder. The Trustee may
make any payment required to be made by it hereunder by mailing its check for
the amount thereof to the person to whom such payment is to be made at such
address as shall have been last furnished to the Trustee, or if no such address

                                      12-1
<PAGE>

shall have been so furnished, to such person in care of the Plan Administrator.
In the event that any dispute shall arise as to the identity or rights of
persons entitled to benefits hereunder, the Trustee may withhold payment of such
benefits until such dispute shall have been determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction or shall have been settled by written stipulation of the parties
concerned. If a recipient cannot be located within one year after he is entitled
to receive a distribution, the Trustee may, at the direction of the Plan
Administrator, treat such amount as a forfeiture in accordance with the
provisions of Section 6.7 hereof. In the event such person subsequently makes a
claim for such benefits, such benefits shall be reinstated in accordance with
Section 4.1-C. hereof.

12.5 Circumstances Under which Trustee is Obligated to Institute Legal
Proceedings- The Trustee shall not be required to institute suit or maintain any
litigation to collect the proceeds of or enforce rights under or pertaining to
the Trust Estate unless it shall first be requested to do so by the Plan
Administrator and shall have been indemnified to its satisfaction for its
counsel fees, costs, disbursements, and other expenses and liabilities to which
it may, in its judgment, be subjected by any such action on its part. The
Trustee may use the proceeds and avails of the Trust Estate to meet the expenses
and liabilities incurred by it in connection with such litigation.

12.6 Requirement of Fiduciary Bond - Every Fiduciary and every person who
handles Trust assets, except a bank or financial institution satisfying the
requirements of Section 412(a)(2) of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, shall be
bonded against loss by acts of fraud or dishonesty. Such bond shall be not less
than ten percent (10%) of the amount of Trust assets handled annually, and shall
be in a minimum amount of $1,000, but need not, as a general rule, be more than
$500,000, or shall be for not less than such other amount as may subsequently,

                                      12-2
<PAGE>

from time to time, be required by law or regulation. Such bond as is required
shall not be obtained from a surety or other company or through any agent or
broker in whose business operations the Trust or any Party in Interest has any
control or significant financial interest, direct or indirect.

12.7 Source of Funds from which Trustee Obligated to Make Payments - Except as
otherwise provided in Section 12.2 hereof, nothing contained in this Agreement
shall obligate or be construed as obligating the Trustee to make any payment or
disbursement except from the Trust Estate.

12.8 Extent of Trustee's Obligation to Verify Information - Except as may
otherwise be required by its duty of prudence, as provided for in Section 11.2
hereof, the Trustee may accept as true and correct all papers, certificates,
statements and representations of fact that are presented to the Trustee,
without the requirement of investigation, questioning and verification if the
Trustee believes them to be true and correct. Furthermore, the Trustee shall not
be required to determine the facts concerning eligibility of any Participant
under the Plan, his identity, his Years of Service for purposes of vesting, or
if he has had a One-Year Break in Service. The Trustee shall rely solely upon
the written advice and direction of the Plan Administrator as to any question of
fact.

12.9 Indemnification of Trustee and Plan Administrator - Company agrees to
indemnify and save harmless the Trustee and the Plan Administrator against any
liabilities, loss, cost or damages that the Trustee or the Plan Administrator
may incur in the exercise and performance of their duties and powers hereunder.
Company further agrees to assume the defense of any and all actions, suits or
proceedings brought or advanced by any Employee of

                                      12-3
<PAGE>

Company or Beneficiary or personal representative of such Employee against the
Trustee, the Plan Administrator and/or the Trust. Company further agrees to
indemnify and protect the Trustee and the Plan Administrator from any and all
claims, demands, suits, or proceedings at law that may be brought by such
Employees or their Beneficiaries or legal representatives. Notwithstanding the
above, nothing herein shall be construed to apply to a Trustee serving herein
which is a corporate Trustee which is a bank or financial institution satisfying
the requirements of Section 412(a)(2) of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA. In
addition, notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.9, none of
the protections set forth herein shall be available with respect to actions or
inactions of the Trustee or Plan Administrator involving willful misconduct by
such Trustee or Plan Administrator.

12.10 Communication Binding Upon Trustee Only Upon Receipt - No communication
shall be binding upon the Trustee until it is received by it.

12.11 Fiduciary Relieved of Liability to Extent Person Exercises Control Over
Own Account - If a Participant, Inactive Participant or Beneficiary exercises
control over Trust assets attributable solely to his Account or any part
thereof, no Fiduciary shall be liable for any loss, or by reason of any breach,
which results from the exercise of control by such Participant, Inactive
Participant or Beneficiary.

                                      12-4
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 13
                 COMPENSATION OF A FIDUCIARY; EXPENSES AND TAXES

13.1 Fiduciary Compensation and Expenses- Subject to the limitation provided by
the third sentence of this Section 13.1, a Fiduciary shall be entitled to
reasonable compensation for its services hereunder, together with all reasonable
expenses incurred by such Fiduciary in the management and/or administration of
this Trust. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Estate
if and to the extent that Company does not pay such compensation and expenses.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the first sentence of this
Section 13.1, no person so serving as a Fiduciary hereunder who already receives
full-time pay from Company or from an employee organization, whose members are
Participants hereunder, shall receive compensation from the Trust Estate,
although such person shall be entitled to reimbursement of reasonable expenses
incurred.

13.2 Circumstances Giving Trustee Lien on Trust Estate- The Trustee shall have a
continuing lien upon all property in the Trust for the amount of all taxes for
which it may deem itself liable, as well as for its compensation and expenses
hereunder, and it may at any time remit to the proper taxing authorities from
any funds or other property in this Trust any taxes involving the Trust which it
may deem itself obligated to remit, unless indemnified to its satisfaction
against any liabilities for such taxes.

                                      13-1
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 14
              RESIGNATION AND SUBSTITUTION OF, AND OTHER PROVISIONS
                  RELATING TO, THE TRUSTEE OR OTHER FIDUCIARIES

14.1 Resignation, Removal, and Substitution - A Trustee or other Fiduciary may
resign at any time upon 30 days' notice in writing to Company. A Trustee or
other Fiduciary may be removed by Company at any time by 30 days' notice in
writing to such Trustee or other Fiduciary, as the case may be. Further, an
investment manager, who has been appointed by the Plan Administrator, pursuant
to paragraph 5.2-J. hereof, may be removed by the Plan Administrator. Company
may appoint additional Trustees at any time.

14.2 Replacement of Trustee - If a Trustee resigns or is removed, the Company
shall appoint a new Trustee, and the Trustee who resigned or was removed shall
forthwith assign, transfer and pay over to the successor Trustee the Trust
Estate upon written notice of such appointment and its acceptance by the
successor Trustee. Each successor or additional Trustee so appointed and
accepting a trusteeship hereunder shall have all the rights, powers, and be
subject to all the duties and obligations of his predecessor Trustee.

14.3 Replacement of Investment Manager - If an investment manager resigns or is
removed, it shall forthwith assign, transfer and pay over to the successor
investment manager or Trustee, as the case may be, at the direction of the Plan
Administrator, whatever Trust assets it holds or has the right to receive; and
it shall also furnish Trustee and the Plan Administrator with a written report
setting forth all investments, receipts, disbursements, and other transactions
to which such investment manager was a party under this Agreement from the date
covered by its

                                      14-1
<PAGE>

next prior report and showing all cash, securities, and other property held at
the end of such accounting period.

14.4 Trustee to Make Report - Within 90 days following its receipt of Company's
contribution pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof, or within 90 days after the
effective date of a Trustee's resignation or removal, the Trustee shall file a
written report with the Plan Administrator setting forth all investments,
receipts, disbursements, and other transactions to which the Trustee was a party
under this Agreement from the date covered by its next prior report and showing
all cash, securities, and other property held at the end of such accounting
period.

14.5 Notice Requirement for Resignation or Removal May Be Waived - In the event
of the resignation or removal of a Trustee or other Fiduciary as provided in
Section 14.1 hereof, the parties may, by written instrument, waive such notice
of resignation or removal as may be provided hereunder.

14.6 Fiduciary Not Precluded from Being Participant or Beneficiary - No
Fiduciary shall be precluded from becoming a Participant under the Plan upon his
meeting the requirements for eligibility, and no Fiduciary shall be precluded
from receiving any benefit to which he may be entitled as a Participant or
Beneficiary, so long as the benefit is computed and paid on a basis which is
consistent with the terms of the Plan as applied to all other Participants and
Beneficiaries.

14.7 Change of Funding Medium Permitted - At any time, at the direction of
Company, appropriate arrangements shall be made for the continued funding of the
Plan through such other funding medium qualified under the Code as Company may
elect, and thereupon the value of the Trust Estate shall be distributed to such
other funding medium.

                                      14-2
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 15
                                   AMENDMENTS

15.1 Amendment by Company - The Company has the right, at any time and from time
to time:

     A.   To amend the elective provisions of the Adoption Agreement.

     B.   To amend the Plan by the addition of overriding plan language in the
          Adoption Agreement, where such language is necessary to satisfy Code
          Sections 415 or 416 because of the required aggregation of multiple
          plans under those sections.

     C.   To amend the administrative provisions of the Plan, so long as the
          amended provisions are not in conflict with any other provision of the
          Plan and do not cause the Plan to fail to qualify under Code Section
          401(a).

     D.   To add certain model amendments published by the Internal Revenue
          Service which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause
          the Plan to be treated as individually designed.

     The Company may amend the Plan in any other manner; provided, however, that
if the Company amends the Plan for any reason other than those listed above,
including an amendment to take into account a waiver of the minimum funding
requirement under Code Section 412(d), the Company shall be considered to have
an individually designed plan. The Company may not amend the Plan in any manner
which would decrease a Participant's Accrued Benefit, except to the extent
permitted pursuant to Code Section 412(c)(8), and may not reduce or eliminate
any Code Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit determined immediately prior to the
effective date of the amendment. Any such amendment shall not require the
consent of the Participants or the Trustee or any other Fiduciary, except that
any amendments affecting the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee
hereunder shall only be effective if consented to in

                                      15-1
<PAGE>

writing by the Trustee. To the extent permitted by law, if an amendment to the
Plan results in the Plan not being qualified under Code Section 401(a), all
contributions with respect to which it is determined that the Plan is not
qualified may be returned to the Company by the Trustee within one year after
the denial of qualification of the Plan at the direction of the Plan
Administrator. Any such amendment of the Plan shall be evidenced by an
instrument executed by Company, a copy of which amendment shall be delivered to
the Trustee, and, if required pursuant to the provisions of Section 15.1 hereof,
executed by the Trustee.

15.2 Amendment by Sponsor - The Sponsor reserves the right, at any time and from
time to time, to amend the Plan, in order to conform the Plan to any changes in
the Code, regulations, revenue rulings and other guidelines published by the
Internal Revenue Service, or to make any correction to the Plan required for
qualification. The Sponsor may not amend the Plan in any manner which would
modify any election made by Company under the Plan without the Company's written
consent. The Sponsor may not amend the Plan in any manner that could result in
the elimination of a benefit protected under Code Section 411(d)(6) with respect
to an adopting Company unless permitted to do so under Treasury Regulation
Sections 1.401(a)-4 and 1.411(d)-4.

                                      15-2
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 16
                  PLAN MERGER RULES, TERMINATION OF PLAN AND/OR
                    COMPLETE DISCONTINUANCE OF CONTRIBUTIONS
                                 UNDER THE PLAN

16.1 Plan Termination and Discontinuance of Contributions by Company - While it
is the intention of Company to keep this Plan in operation indefinitely,
nevertheless Company has the right to terminate this Plan and the Trust provided
for herein at any time and/or, in the case where this Plan is a Profit-Sharing
Plan or a Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan, to discontinue the contributions of
Company under the Plan, provided that all applicable statutory requirements for
such actions have been met. Upon termination of the Plan by Company, Company
shall so notify the Trustee and each Participant, Inactive Participant and
Beneficiary affected by such termination; provided, however, that such notice of
termination required to be given by Company hereunder shall not be deemed to be
a condition precedent to the effective termination of the Plan by Company. In
addition, upon termination of the Plan, if the Plan does not offer an annuity
option (purchased from a commercial provider) and if the Company or any entity
within the same controlled group as the Company does not maintain another
defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as
defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)), the Participant's account balance may,
within the Participant's consent, be distributed to the Participant. However, if
any entity within the same controlled group as the Company maintains another
defined contribution plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as
defined in Code Section 4975(e)(7)) then the Participant's Account balance will
be transferred, without the Participant's consent, to the other plan if the
Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution.

                                      16-1
<PAGE>

16.2 Right of Successor to Continue Plan - Unless this Plan is sooner
terminated, a successor to the entire business of Company, by whatever form or
manner resulting, may elect to continue this Plan and Trust by executing such
appropriate instrument, supplemental agreements and/or other documents as may be
required by the Trustee, and such successor shall thereupon succeed to all of
the rights, powers and duties of Company hereunder.

16.3 Overriding Rule for Plan Merger or Consolidation - Notwithstanding anything
contained in paragraph 16.2 hereof to the contrary, any merger or consolidation
of the Plan and Trust with, or transfer by the Plan and Trust of assets or
liabilities to, any other employee retirement benefit plan shall not be
permitted unless each Participant, Inactive Participant and Beneficiary would
(if the other plan then terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the
merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit
he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger,
consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had then terminated).

16.4 Full Vesting Upon Termination - Upon any termination of this Plan, all
interests of all the Participants as they exist at that time shall become fully
vested and shall not thereafter be subject to forfeiture. The entire amount then
credited to such Participant's Account shall be distributed to him or for his
benefit by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 hereof.

16.5 Full Vesting Upon Partial Termination - Upon any partial termination of
this Plan, all rights of all affected Participants to their Accrued Benefits as
they exist at that time shall become fully vested and shall not thereafter be
subject to forfeiture. The entire amount then

                                      16-2
<PAGE>

credited to such Participant's Account shall be distributed to him or for his
benefit by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 or
Section 16.1 hereof.

16.6 Full Vesting Upon Discontinuance of Contributions - If this Plan is a
Profit-Sharing Plan or a Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan, and if Company completely
discontinues contributions to the Trust provided for herein, the interest of
each Participant in the Trust who is an Employee of Company at the time of such
discontinuance shall be completely vested in the same manner as is provided in
case of termination of the Plan under Section 16.4 hereof, and distribution
thereof shall be made in accordance with the provisions of Article 10 hereof.

                                      16-3
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 17

                      PROVISIONS RELATING TO INALIENABILITY
                     OF BENEFITS AND RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS

17.1 Limitation of Participants' Rights - Neither the establishment of this
Trust or any modification thereof, nor the creation of any fund or account, nor
the payment of any benefit shall be construed as giving any Participant or any
person whomsoever any legal or equitable right against Company, the Plan
Administrator or the Trustee unless such right shall be specifically provided
for in the Trust or by statute.

17.2 Prohibition Against Alienation or Assignment of Benefits; Exception for
Qualified Domestic Relations Order and Certain Judgments and Settlements -

     Except as otherwise provided by Section 11.9 and Article 19 hereof, if
applicable, or by Treasury regulations, the right of any Participant at any
time, or of any Inactive Participant or Beneficiary, to receive or have applied
to his use and benefit any payment from the Trust Estate becoming due under the
provisions of this Plan may not be anticipated, assigned, alienated or subject
to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process.

     The preceding sentence shall also apply to the creation, assignment, or
recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant
pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order, as defined in Section 1.27 hereof and Code
Section 414(p) or, in the case of a domestic relations order entered before
January 1, 1985, either payment of benefits pursuant to the order has commenced
by such date or the Plan Administrator elects to treat such order as a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order even though it does not satisfy the requirements of
Code Section 414(p).

                                      17-1
<PAGE>

     The Plan Administrator shall establish a reasonable procedure to determine
the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer
distributions under such qualified orders. Upon receipt of any domestic
relations order by the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall promptly notify the
Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the
Plan's procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations
orders, and, within 18 months of receipt of such order or such longer period as
may be reasonable in light of the existing circumstances, shall attempt to
determine whether such order is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order and notify
the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. Pending such
determination, the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to segregate in a
separate account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate
payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a Qualified
Domestic Relations Order. If within 18 months the order (or modification
thereof) is determined to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the Plan
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay the segregated amounts, plus any
interest thereon, to the person or persons entitled thereto, in accordance with
the provisions of Article 10 hereof, as though the Participant with respect to
whom the Qualified Domestic Relations Order applies had terminated his
employment with Company. If within 18 months it is determined that the order is
not a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, or the issue as to whether such order
is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is not resolved, then the Plan
Administrator shall direct the Trustee to pay the segregated amounts, plus any
interest thereon, to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such
amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order which is made after the close of the 18-month
period shall be applied prospectively only. Any and all fees and costs incurred

                                      17-2
<PAGE>

by the Plan Administrator in connection with the processing of a domestic
relations order and/or a Qualified Domestic Relations Order shall not be
chargeable against the Participant's Account(s), except to the extent permitted
by law.

     In addition, if elected in Item XIII of the Adoption Agreement, the first
sentence of this Section 17.2 shall not apply to any offset of a Participant's
benefit provided under this Plan against an amount that the Participant is
ordered or required to pay the Plan if:

     A.   The order or requirement to pay arises:

          i.   Under a judgment or conviction for a crime involving the Plan;

          ii.  Under a civil judgment (including a consent order or decree)
               entered by a court in an action brought in connection with a
               violation (or alleged violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title
               I of ERISA; or

          iii. Pursuant to a settlement agreement between the Secretary of Labor
               and the Participant in connection with a violation (or alleged
               violation) of Part 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA by a
               fiduciary or any other person.

     B.   The judgment, order, decree or settlement agreement expressly provides
          for the offset of all or part of the amount required to be paid to the
          Plan against the Participant's benefits provided under the Plan; and

     C.   In a case where the survivor annuity requirements of Code Section
          401(a)(11) apply with respect to distributions from the Plan to the
          Participant, if the Participant has a spouse at the time at which an
          offset is to be made:

          i.   Either such spouse has consented in writing to such offset and
               such consent is witnessed by a notary public or representative of
               the Plan (or it is established to the satisfaction of a Plan
               representative that such consent may not be obtained by reason of
               circumstances described in Code Section 417(a)(2)(B)), or an
               election to waive the spouse's right to either a Qualified Joint
               and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor
               Annuity is in effect in accordance with the requirements of Code
               Section 417(a).

                                      17-3
<PAGE>

          ii.  Such spouse is ordered or required in such judgment, order,
               decree, or settlement to pay an amount to the Plan in connection
               with a violation of Part 4 of such Subtitle B of Title I of
               ERISA; or

          iii. In such judgment, order, decree, or settlement, such spouse
               retains the right to receive the survivor annuity under a
               Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity provided pursuant to Code
               Section 401(a)(11)(A)(i) and under a Qualified Preretirement
               Survivor Annuity provided pursuant to Code Section
               401(a)(11)(A)(ii).

17.3 Payment of Benefits to be Deemed in Full Satisfaction of Claims for Same -
Any payment or distribution of benefits made to any Participant or Inactive
Participant, to his estate, or to any Beneficiary of such Participant or
Inactive Participant, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and Trust,
shall be in full satisfaction of all claims against the Trust, the Trustee and
other Fiduciaries, the Trust Estate, the Plan Administrator and Company, for
such benefits as are represented by such payment or distribution.

                                      17-4
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 18
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

18.1 Application of Top-Heavy Rules - If this Plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy
Plan in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, the provisions of this
Article 18 shall supersede any conflicting provision in the Plan, regardless of
any conflicting options selected by the Company in the Adoption Agreement.

18.2 Top-Heavy Definitions - The following words and phrases shall have the
following meanings:

     A.   "Key Employee": Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries
          of such Employee) who at any time during the determination period
          (being the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the 4
          preceding Plan Years) was:

          i.   An officer of the Company if such individual's Annual
               Compensation exceeds 50 percent of the dollar limitation under
               Code Section 415(b)(1)(A); provided, however, that no more than
               50 employees (or, if lesser, the greater of 3 or 10% of the
               employees) shall be treated as officers;

          ii.  An owner of one of the ten largest interests in the Company if
               such individual's Annual Compensation exceeds 100 percent of the
               dollar limitation under Code Section 415(c)(1)(A);

          iii. A more than 5-percent owner of the Company; or

          iv.  A more than 1-percent owner of the Company who has an Annual
               Compensation of more than $150,000.

     For purposes of determining ownership in the Company, the constructive
     ownership rules of Code Section 318 (as modified by Code Section
     416(i)(1)(B)(iii)) shall be applied, and the aggregation rules of Code
     Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall not be applied. The determination
     of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with Code Section
     416(i)(1) and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

                                      18-1
<PAGE>

     Annual Compensation means compensation as defined in Code Section
     415(c)(3), but including amounts contributed by the Company pursuant to a
     salary reduction agreement which are excludible from the Employee's gross
     income under Code Section 125, 132(f), 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b).

     B.   "Top-Heavy Plan": For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983,
          this Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exists:

          i.   If the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60 percent and this
               Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive
               Aggregation Group of plans.

          ii.  If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans
               but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top-Heavy
               Ratio for the group of plans exceeds 60 percent.

          iii. If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part
               of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top-Heavy
               Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent.

     C.   "Top-Heavy Ratio":

          i.   If the Company maintains one or more defined contribution plans
               (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Company
               has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the
               5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had
               accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for
               the Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate is a
               fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account
               balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s)
               (including any part of any account balance distributed in the
               5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), and the
               denominator of which is the sum of all account balances
               (including any part of any account balance distributed in the
               5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s)), both computed
               in accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations
               thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy
               Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not actually made
               as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken
               into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the
               regulations thereunder.

                                      18-2
<PAGE>

          ii.  If the Company maintains one or more defined contribution plans
               (including any Simplified Employee Pension Plan) and the Company
               maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans
               which during the 5-year period ending on the Determination
               Date(s) has or has had any accrued benefits, the Top-Heavy Ratio
               for any Required or Permissive Aggregation Group as appropriate
               is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of account
               balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans
               for all Key Employees, determined in accordance with (i) above,
               plus the Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated
               defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the
               Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of
               the account balances under the aggregated defined contribution
               plan or plans for all Participants, determined in accordance with
               (i) above, plus the Present Value of accrued benefits under the
               defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as of the
               Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code
               Section 416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits
               under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and
               denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any
               distribution of an accrued benefit made in the five-year period
               ending on the Determination Date.

          iii. For purposes of i. and ii. above, the value of account balances
               and the Present Value of accrued benefits will be determined as
               of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with
               the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date, except as
               provided in Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder for
               the first and second plan years of a defined benefit plan. The
               account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant (1) who is
               not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or
               (2) who has not performed services for any employer maintaining
               the plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on the
               Determination Date will be disregarded. The calculation of the
               Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions,
               rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in
               accordance with Code Section 416 and the regulations thereunder.
               Deductible employee contributions will not be taken into account
               for purposes of computing the Top-Heavy Ratio. When aggregating
               plans the value of account balances and the accrued benefits will
               be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall
               within the same calendar year.

                                      18-3
<PAGE>

          The Accrued Benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall
          be determined under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for
          accrual purposes under all defined benefit plans maintained by the
          Company, or (b) if there is not such method, as if such benefit
          accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under
          the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

     D.   "Permissive Aggregation Group": The Required Aggregation Group of
          plans plus any other plan or plans of the Company which, when
          considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would
          continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and
          410.

     E.   "Required Aggregation Group":

          i.   Each qualified plan of the Company in which at least one Key
               Employee participates or participated at any time during the
               determination period (regardless of whether the plan has
               terminated), and

          ii.  Any other qualified plan of the Company which enables a plan
               described in i. to meet the requirements of Code Sections
               401(a)(4) or 410.

     F.   "Determination Date": For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan
          Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year
          of the Plan, the last day of that year.

     G.   "Valuation Date": The last day of each Plan Year, as of which account
          balances or accrued benefits are valued for purposes of calculating
          the Top-Heavy Ratio.

     H.   "Present Value": For purposes of establishing present value to compute
          the Top-Heavy Ratio, any benefit from a defined benefit pension plan
          shall be valued using the assumptions so specified in such plan; if no
          assumptions are so specified, the Company shall indicate in Item IX(C)
          of the Adoption Agreement the interest rate and Mortality table to be
          used.

     I.   "Non-Key Employee": An employee who is not a Key Employee hereunder.

                                      18-4
<PAGE>

18.3 Minimum Allocation.

     A.   Except as otherwise provided in paragraphs C. and D. below, Company
          contributions and forfeitures allocated on behalf of any Participant
          who is not a Key Employee shall not be less than the lesser of three
          percent (3%) of such Participant's Compensation or in the case where
          the Company has no defined benefit plan which designates this Plan to
          satisfy Code Section 401, the largest percentage of Company
          contributions and forfeitures, as a percentage of Key Employee's
          Compensation as limited by Code Section 401(a)(17), allocated on
          behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The minimum allocation is
          determined without regard to any Social Security contribution. This
          minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan
          provisions, the Participant would not otherwise be entitled to receive
          an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the year
          because of:

          i.   The Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or
               any equivalent provided in the Plan), or

          ii.  Compensation less than a stated amount.

     B.   For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, if the Plan is a
          401(k) Plan, Elective Contributions and Matching Contributions with
          respect to Key Employees shall be treated as Company contributions
          hereunder; provided, however, Elective Contributions and Matching
          Contributions with respect to Non-Key Employees shall not be treated
          as Company contributions hereunder.

     C.   The provision in paragraph A. hereof shall not apply to any
          Participant who was not employed by the Company on the last day of the
          Plan Year.

     D.   The provision in paragraph A. hereof shall not apply to any
          Participant to the extent the Participant is covered under any other
          plan or plans of the Company and the Company has provided, in Item
          IX(B) of the Adoption Agreement, that the minimum allocation or
          benefit requirement applicable to Top-Heavy Plans will be met in the
          other plan or plans; provided, however, that if this Plan is a Money
          Purchase Pension Plan and the only other plan maintained by the
          Company is a profit-sharing plan, such minimum allocation will be
          provided under this Plan unless the Company has otherwise so provided.

     E.   If a Participant hereunder who is not a Key Employee is also a
          participant in a defined benefit pension plan included in a Required
          Aggregation

                                      18-5
<PAGE>

          Group which is top-heavy, a minimum allocation of five percent (5%) of
          Compensation shall be provided under paragraph A. hereof.

18.4 Nonforfeitability of Minimum Allocation - The minimum allocation required
(to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section 416(b)) may not
be forfeited under Code Sections 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

18.5 Minimum Vesting Schedule - For any Plan Year in which this Plan is
top-heavy, the nonforfeitable percentage of each Employee in his or her Account
attributable to Company contributions shall be determined in accordance with
Item IX the Adoption Agreement, unless the vesting schedule then in effect
pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof and Item VIII(A) of the Adoption Agreement
provides for more rapid vesting by a Participant, in which case such latter
schedule shall apply. The minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits
within the meaning of Code Section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to
Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of
Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan.
Further, no reduction in vested benefits may occur in the event the Plan's
status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section does
not apply to the Account of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service
after the Plan has initially become a Top-Heavy Plan and such Employee's Account
attributable to Company contributions and forfeitures will be determined without
regard to this Article 18.

18.6 Limitation on Multiple Plan Fraction - For purposes of subsection 6.8.6
hereof, if applicable, the denominators of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and
of the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction shall be computed using "100 percent"
of the dollar limitation, instead of "125 percent".

                                      18-6
<PAGE>

The following provisions of Article 19 shall apply only if the Company elects in
Item XI(D) of the Adoption Agreement to permit the Trustee to make loans to
Participants.

                                   ARTICLE 19
                              LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

19.1 Administration - Generally - The Trustee may make loans to Participants at
the direction of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall administer
this participant loan program in a manner consistent with the Plan and in
accordance with applicable law and regulations, which loan program shall be
equally applied to all Participants on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.
However, in the case of a married Participant, no loan shall be permitted to be
made to such Participant hereunder unless such Participant shall have furnished
the Plan Administrator with a written and notarized spousal consent, dated
within the 90 day period preceding the loan date, acknowledging the potential
effect of such loan on the Participant's Accrued Benefit under the Plan. Such
consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse or any
subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new consent shall be required if
the Account balance is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other
revision of the loan. To the extent the participant loan exemption contained in
Code Section 4975(d)(1) is not applicable, then, unless a special exemption has
been obtained in accordance with Code Section 4975(c)(2), no loans shall be
granted to a Participant hereunder who is either an Owner-Employee or a
shareholder-employee within the meaning of Code Section 1379, as in effect on
the day before enactment of the Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982. Loans shall
not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than
the amount made available to other Employees.

                                      19-1
<PAGE>

19.2 Permitted Purpose - Loans may only be granted by the Plan Administrator for
the purposes indicated in Item XI(D) of the Adoption Agreement.

19.3 Loan Application Procedure - A Participant desiring to obtain a loan
hereunder shall be required to complete a loan application in a form prescribed
by the Plan Administrator at such time as may be determined by the Plan
Administrator, in advance of the requested loan date. Such application shall set
forth the reasons for such loan and be accompanied by such supporting documents
as the Participant believes will be helpful to the Plan Administrator in
determining the propriety of granting the loan.

     In determining whether or not to grant the loan, the Plan Administrator
shall only consider those factors which would be considered in a normal
commercial setting by an entity in the business of making similar loans, such as
creditworthiness and financial need.

     As soon as administratively practicable after receipt of the Participant's
loan application, the Plan Administrator shall either act upon the loan
application and advise the Participant of the action taken or request specific
additional information and/or documentation from the Participant reasonably
required to assist the Plan Administrator in determining the propriety of the
loan. If information is requested by the Plan Administrator, the Participant
shall be required to furnish to the Plan Administrator such additionally
requested information within 14 days. If the Participant fails to so provide
such requested information to the Plan Administrator or to otherwise advise the
Plan Administrator when such requested information will be provided, the Plan
Administrator may deny the loan request.

     Upon granting a loan application, the Plan Administrator shall advise the
Participant of the basic terms and conditions upon which the loan will be made
and of any

                                      19-2
<PAGE>

additional documentation to be completed and/or security to be furnished and the
projected time for completing the loan transaction.

     Each loan shall be evidenced by a promissory note reflecting the terms and
conditions applicable to such loan.

19.4 Loan Amount - Loans made, renewed, renegotiated, modified or extended to
any Participant after December 31, 1986 (when aggregated with all other loans
from all plans of the Company and other members of a group of employers
described in Code Sections 414(b), 414(c), 414(m) and 414(o)) shall not exceed,
in the aggregate, the lesser of:

     A.   $50,000, reduced by the excess, if any, of the following:

          i.   The highest outstanding balance of loans to such Participant from
               the Plan during the 1-year period ending on the day before the
               date on which such loan is made, over

          ii.  The outstanding balance of loans from the Plan to such
               Participant on the date on which such loan is made, or

     B.   The greater of the following:

          i.   50% of such Participant's vested Accrued Benefit (valued as of
               the Valuation Date last preceding the date of loan), or

          ii.  100% of such Participant's total Accrued benefit (valued as of
               the Valuation Date last preceding the date of loan) up to
               $10,000.

In addition to the above, no loan shall be granted for an amount of less than
that indicated in Item XI(D)(iv) of the Adoption Agreement and any amounts
loaned shall be in such increments as indicated in Item XI(D)(iv) of the
Adoption Agreement. Further, unless additional security is provided in
accordance with Section 19.7 hereof, no loan (when aggregated with other
outstanding loans by the Plan to such Participant) shall be for more than that
portion of such Participant's vested Accrued Benefit with respect to which the
Trustee may foreclose.

                                      19-3
<PAGE>

     For purposes of this Section 19.4, a Participant's accumulated deductible
voluntary employee contributions, if any, shall not be considered as part of the
Participant's Accrued Benefit in determining the limitation on the aggregate
amount of loans to such Participant.

19.5 Repayment of Loan and Term - Each such loan shall provide for substantially
level amortization, payments not less frequently than quarterly and payments
over a specific period not in excess of five (5) years from the date of loan;
provided, however, that such loan may be for such longer term as agreed to by
the Plan Administrator if such loan is used to acquire any dwelling unit which
within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made) will be used
as the principal residence of such Participant; and provided, further, that such
loan repayments will be suspended as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4).

     Additionally, if elected by the Company in Item XI(D)(v) of the Adoption
Agreement, each loan shall provide that in the event of death, Disability
Retirement, retirement or other termination of employment of the Participant or
by reason of any other event permitting the receipt by the Participant of
benefits under the Plan (other than a hardship withdrawal of Elective
Contributions and permitted earnings in accordance with Section 10.11 hereof),
any loan or loans then outstanding shall be immediately due and payable to the
extent of the benefit distributable to the Participant.

19.6 Rate of Interest and Nature of Investment - Loans granted by the Plan
Administrator shall bear a reasonable rate of interest commensurate with the
interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans
which would be made under similar circumstances, taking into consideration such
factors as creditworthiness of the borrower

                                      19-4
<PAGE>

and security given for the loan. Any loan granted to a Participant hereunder
shall be treated in accordance with Item XI(D) of the Adoption Agreement.

19.7 Security - Upon being granted such loan, 50% of the present value of such
Participant's vested Accrued Benefit (excluding amounts, if any, attributable to
such Participant's accumulated deductible voluntary employee contributions)
shall then be deemed security for such loan or loans, and may be applied by the
Trustee, at the direction of the Plan Administrator, to the extent necessary to
satisfy any or all of the amounts owing to the Plan as a result of such loan or
loans to the Participant, at the time such amounts become distributable to the
Participant hereunder. If this Plan is a 401(k) Plan and/or a Profit-Sharing
Plan, then, notwithstanding anything contained in Article 10 hereof to the
contrary, the portion of such Participant's vested Accrued Benefit attributable
to contributions other than Elective Contributions, Qualified Matching
Contributions, and/or Fail-Safe Contributions, which is held as security
pursuant to this Section 19.7 shall be distributable to the extent necessary to
satisfy any and all amounts due under a loan or loans of the Participant which
are in default, if the Participant has not cured the default within such period
as permitted pursuant to Item XI(D)(vi) of the Adoption Agreement or has
consented to such setoff. The Participant may be required to execute a document
of collateral assignment with respect thereto.

     If this Plan is a Money Purchase Pension Plan, then, notwithstanding
anything contained in Article 10 hereof to the contrary, the Trustee shall not
be able to foreclose upon the portion of such Participant's vested Accrued
Benefit attributable to Company contributions which is held as security pursuant
to this Section 19.7 until such time as such Participant's Accrued Benefit
otherwise shall be distributable.

                                      19-5
<PAGE>

     In addition, the Plan Administrator may require such other security as is
deemed appropriate.

19.8 Default - If any portion of a Participant's loan is overdue and unpaid the
Trustee shall provide written notice to such Participant advising of the
default, whereupon the Participant shall be allowed such period as permitted
pursuant to Item XI(D))(vi) of the Adoption Agreement from the date of such
notice to cure such default. If the Participant fails to cure said default
within said grace period, the Trustee, at the direction of the Plan
Administrator, shall exercise all legal and equitable rights necessary in order
to enforce the collection thereof.

19.9 Costs of Loan and Collection - Any and all fees and costs incurred by the
Plan Administrator and/or Trustee in connection with the processing of a loan
application, the granting of a loan, the administration of a loan and/or the
collection of a loan in default may be chargeable against the Participant's
vested Accrued Benefit.

                                      19-6
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE 20
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

20.1 Governing Law - The validity of this Agreement or of any of its provisions
shall be determined under and construed according to the laws of the State
indicated in Item I(H) of the Adoption Agreement. In case any provision of this
Agreement shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, such determination
shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Agreement, but this Agreement
shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provisions had
never been included herein.

20.2 Discretionary Actions - Any discretionary actions to be taken hereunder
shall be uniform in their nature and application to all those persons similarly
situated, and no discretionary actions shall be taken which shall be
discriminatory under the provisions of the Code pertaining to qualified
retirement plans.

20.3 Section Titles - Titles of Sections are for general information only, and
this Agreement shall not be construed by reference thereto.

20.4 No Enlargement of Employment Rights - Under no circumstances shall this
Plan or the participation in the Trust created hereby for any Employee
constitute a contract of continuing employment or in any manner obligate Company
to continue or discontinue the services of any Employee, nor shall anything
herein be construed as regulating the remuneration paid to any Employee, whether
a Participant or not, and Company reserves the sole right to fix salaries and/or
other remuneration, and to pay an Employee an amount which, in its judgment, the
said Employee's services are worth, and to pay the said remuneration in whatever
manner (either salary, wages, commission, salary and commission, bonuses, or
otherwise) it may see fit;

                                      20-1
<PAGE>

provided, however, that nothing contained in this Section 20.4 shall be
considered as changing the definition of an Employee as defined in Section 1.12
hereof or the method of determining Company's contribution contained in Article
4 hereof.

20.5 No Guarantees Against Loss or Depreciation - Neither Company, the Plan
Administrator nor the Trustee in any way guarantees the Trust against loss or
depreciation. Company does not guarantee the payment of any money which may be
or become due to any person from the Trust, and except as otherwise provided in
Section 12.2 hereof, the liability of the Trustee to make any payment under the
Plan will be limited to the assets available for such payment.

20.6 Limitation on Right of Recourse - No recourse shall be had for the payment
of any contribution or for any other obligation of Company hereunder against any
incorporator or any past, present, or future stockholder, officer or director of
Company as such, either directly or through Company or otherwise, by virtue of
any contract, constitution, statute or rule of law, or by enforcement of any
assessment, or otherwise, unless such person is a Fiduciary against whom an
action is permitted under the law in light of the specific circumstance
involved.

20.7 Restriction on Association With Plan and Trust - No person shall be
permitted to serve as an administrator, Fiduciary, officer, Trustee, custodian,
counsel, agent, employee or consultant of this Plan who has been convicted of a
crime, enumerated in Section 411 of subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, during or
for thirteen (13) years after such conviction or after the end of an
imprisonment resulting from such conviction, unless one of the exceptions
provided in such Section has been met.

                                      20-2
<PAGE>

20.8 Incompetency of Benefit Recipient - If the Trustee shall receive evidence
satisfactory to it that any person entitled to receive any benefit hereunder is,
at the time when such benefit becomes payable, physically, mentally or legally
incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid receipt therefor and
that another individual or an institution is then maintaining or having custody
of such person, pursuant to a court order, the receipt of such individual or
institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such
benefit.

20.9 Number, Gender - Wherever used herein, any reference to persons in the
singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and reference to the
masculine, feminine and neuter genders shall include the appropriate gender for
the proper interpretation thereof.

20.10 Necessary Parties in Legal Proceeding - In any action or proceeding
involving this Plan and Trust Agreement, the Trust Estate (or any property
constituting part of all thereof), or the administration of the Plan or Trust,
Company, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall be the only necessary
parties, and no Employees or former Employees of Company, their beneficiaries or
any other person having or claiming to have an interest in the Trust or under
the Plan shall be entitled to any notice of process.

20.11 Agent for Service of Process - Unless otherwise designated by the Company,
the Plan Administrator shall be the legal agent for service of process.

20.12 Executed Counterparts of Agreement - This Plan and Trust Agreement may be
executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an
original. Said counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument and
may be sufficiently evidenced by any one counterpart.

                                      20-3
<PAGE>

20.13 Agreement Binding - This Plan and Trust Agreement shall be binding upon
the Participants and Inactive Participants and their respective Beneficiaries,
Representatives, heirs, distributees and assigns, and in accordance with the
terms hereof upon Company, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee and their
respective successors and assigns.

20.14 Use of Technology - No provision of this Plan shall be interpreted or
construed so as to prohibit the use of technologies approved by the Secretaries
of the Treasury and Labor, in satisfying the requirements hereunder.

                                     20-4

<PAGE>

                               FIRST AMENDMENT TO
                                ULMER & BERNE LLP
             DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PROTOTYPE PLAN AND TRUST AGREEMENT
                             BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT #01

     Pursuant to the authority of Section 15.2 of the Ulmer & Berne LLP Defined
Contribution Prototype Plan and Trust Agreement Basic Plan Document #01 (the
"Prototype"), Ulmer & Berne LLP, as Sponsor of the Prototype, hereby adopts and
publishes this First Amendment to the Prototype and to the related Prototype
Non-Standardized Profit-Sharing/401(k) Plan Adoption Agreement #01-001 and
Prototype Non-Standardized Money Purchase Pension Plan Adoption Agreement
#01-002, such Prototype with the applicable Adoption Agreement together
constituting the Plan.

PREAMBLE

1.   Adoption and Effective Date of Amendment. This Amendment of the Plan is
     adopted to reflect certain provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief
     Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This Amendment is intended as good
     faith compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in
     accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise
     provided, this Amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the
     first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001.

2.   Supersession of Inconsistent Provisions. This Amendment shall supersede the
     provisions of the Plan to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with
     the provisions of this Amendment.

                                       I.

SECTION 1.3 ADDENDA TO ADOPTION AGREEMENTS

The "Adoption Agreement" means either the separate non-standardized
profit-sharing/401(k) plan adoption agreement or the separate nonstandardized
money purchase pension plan adoption agreement, in either case, along with the
corresponding First Amendment to such adoption agreement executed by each
Company adopting the Prototype Plan, pursuant to which the Company selects among
certain options. The Adoption Agreement, as amended and as completed and
executed by the Company, along with the Prototype Plan, shall constitute the
Company's Plan.

<PAGE>

                                       II.

SECTION 1.8-A.  INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT

The Annual Compensation of each Participant taken into account in determining
allocations for any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, shall not
exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases in accordance with
Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). Annual Compensation means Compensation during the
Plan Year or such other consecutive 12-month period over which Compensation is
otherwise determined under the Plan (the determination period). The
cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to Annual
Compensation for the determination period that begins with or within such
calendar year.

                                      III.

SECTION 4.2-A.  ELECTIVE DEFERRALS - CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION

No Participant shall be permitted to have Elective Contributions made under this
Plan, or any other qualified plan maintained by the Company during any taxable
year, in excess of the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g) in
effect for such taxable year, except to the extent permitted under Section 4.2-D
of this Amendment and Code Section 414(v), if applicable.

                                       IV.

SECTION 4.2-D.  CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

If elected by the Company in the Adoption Agreement, all Employees who are
eligible to make Elective Contributions under this Plan and who have attained
age 50 before the close of the Plan Year shall be eligible to make catch-up
contributions in accordance with, and subject to the limitations of, Code
Section 414(v). Such catch-up contributions shall not be taken into account for
purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required limitations of
Code Sections 402(g) and 415. The Plan shall not be treated as failing to
satisfy the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code
Sections 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by
reason of the making of such catch-up contributions.

                                       2
<PAGE>

                                       V.

SECTION 4.3-A.  MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS WITH RESPECT TO CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

If elected by the Company in the Adoption Agreement, an eligible Participant's
catch-up contributions for the Plan Year permitted under Section 4.2-D of this
Amendment either will be taken into account along with any Elective
Contributions by such Participant for such Plan Year in determining such
Participant's entitlement to any Company Matching Contribution under the Plan or
will be eligible for a Company Matching Contribution on such other basis as
specified by the Company.

                                       VI.

SECTION 4.3-C.  REPEAL OF MULTIPLE USE TEST

The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2 and
Section 4.3-C of the Plan shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001.

                                      VII.

SECTION 4.5.  401(k) SIMPLE PROVISIONS - MAXIMUM SALARY REDUCTION CONTRIBUTIONS

Except to the extent permitted under Section 4.2-D. of this Amendment and Code
Section 414(v), if applicable, the maximum salary reduction contribution that
can be made to this Plan is the amount determined under Code Section
408(p)(2)(A)(ii) for the calendar year.

                                      VIII.

SECTION 4.7.  ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS

If provided by the Company in the Adoption Agreement, the Plan will accept
Participant rollover contributions and/or direct rollovers of distributions made
after December 31, 2001, from the types of plans specified in the Adoption
Agreement, beginning on the effective date specified in the Adoption Agreement.

                                       3
<PAGE>

                                       IX.

SECTION 6.8.  LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

1.   Effective date. This section shall be effective for Limitation Years
     beginning after December 31, 2001.

2.   Maximum Annual Addition. Except to the extent permitted under section 4.2-D
     of this Amendment and Code Section 414(v), if applicable, the Annual
     Addition that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account
     under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of:

     (a)  $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under Code
          Section 415(d), or

     (b)  100 percent of the Participant's Compensation, within the meaning of
          Code Section 415(c)(3), for the Limitation Year. The Compensation
          limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any contribution for
          medical benefits after Separation from Service (within the meaning of
          Code Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated
          as an Annual Addition.

                                       X.

SECTION 9.1.  VESTING OF COMPANY MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

1.   Applicability. This Section shall apply to Participants with Accrued
     Benefits derived from Company Matching Contributions who complete an Hour
     of Service under the Plan in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001
     and shall apply, as provided by the Company in the Adoption Agreement,
     either with respect to Company Matching Contributions made only for such
     Plan Year(s) or with respect to all Company Matching Contributions made
     with respect to such Participants.

2.   Vesting schedule. A Participant's Accrued Benefit derived from Company
     Matching Contributions shall vest as provided by the Company in the
     Adoption Agreement. If the vesting schedule for Company Matching
     Contributions in Option 3 of the Adoption Agreement is elected, the
     election in Section 9.5 of the Plan shall apply.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                                       XI.

SECTION 9.3.  ROLLOVERS DISREGARDED IN INVOLUNTARY CASH-OUTS

1.   Applicability and effective date. This Section shall apply if elected by
     the Company in the Adoption Agreement and shall be effective as specified
     in the Adoption Agreement.

2.   Rollovers disregarded in determining value of account balance for
     involuntary distributions. If elected by the Company in the Adoption
     Agreement, for purposes of Sections 9.3-A, 10.3.4 and 10.4 of the Plan, the
     value of a Participant's nonforfeitable account balance shall be determined
     without regard to that portion of the account balance that is attributable
     to rollover contributions (and earnings allocable thereto) within the
     meaning of Code Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4), 403(b)(8), 408(d)(3)(A)(ii),
     and 457(e)(16). If the value of the Participant's nonforfeitable account
     balance as so determined is $5,000 or less, the Plan shall immediately
     distribute the Participant's entire nonforfeitable account balance.

                                      XII.

SECTION 10.11.  SUSPENSION PERIOD FOLLOWING HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTION

A Participant who received a distribution of Elective Contributions after
December 31, 2001, on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making
Elective Contributions and employee contributions under this and all other plans
of the Company for 6 months after receipt of the distribution. A Participant who
receives a distribution of Elective Contributions in calendar year 2001 on
account of hardship shall be prohibited from making Elective Contributions and
employee contributions under this and all other plans of the Company for the
period specified by the Company in the Adoption Agreement.

                                      XIII.

SECTION 10.11.  DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT

1.   Effective date. If elected by the Company in the Adoption Agreement, this
     Section shall apply for distributions and severances from employment
     occurring after the dates specified in the Adoption Agreement.

2.   New distributable event. A Participant's Elective Contributions, qualified
     nonelective contributions (Fail-Safe Contributions), Qualified Matching
     Contributions, and earnings attributable to these contributions shall be
     distributed on account of the Participant's severance from employment.
     However, such a distribution shall be subject to the other

                                       5
<PAGE>

     provisions of the Plan regarding distributions, other than provisions that
     require a Separation from Service before such amounts may be distributed.

                                      XIV.

SECTION 10.14.  DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS

1.   Effective date. This Section shall apply to distributions made after
     December 31, 2001.

2.   Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan. For purposes of the
     direct rollover provisions in Section 10.14 of the Plan, an eligible
     retirement plan shall also mean an annuity contract described in Code
     Section 403(b) and an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is
     maintained by a state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or
     instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which
     agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from
     this Plan. The definition of eligible retirement plan shall also apply in
     the case of a distribution to a surviving spouse, or to a spouse or former
     spouse who is the alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations
     Order, as defined in Code Section 414(p).

3.   Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to exclude
     hardship distributions. For purposes of the direct rollover provisions in
     Section 10.14 of the Plan, any amount that is distributed on account of
     hardship shall not be an eligible rollover distribution and the distributee
     may not elect to have any portion of such a distribution paid directly to
     an eligible retirement plan.

4.   Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to include
     after-tax employee contributions. For purposes of the direct rollover
     provisions in Section 10.14 of the Plan, a portion of a distribution shall
     not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion
     consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in
     gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an
     individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section 408(a)
     or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code
     Section 401(a) or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so
     transferred, including separately accounting for the portion of such
     distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
     distribution which is no so includible.

                                       XV.

SECTION 18.  MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES

1.   Effective date. This Section shall apply for purposes of determining
     whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan under Code Section 416(g) for Plan
     Years beginning after December 31,

                                       6
<PAGE>

     2001, and whether the Plan satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of
     Code Section 416(c) for such years. This Section amends Article 18 of the
     Plan.

2.   Determination of top-heavy status.

     2.1  Key Employee. Key Employee means any Employee or former employee
          (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the Plan Year
          that includes the Determination Date was an officer of the Company
          having Annual Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under
          Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
          2002), a 5-percent owner of the Company, or a 1-percent owner of the
          Company having Annual Compensation of more than $150,000. For this
          purpose, Annual Compensation means Compensation within the meaning of
          Code Section 415(c)(3). The determination of who is a Key Employee
          will be made in accordance with Code Section 416(i)(1) and the
          applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability
          issued thereunder.

     2.2  Determination of present values and amounts. This section 2.2 shall
          apply for purposes of determining the present values of Accrued
          Benefits and the amounts of account balances of Employees as of the
          Determination Date.

          2.2.1 Distributions during year ending on the Determination Date. The
               present values of Accrued Benefits and the amounts of account
               balances of an Employee as of the Determination Date shall be
               increased by the distributions made with respect to the Employee
               under the Plan and any plan aggregated with the Plan under Code
               Section 416(g)(2) during the 1-year period ending on the
               Determination Date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to
               distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been
               terminated, would have been aggregated with the Plan under Code
               Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i). In the case of a distribution made for a
               reason other than Separation from Service, death, or Disability,
               this provision shall be applied by substituting "5-year period"
               for "1-year period."

          2.2.2 Employees not performing services during year ending on the
               Determination Date. The Accrued Benefits and Accounts of any
               individual who has not performed services for the Company during
               the 1-year period ending on the Determination Date shall not be
               taken into account.

3.   Minimum benefits.

     3.1  Matching contributions. Company Matching Contributions shall be taken
          into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution
          requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding
          sentence shall apply with respect to Matching Contributions under the
          Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum

                                       7
<PAGE>

          contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other
          plan. Company Matching Contributions that are used to satisfy the
          minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as Matching
          Contributions for purposes of the Actual Contribution Percentage Test
          and other requirements of Code Section 401(m).

     3.2  Contributions under other plans. The Company may provide in the
          Adoption Agreement that the minimum benefit requirement shall be met
          in another plan (including another plan that consists solely of a cash
          or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section
          401(k)(12) and Matching Contributions with respect to which the
          requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are met).

                                      XVI.

SECTION 18.  MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES

The top-heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and Article 18 of the Plan shall
not apply in any year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the Plan
consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements
of Code Section 401(k)(12) and Matching Contributions with respect to which the
requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11) are met.

                                      XVII.

SECTION 19.1.  PLAN LOANS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDER EMPLOYEES

Effective for plan loans made after December 31, 2001, Plan provisions
prohibiting loans to any owner-employee or shareholder-employee shall cease to
apply.

     Executed this 26th day of December, 2001.

                              ULMER & BERNE LLP

                              By /s/ Ronald L. Kahn
                                 ---------------------------------
                                 Ronald L. Kahn, Partner

                              And /s/ Patricia A. Shlonsky
                                  --------------------------------
                                  Patricia A. Shlonsky, Partner

                                                                    Plan Sponsor

                                       8

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00040-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00040-of-00352.parquet"}]]